co tee - « - + eM part a eet ead -_ he wal eon . bal catia ios elt te Se ee —artngs = - amid : ta ene nanan Saekarieen ae en Oe Ne i pial cian neta He Toki eet che A Rin tn aero Ted att ee a ene ponte a ore A ee SS Bie Bm = - es Se eh eet Se et wT ee reer te Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/canadianfieldnat13otta €):2 ) ry +p 1899. VoL-xI. 1900. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, Being VOL. XV of the TRANSACTIONS of the OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB. — eam \ (a? Organized March, 1879. Incorporated March 1884. OTTAWA, CANADA : From the Press of Paynter & Abbotce. 1899. eeensn Saree? THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, 1899-1900. Patron: THE RIGHT HONOURABLE THE EARL OF MINTO, GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF CANADA. President: Henry Ami, M.A., D. Sc., F.G.S., F.G.S.A. Vice=Presidents Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.I..S., F.R.S.C. A. G. Kingston. Librarian : S. B. Sinclair, B.A. (Normal School.) Secretary: Treasurer: W. J. Wilson, Ph. B. Dr. James Fletcher. (Geological Survey Dept.) ; (Central Experimental Farm.) Committee : W. H. Harrington. Miss M. Kee. W. S. Odell. Miss G. Harmer. J. M. Macoun. Miss Marion Whyte. Standing Committees of Council: Publishing: J. Fletcher, J. M. Macoun, W. H. Harrington, W. J. Wilson, A. G. Kingston. Excursions: S. B. Sinclair, John Macoun, J. Fletcher, W. S. Odell, Miss Kee; Miss Harmer, Miss Whyte. Soirées: A. G. Kingston, J. M. Macoun, W. H. Harrington, W. J. Wilson, Miss Whyte, Miss Kee. Leaders : Geology: R. W. Ells, L. Lambe, W. J. Wilson, T. J. Pollock. Botany: J. M. Macoun, R. B. Whyte, D. A. Campbell, R. H. Cowley. Entomology : J. Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, C. H. Young. Conchology: J. F. Whiteaves, F. R. Latchford, A. Halkett. Ornithology: WW. T. Macoun, A. G. Kingston, Miss Harmer. Zoology: John Macoun, W. S. Odell, A. Halkett, A. E. Attwood. Archeology: T. W. E. Sowter, H. B. Small, J. Ballantyne. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. Editor: JAmMEs M. Macoun. Associate Editors : Dr. R. W. ELLs, Geological Survey of Canada,—Department of Geology. Dr. H. M. Ami, Geological Survey of Canada,—Department of Pa/zontology. Mr. R. A. A. JOHNSTON, Geological Survey of Canada,— Department of Mineralogy. Mr. A. E. BARLOW, Geological Survey of Canada,—Departiment of Petrography. Dr. JAS. FLETCHER, Central Experimental Farm.—Department of Botavy. Mr. F. R. LATCHFORD.—Department of Conchology. Mr. W. H. HARRINGTON, Post Office Department.—Department of Entomology. Mr. W. T. Macoun, Central Experimental Farm.-—Department of Ornithology. Pror FE, E. PRINCE, Commissioner of Fisheries for Canada. —Department of Biology. Pror. JOHN MAcoun, Geological Survey of Canada.—Department of Zoology. Membership Fee to O.F.N.C., with ‘‘Ottawa Naturalist,” $1.co per annum, LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, April, Adams, Prof. F. D., A.A. Sc., Ph. D. Alexander, L. H. Allan, Hon. Geo. W., D.C.L.,F.R.G.S., FED. Ses La. (LOrontos) Amise Else MSs 7A 2 SS Cl Pato F.G.S.A. Ami, Mrs. H. M. Anderson, JZzeut.-Col. W. P., M.C.E. Attwood, A. E., AZ.A. Ballantyne, James. Barlow, A.E., 47.A4., F.G.S.A. Bate, H. Gerald. Bate, H. N. Bell, E. B. Bell, Robert, B. App. Sc., M4. D., LL.D., PRES a hee Cig PAG So LG eAle Belliveau, A. H. Bethune, Rev. C. J. S., IA4., D.C.L., F.R.S.C. (Port Hope, Ont.) Bigger, Howell. Billings, W. R. Bishop, Miss A. M. Boardman, Wm. F. Bolton, Miss Eliza. Borden, Hon. F. W., IA.D., MP. Bostock, Mrs. H. (Monte Creek, B.C.) Bowen, Miss Alice. (Quebec. ) Bowerman, J. T., B.A. Boyd, Miss M. Brewster, W. (Cambridge, Mass., U.S.) Brock, R. W. Brown, Gerald H. Brown, Mrs. R. D. Breckenridge, R. Stuart. Burgess, 1. J. Wi. J.D. Fi ReSaGs (Montreal). Burland, J. H., 4. 4pp.Sc. (Montreal.) Burland, Mrs. G. B. (Montreal.) Burman, Ae. W. A. (Winnipcg.) Campbell, D. A., B.A. Campbell, A.M. Campbell, R. H. Gharron; A. T: Chubbuck, C. E. D. Church, Clarence R. 44.D., C.M@. Clarke, T. E. GE 1899. Cobbold, Paul A. (Haileybury.) Conklin, J. J. Cornu, Félix, 47D. (Angers, Que.) Coté, J. L. Cousens, W. C., AZ. D. Cowan, Miss E. Cowley, R. H., B.A. Craig, John. (Ames, Iowa.) Dawson, G.M., C.44.G., LL.D., F.R.S., D.S., Assoc. R.S.M.,F.G.S.,F.RS.C. Dawson, S. E., Zz. D. Denis, Theo. &. A. Se. Dewar, Colin. Dimock, W. D., B.A. (Truro, N.S.) Dingman, E. C. Dixon, F. A. Doherty, T. Keville. Douglas, C. A. Dowling, D. B., B.A.Se. Dresser, J. A., A.A. (Richmond, Que.) Dulau & Co. (London, Eng.) Dwight, Jonathan, Jr., 17.D. (New York.) Ells, R. W., ZZ.D., F.G.S.A. Evans, Jno. D., C.Z., (Trenton, Ont.) Ewart, D. Ferrier, W.F., B.4.Sc., F.G.S., F.G.S.A. Ferrier, Mrs. W. F. (Rossland, B.C.) Fleck, A. W. Fleming, Sir Sandford, A.C.4.G., C.Z., FOR SC. 1s, fi heioaGe Fletcher, James, ZZ. D., 7. L.S.,F.R.S.€. Forward, A. J. Freel, Miss H. B. Gérin, Léon, B.A., F.R.S.C. Gilmour, T. Glashan, J. C. Gorman, M. J., ZZ.B. Grant, S¢r J. A., A.C. FLURC.S, Edin; FRSC. Grisdale. J. H.. 2. Agr. Grist, Henry. Grist, Miss Mary L. Hardie, Miss Jessie. Halkett, Andrew. Harmer, Miss G. (Hintonburgh, Ont.) Harmon, Miss A. Maria. Harrington, W. Hague, 7.2.S.C. Gi Mon. 5 ff. Ge 1899.] Harrison, Edward. Hay, George, Sr. Hay, G. U., 7.2.S.C. (St. John, N.B.) Hayes, W. . Honeyman, H. O., B.A. (Granby, Que.) Hope, J. House of Commons Reading Room. Hughes, Chas. (Montreal.) James, C. C., A.A. (Toronto.) Jenkins, S. J., B.A. Johnston, J. F. E. CL. Johnston, Robt. A. A. Joly de Lotbiniere. Hon. Sir Henry. Jones, C. J. Kearns, J. C. Kee, Miss Margaret. Keefer, thos: C.,.C.2., 2.7.8. C. Keefer, T. (Jr.) Keel, Joseph. Keeley, D. H. Kenny, Thos. Kingston, A. G. Klotz, Oskar. Kemp, E. Lambart, How. O. H. Lambe, L. M., 4.G.S., #.G.S.A. Latchford, F. R., 4. A. Lee, Miss Katharine. Lees, Miss V. Lees, W. A. D. Lees, Mrs. W. A. D. Legg, A. B. Rowan- LeSueur, W. D., B.A. Library, Leg. Assembly (Quebec. ) Library of Parliament. Lindsay, A. : Living, Miss A. Marion. MacCabe, J. A., ZZ.D., #.R.S.C. McCalla, W. C. (St. Catharines. ) McConnell, REN Gig BoA oy Ls Ge. A MacCraken, John Ts B.A. McDougall, A. H., 4.4. McElhinney, M. P. McEvoy, Jas., B.A.Sc. Macfarlane, Aev. J. A. Macfarlane, T., 47.2., F.R.S.C. McGill, A., B.A., B.Sc. MelInnes, Wm.,-2.A., 7.G.S.A. MacKay,.A. H.. &.4., B.S¢.,- F-R.S.C. (Halifax. ) ' McLaughlin, S. (Los Angeles, Cal.) MacLaughlin, T. J. MacLeod, H. A. F., C.Z. McMorran, R. M. McNab, Chas. McNab, Rev. E. iiatiawal: Macoun; Prof. John, WA.,, F.L.S., FoR S. GC ‘LIST OF MEMBERS. Macoun, J. M. ~~ — Macoun, W. T. Marshall, John. Matheson, D. Mathews, Miss Annie L, May. Dr. S, P. (Toronto.} Mearns, Dr. E. A. (U.S.A.) Morris, Miss F. Meneilly, W. J. (Toronto. ) O’Brien, S. E. OdeJl, W. S. Ogilvie, William, D.Z.S. (Yukon Ter.) - Poirier, Ho. P. oe 4.4. (Shediac, N, B.) Pollock, piealle (Aylmer, Que.) — ; Porter, J. iN Heevtles AU ID- Pratt, H. O. EBA. Prévost, L. C., 4D. Prince, Prof, E.,E.,. B.A. F.L.S. Prudhomme, O.E. Robertson, Prof. J. W. Robertson, N. Ross, Hox. G: W. (Toronto). Rothwell, Miss Lina. ~ Sanson, N. B. (Banff, Alta. ) Saunders, Fredk. A., B.A Saunders, Wm.,. ZZ. D. FL. eh: R.S. C., IER ORY Saunders, W. E. (London, Ont.) Scott, Fred. (Toronto. ) Scott, Miss Mary McKay. Scott,, P. J., JZ. 0. (Southampton, Ont.) Scott, W. Scott, W., &.A. (Toronto.) Scotts Well Lae. Senate of Canada, The. Shiuthitsn Hy ale ee: A pao th oe Simpson, Willibert. Sinclair, S. B., B.A. Small, H. B. Small, H. Beaumont, JZ D.. Smith, Capt. W._H. (Halifax, N.S.) Sowter, T. W. E. Sparks, Miss A. Stevenson, Chas. (Montreal). St. Jean, Dr. P. Summerby, Wm. J., JZ.A. (Russell, Ont.) Sutherland, J. peur Que.) Sykes, W. J., &.A. Symes, P. B., A. x Cc. Thompson, T. W. Thorburn, John, 47.4., LL.D. Topley, Mrs. W. Tufts, Harold. (Wolfville, N.-S.) Tyndall, Miss A. (Cummings Bridge. ) Diyrrell;) Ji BG BA. Bes Sees Pre S. F.G.S.A. Waghorne, Rev. A. C. (St. John’s, Nfld.) Wait, F.G., B.A. 6 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April Walker, B. E., #.G.S. (Toronto.) Wickham, Prof. H. F. (Iowa City, Iowa.) Watker, Bryant. (Detroit. ) Whyte, Miss Ethel. Walsh, A. R. Whyte, Miss Ida. Walton, Mrs. J. L. Whyte, Miss Isabella. Warwick, F.W.,4. Sc. (Buckingham,Que.) Whyte, Miss Marion. Watson, J. F. Whyte, R. B. Watters, Henry: Wickham, H. F. (Iowa City, Iowa). Werry, EL. W. 0. Williams, Miss E. Weston, T. C.. 7.4. S.A. 2 Willing, T. N. (Olds, N. W. T.) Whelan, Peter. Wilson, W. J., PA. B. Whelan, Miss A. Wilson, Mrs. R. White, George R. Wood, Ho. Josiah, (Sackville, N. B.) Whit», James. (Snelgrove, Ont.) Woods, J. W. Whiteaves, J. F., £.G.8S., #.#.S.C., Woods, Mrs.J. W. F.G.S.A. Young, Rev. C. J. WM. A. (Lansdowne, Whitley, C. F., 8.S.A. Ont.) Whitley, Thos. Wounes, Ci ghie CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Hii, ALBERT J. AZ. A., C.Z£., New Westminster, B. C. MERRIAM, Dr. C. Harv, Department of Agriculture, Washington, U. S. ORMEROD, Miss E. A., F.R., AZet., Soc., Torrington House, St. Albans, England. SmitH, Pror. JOHN B, Sc. D., Rutger’s College, New Brunswick, N. J. Taytor, Rev. G. W., 7.R2.S.C., #:Z.S.(Nanaimo, B.C.) THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. ~ VoL. XII. OTTAWA, APRIL, 1899. No. 1. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE OFTAWA FIELD : NATURALISTS’ CLUB, 1898-99. The Council of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club herewith submits a summary of the work done by the Club during the _ year ending March 14th, 1899 :-— ; The number of members now on the roll is about 250: _ twenty have been added since our last annual meeting, and about the same number have resigned during the year. Thirteen council meetings were held. At the first meeting, leaders in im the different branches were chosen, also an Editor and Associate > Editors of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. * The President, Prof. Prince, was appointed to represent the k Club at the annual meeting of the Royal Society of Canada held in this city in May, when a synopsis of the Club’s work was pre- _ sented by him to that Society. = Early in the year the Council! arranged for short excursions on Saturday afternoons, under competent leaders, to different 6 places within easy reach of the city. The first was to Rockliffe _ April, 16th. Those who attended spent a profitable afternoon. ‘Early flowers were the chief attraction and cighteen different Be sccies were collected in bloom. The second sub-excursion, to the Beaver Meadow, Hull, on April 23rd was attended by forty ladies and gentlemen. ___The third was to Beechwood, April 30th, when between forty and fifty members and their friends were present. The fourth was to Dow’s Swamp, May 7th, when a small _ party made an interesting collection of plants. = The fifth to New Edinburgh, May 14th, was well attended. At these excursions those desirous of gaining a knowledge of Natural History are brought into closest touch with nature fi 3 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April herself and are shown how they may most profitably pursue their studies. It is not the aim of the leaders to store the mind with scientific names of specimens or mere facts about them, but rather by suggestion to enable the students to find out facts for themselves, and thus become independent of teachers. There were four general excursions. The first was on May 28th to Gilmour’s Grove, Chelsea. It was attended by 175 mem- bers and their friends and was a complete success. - The second on June 25th to Chats Falls was largely attend- ed and though the rather unfavorable weather prevented much work being done, all agreed that an enjoyable and profitable day was spent. The third was to Aylmer, Sept. 24th, when a party of twenty-five attended. 75 species of Fungi were collected, and notwithstanding the lateness of the season twenty species of flowering plants were found. The fourth and last excursion, Oct. Ist, to Chelsea was attended by about one hundred. These general excursions are conducted in much the same way as the sub-excursions already described. The whole party however, usually assembles at some convenient spot an hour before leaving for home, when the leaders give short addresses on the salient features of the locality visited and the specimens collected. During the winter the following papers and reports were read at the regular monthly soirées of the Club. 1898. Dec. 14. —‘‘ Inaugural Address,” by Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S. ** Notes on some Local Violets,” by Mr. James M. Macoun. Report of the Botanical Branch. 1899. Jan. 10— ‘** Zhe Minerals of the Ottawa Valley,” by R. W. Ells, LL.D., F.R.S.C. : ‘‘Notes on a herbivorous Dinosaur from the Cretaceous of Western Canada,” by Mr. Lawrence M. Lambe, F.G.S. ‘Report of the Geological Branch. Feb, 7.—‘‘ Some Native Herbaceous Perennials worthy of cultivation,” by Mr. W. T. Macoun, ‘* On the Burrowing Habits of Cambarus—the Cray-fish,” by H. M. Ami, M.A-; F.G-S. 1899] ANNUAL REPORT. RE Si» “© Noles on Fresh-water Polyzoa,” by Mr. Walter S. Odell. Report of the Ornithological Branch. Feb. 21.—‘‘ The Archeology of Lake Deschenes,” by Mr. T. W. E. Sowter. “ Extra-limital Insects Found at Ottawa,” by Mr. W. H. Harringion. BaRsS+€!} . “€ Notes on the rea ing of a Young Cow-bird,” by Mr. A. G. Kingston. Report of the Entomological Branch. Mar. 7.—‘‘ Life-history of the Salmon,” by Prof. E. E. Prince, B.A., F.L.S. ° “* Natural History in Art,” by Prof. James Mavor, Toronto University. (Both papers illustrated by lime-light views.) Report of the Zoological Branch. At each meeting, various interesting objects belonging to different departments of science were exhibited, A most successful conversazione was held in the Assembly Hall of the Normal School, when the Club was honored by the presence of our noble patron His Excellency, the Governor-Gen- eral. A full report of this meeting was published in the February number of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST under the editorship of Dr. Ami and seven Associate Editors has been issued monthly: The volume just completed, No. XII, is the largest we have issued. It contains 270 pages and g plates. These latter add materially to the value of the papers and are of exceptional merit. Five plates of Canadian Violets were drawn specially for THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, by Mr. Theodor Holm of Washington; Mr. Barlow’s plates were from photographs taken by himself. Many valuable papers have been published during the year. These cover the whole range of subjects included in the scope of the Club. In addition to these, numerous accounts of excur- sions and soirées, reports of the different branches, book reviews, etc., have been printed. The special work done by members of the Club has been included in the reports of the various branches and need not be particularly referred to here as these reports have already been published or will appear in an early number of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. ‘3 _ Shortly after the arrival in Ottawa of His Excellency, the Governor-General, a committee of your Council interviewed him 10 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April with a view of obtaining his patronage. He was graciously pleased to accede to their request and has since evinced great interest in the work of the Club. A grant has again been received from the Provincial Govern- ment at Toronto. Upon this grant depends in great measure the maintenance of the standard of excellence which has made THE OTTAWA NATURALIST the best medium in Central Canada for the prompt publication of original papers bearing on the Natural History and resources of Ontario and the adjoining provinces, The thanks cf the Club are due to the Young Men’s Christ- ian Association, which kindly put the Association Hall at its disposal for the lectures; to Dr. J. A. MacCabe- for the use of rooms in the Normal School for the monthly Council Meetings and for the library, also for the use of the large Assem- bly Hall for the Public Conversazione held on Jan. 24th ; to the Electric Light Co. for their generosity in gratuitously putting in wires and lamps for the microscopes on that occasion; to the daily press for inserting notices of all mectings and thus helping the Club considerably by bringing its work before the public. W. J. WILSON “EK DWARD!-ES-PRINCE Secretary: President. TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING OF PHE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALIS£ES -CLUs: The Twenticth Annual Meeting of the Ottawa Field-Natur- alists’ Club was held in the Lecture Hall of the Y.M.C.A, Ottawa, on Tuesday evening March 14th, 1899. The following members and officers of the Club were present ; Prof. John Macoun, Dr. James Fletcher, W. H. Harrington, Colonel Wm. White, C.M.G., Dr. H. M. Ami, Dr. R. W. Ells, Mr. R. B. Whyte, Mr. W. R. Billings, Mr. F. T. Shutt, Mr. D. B. Dowling, Mr. J. M. Macoun, Mr. Andrew Halkett, Mr. S. J. Jenkins, Mr. A. H, - 1899] ANNUAL MEETING. II Belliveau, Mr. A. B. Rowan-Legg, Mr. R. W. Brock, Mr. D. A. Campbell, Mr. J. Ballantyne, Mr. W. S. Odell, Capt. and Mrs. McElhinney, Miss A. Shenick, Miss Marion Whyte, Miss Kee, Mr. W. J. Wilson. In the absence of Prof. E. E. Prince, the president of the Club, Prof. Macoun occupied the chair. The minutes of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting having been read and confirmed, the Secretary was then requested to read the “Report of the Council” tor the year just ended. Dr. James Fletcher presented the Treasurer’s report which Shewed that the Club was ina prosperous condition ; all debts were paid and there was a balance on hand of $65.00. Mr: S. B. Sinclair’s report as Librarian was then read by the Secretary, and on motion was received and adopted. Similar resolutions were passed regarding the Report of Council and Treasurer’s statement. The Chair announced that the Librarian had prepared thirty-two complete sets of the Zvansactions of the Ottawa Freld- Naturalists Club including Vol. I—XII of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, and that these could only be sold in complete sets. Dr. Ami presented a verbal report of the Editorial Staff of THE OTTAWA NATURALIST and stated that Vol. XII just completed, contained the largest number of original papers pub- lished in any one year by the Club, and that he had still on hand. a number of very valuable manuscripts for the in-coming Editor. Mr. R. B. Whyte spoke on Nova Scotia Bird-lists ; Mr. Kingston, on reports of meetings and soirees for the press; Mr. Shutt, on the advisability of having a paid officer to assist the Secretary, Treasurer and Editor, inthe clerical work of the Club; Dr. Ells and Mr. Kingston on responsibility of leaders. It was pointed out further that when leaders were appointed and held office—they were expected not only to prepare but also sign the reports presented to the Council and Club. The Club then proceeded to the election of officers. The names of the new officers appear on the cover of this number of ~ THE .OTTAWA NATURALIST. 12 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April TREASURER’S REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1898-99. To the President and Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club: ~ The Treasurer begs to report that although the finances of the Club are in a satisfactory condition, as far as the balance is concerned, they are in a very unsatisfactory state with regard to the payment of subscriptions by members at the time they are due. By an expenditure of much time and labour, a large amount has been collected for arrears ; but the payments on account of the current year’s subscriptions are not at all what they ought to be. The Treasurer makes an earnest appeal to the members to pay in their subscriptions at the beginning of the Club year instead of waiting until the end. The printers must be paid month by month, and were all fees paid when due, the Council could carry out much good work which has to be left undone, owing to uncertainty as to when funds will be available. Further, owing to neglect on the part of members to pay their fees unsolicited, the Club is put to much extra expense for postage, and the work of the Treasurer is much more than doubled. Another matter which the Treasurer considers it his duty to again bring prominently before the members of the Club, is the patronage of those firms who help the Club by advertising in the OTTAWA NATURALIST. These are all first-class houses who will supply goods at least equal in quality to those to be obtained anywhere else, and it is only reasonable that they should expect to receive an increase of business from the members of the Club, whose interests they serve by advertising in the Club organ. Your obedient servant, JAMES FLETCHER Treasurer. eae 1899] TREASURER’S REPORT. OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB. Treasurer's Statement for the Year Ending March 14th, 1899. 1898. RECEIPTs. Mar. 11. Balance....... $ 69 90 Subscriptions 1898-9..... $114 PRTC ANS 5 te0 hc oges oe 139 ; some oh Ye, Government grant....... 200 OTTAWA NATURALISTS <0) (3 Pee 9 aes I 63 Authors’ extras sold..... 18 75 | Electrotype sold........ 50 Excursion profits,...... 8 00 Advertisements ......... 62 Ic $613 88 13 EXPENDITURE. Printing OTTAWA Na- TURALIST, including wrapping and post- age, December 1897 to March 1899, (16 numbers)... «350. . 3904 32 Less discount .. ... 17 47 376 85 Illustrations ....... 60 45 oer 437 30 Printing Authors’ extras 37 05 A imi r} Tar eA L4e 35 Miscellaneous printing 30 90 Expenses of Conversazione 24 70 Advertising........ 1 60 Stationery 7.32 tec 2 82 Bostag es tte a ome . 12 18 Balance 67 33 $ 613 88 Audited and found correct J. BALLANTYNE, \ : R. B. Wuyte, f Auditors. March 28, 1899. JAMES FLETCHER, Treasurer. PROCEEDINGS OF: THE-NATURAL HISTORY ASSOCIATION OF MIRAMICHI. The formation of a Natural History Society at Miramichi is another evidence of the fresh interest that is being taken in the Maritime Provinces in all branches of Natural History. The papers of greatest interest to Ottawa Naturalists in the first number of the Proceedings of the Association are: “ The Anowra of New Brunswick,” by Philip Cox Ph. D., “Our Winter Birds,’ by J. McGregor Baxter, M. D.,and “The Moths of Miramichi,” by J. D. B. F. MacKenzie. 14 Tite OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April THE. MINERAL: RESOURCES: OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT* By Re We Bes “LEDs; PR See: In investigating the mineral wealth of any district, in order to proceed on a right basis, one should, first of all, carefully con- sider the gcological conditions which prevail,and should ascertain, by a careful preliminary examination, whether such conditions are favorable for the occurrence, or otherwise, of mineral deposits, in quantity to be economically important. If this precaution is neglected there is often a very great possibility that large sums of money may be foolishly squandered in a vain search after the impossible. In all such investigations it may safely be regarded as an established fact, that our mineral deposits are determined by certain active causes. The action of these causes and their influence upon the associated rock masses, it is largcly the busi- ness of the geologist, mineralogist or mining engineer to investi- gate. Unfortunately in the history of mining in this country, as well as elsewhere, this principlehas often beenentirely disregarded. In the course of some twenty-five years wandering to and fro, in the service of the Geological Survey, it has been- my fortune to encounter many such cases, and to witness the small savings of individuals, singly, or even the capital of large companies, wasted in a vain attempt to obtain from the bosom of old mother earth some small share of her buried treasures, simply because some person, often with a smattering only of a few scientfiic terms, but who was otherwise entirely lacking in all knowledge of the conditions which govern mineral deposits, had asserted that the conditions in certain localities were favorable to the attainment of mineral wealth. Very often it is to be feared that such statements are made by the adventurer, simply on the chance of getting money easily from the inexperienced, and in such cases, the poor proprietor, after investing what money he could raise, has had his dearly bought experience for his trouble, with possibly the addition of *Read by title before the Ottawa Field-Naturalists Club, Jan. 10 th, 1899. cn Pa ll ts i ll I At lt lat eli aaa ae 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. — 15 a fine large mortgage on his property, which probably he may never be able to lift. One need not go far from the province of Ontario for illustrations of this peculiar tendency on the part of certain persons to invest money in this reckless manner. Thus when we find men, otherwise shrewd enough in ordinary business matters throwing away thousands of dollars in an attempt to obtain oil by boring through the Laurentian granites and gneisses as has been done in the upper Rideau district not very long ago, even by people who should have known better, there is evidently a necessity for furthur enlightenment on these subjects, in order that the public may be better guided. Recently, I met a person whowas endeavouring toobtaincoal by sinking a shaft through the crystalline limestone in Lanark county, and in reply to my observations that he would not find it there, he stated that he knew he did not agree with the scientists on the subject, but he was convinced the coal was there, because he had smelled the gas inthe shaft. His case was a hard one and difficult to deal with, for the reasonthat he would not beconvinced on the ground of common sense and scientific knuwledge ; and his chances for success were scarcely equal to those of a man I once met in New Brunswick, who had alarge farm composed principally of barren grey sandstone, but who knew that there was a large body of iron ore on his place because lightning had struck there twice in fifteen years. It is wonderful how some men get carried away on the subject of mines. [I have known men of the highest standing in the legal world who’ were prepared to spend thousands of dollars in mining on the word of a travelling clairvoyant, whom they had consulted on the subject, and who, after going intoa trance, declared he clearly saw a large body of rich ore three hundred feet below the surface. On the mere strength of such a statement a company went to workand sunk a shaft 500 feet, in which they dropped 50,000 dollars of capital, without finding the rich ore body so easily located. People in general will scarcely believe such instances of folly exist among those whom education should cause to know better, but at the same time 16 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April almost similar iastances could be cited from many localities, did time permit. If, however, we were to go on and relate many such cases, there would be but little time for the matter proper of this paper, and I will pass from the consideration of this subject by saying that with many men who become infected with the mining fever» so peculiar is their disposition, that in many cases the advice of a competent mining or geological expert is very apt to be disregarded, most people preferring probably to cure themselves of the disease in their own peculiar way. With regard to the leading geological features of the mineral bearing areas of the Ottawa District it may be said that these are referable to two divisions of rocks, viz., the Palaeozoic and thecrystalline. Concerning the origin of the rocksof the'former there is no great doubt. They are sedimentary, and contain in their mass the traces of organisms peculiar to the age in which they were deposited, All these fossiliferous deposits have been arranged in due order like the pages of a great book, by turning which a clear and comprehensive history of the growth and development of the earth’s crust, for this portion of its history, can be obtained. When we come to the question of the underlying crystalline rocks we have a different s'ory. Formerly these were regarded by many as having originally the same origin as the newer rocks, that is,the greater part were also held to be sedimentary deposits. Recent studies, both in the field and in the laboratory, have however led to a marked change of opinion in this respect, and it is now very clearly established, that a very large proportion of the crystalline rocks have been produced without the agency of water in the ordinary sense, but are distinctly and directly igneous in their character. Inthis way we have come to regard many of the rock masses, with which our most important minerals are associated, as intrusive through the sedimentary deposits, and this peculiarity of intrusion has in‘many cases, had a very im- portant bearing upon the development of the associated minerals. The principal rocks of the crystalline “series, which in Canada have been, forthe most part, long regarded as ea la 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. ry Laurentian or Huronian, and over the origin and relations of which many wordy battles have been waged, consist of gran- ite, gneiss, limestone, greenstones, &c. The term gneiss does not apply of necessity to rocks of any special age, but has a general reference to structure only, though this distinction has often been lost sight of in discussions on the subject. A gneiss has been by some regarded as peculiar to the rocks of the Laurentian system, yet when we find a granite of comparatively recent age, as is the case of many of. the masses which penetrate the sedimentary formations as recent as the Cretaceous, assuming a foliated structure, especially on the outer zone, a feature which may be due to pressure or other causes, it is also styled a gneiss, as readily as is its older brother of the Laurentian time. The generally accepted idea at the present day, as to the structure and relations of these oldest rocks of our country may be briefly stated, as these points have a manifest bearing on the question of mineral deposits. The lowest, and presumably the oldest, since upon these all the others rest, is a reddish, or greyish granite gneiss but containing different coloured bands, andcalled for the purpose of distinction, the lower or sometimes the Ottawa gneiss. This rock may be held to represent the oldest known crust of the earth, though probably now in a form much modified or altered from its original condition, when this crust was first consolidated. It is, in so far as yet known, lacking in mineral deposits of economic importance. ' Succeeding this in ascending order, are certain other eneisses of greyish or darker shades, some of which have been clearly shewn to owe their origin to aqueous action, though now ina highly metamorphic state. With these are associated bands of quartzite and limestone which sometimes form large areas. These last, with the upper gneisses, form what has been styled the Grenville and Hastings series of the Ottawa district. We thus have in the crystallines, rocks produced in two different ways. Throughout the districts in which these rocks occur there are often great masses of granite, anorthosite, diorite and pyroxenic rocks, some of which also shew a gneissic structure ; 18 - Tue OTTrawa NATURALIST. [April but as arule these are of more recent date than the limestone and gaciss with waich they ‘are associated; and it is in connection with these later intrusive masses that, in our search for economic minerals, we areparticularlyinterested,sincein some of these our most important deposits occur, among which may be mentioned the several ores of iron, the gold of Hastings and the nickel of Sudbury. The determination of these areas is therefore very important from the economic standpoint, and much time and study has been, and is still being, devoted to the study of this group of rocks by th2 officers of the Geological Survey. In connection with the upper gneisses also, or rather with the intrusive masses of pyroxenic rocks associated with these, are the great deposits of apatite, mica, &c. found both to the north and south of the Ottawa River. The asbestus of this district is associated with serpentines and generally with the crystalline limestone, and were it not for the enormous deposits found in the Eastern townships of Quebec, the occurrence of this mineral would be of much greater importance than is now the case. For though mineral deposits may theoretically have the same value at different places and times, this value does not always hold in practice. Thus the apatite deposits which were at one time extensively mined and of great economic importance, have, since the development of the more easily obtained phosphates of the Southern States, become practically valueless, since they cannot now be mined ata figure to enable them to enter into successful competition with the cheaper output of the south. A somewhat similar case is afforded in the micas, though here the results are not so disastrous to the persons engaged in the industry. At one time the price of this material was governed, to a certain extent, by the size and colour of the crystals obtained, but the market value of the mineral, in regard to the largest sizes, has now greatly diminished, owing to the discovery of a process by which sheets of almost any required size can now be built up from small pieces, by a_ process of jnterlamination, cementing and pressure, so that the high prices once obtainable for large crystals cannot at present be realized, Oe TT Oy Pe EE eeEeEeeEEeEeE—eeEeEeEeeeeeeeeee 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA VALLEY. 19 and the profits from its mining are proportionately reduced. In conection with the flat-lying deposits of the Paleozoic formations important mineral deposits are rarely found in this part of ourcountry, with the exception of certain areas of Bog-iron ore, such as are seen near Vaudreuil; but the limestones and sandstones from the Potsdam to the Trenton furnish abundant supplies of building stones often of quite as much importance as sourcesof revenue asarethe mineral deposits of the older crystalline rocks. Before taking up the question of the distribution of the ore deposits in the older rocks it may not be out of place to say a few words in reference to the development of a new industry which in some localities has already been entered upon with good prospects of remunerative returns.: Unfortunately for this at the present day, the glamour which surrounds our mining areas in the west tends to draw away attention from possible fields for profitable investment nearer home. | refer to the utilization of our peat bogs, which form a con- spicuous feature over many miles of our generally level country between the Ottawa and the St. Lawrence. As much as thirty years ago the question of utilizing these peat bogs was brought prominently forward in the country east of the St. Lawrence, and a large quantity of the material was extracted and prepared for fuel, principally for use on the Grand Trunk railway. The operations in this direction were carried on at three principal points, viz., Ist., on the line of the Three Rivers branch railway, 2nd., in the great bog lying between the city of St. Johns and Farnham, and 3rd.,on the St. Lawrence River, near the village of Port Louis, in the county of Huntingdon. A good demand arose for the fuel and tests made b’ the Grand Trunk railway were apparently satisfactory to the company, who were quite prepared to adopt it forthe work of their road. The great objection how- ever to its use at the time was its bulky nature, and the industry, which at one time promised to assume great proportions, was allowed to dwindle away. Recent experiments have, however, _ shewed that,by a proper system of compression,a really excellent fuel can be made, having a density nearly equal to that of oe oe eng ee 20 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ April ordinary coal, while in calorific power the tests already made have shewn it to be quite as valuable as that substance. While, however, the experimental stages have been quite satisfactory, it was found that in the manufacture, through some defect in the machinery, its commercial output has hitherto, not been such as to contribute largely to our mineral wealth. From the satis- factory nature of the work done lately however it may be taken as assured that the commercial aspect of this question will be shortly settled and a compressed peat, which will replace coal for all purposes, both in our houses and factories, as well ason many of our lines of railway, will yet be an accomplished fact, especially in view of the statement of those who have already engaged in the work, that such a fuel can be produced at a cost, at least half of that which we now pay for coal. This material has for years been successfully produced in Germany, where the industry of com- pressed peat has assumed large proportions and where a most excellent fuel is prepared at a cost of less than two dollars per. ton. But there is also another aspect of the question which is already receiving much attention by the persons interested in the exploitation of our peat deposits. Fora number of years there has been sent to the markets of the leading American cities a substance known as moss-litter, which finds a ready sale at remunerative rates, and for which there is an ever increasing demand. This industry is now being carried on inthe Welland district where the peat bogs along the line of the canal are being utilized. In practice the working of a peat bog should embrace both the preparation of the moss-litter and the manufacture ofcompress- ed peat. The substance ot a good peat bog is divisible into three portions or strata, viz., the upper or green growing surface, of which but little use can be made and which must first be removed in order to reach the lower and economically available portions, This second part has a thickness of three to four feet, and passes gradually downward into the black and unctuous portion which is best suited for fuel purposes. In the economic working of a peat bog therefore, due attention must be paid to this order - 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 21 of succession, and it was doubtless to a lack of this separation, that much of the failure experienced in the attempt to obtain a _ first rate fuel in the early days of the industry can be attributed. In the prepartion of the litter after the living green surface with its tangled mass of shrubs has been taken off, the next three feet or so is removed, teased out and dried in the sun or by the application of artificial heat, then carefully baled and is ready for the market. The price of this varies from five to ten dollars per ton, and it is now used in all the largest and best conducted stables in the principal citiesin England and in the United States. The great merits of the material for this purpose are that, in the first place it isa wonderful absorbent of all the liquid matters found in the stable, a perfect deodorizer, cleanly, and when it has served its purpose in this.capacity provides a large quantity of a most excellent fertilizer for the farm, for which it also is in great demand. As there are in the country between the Ottawa and the St. Lawrence several important areas of this raw material, as well as on the east of the latter river, we have at our very doors an almost inexhaustible supply of mineral wealth, which at no very distant day, will doubtless be largely utilized, that is, after our people have become alive to the fact that there is money in its exploitation. Then when the bogs have been carefully drained and the machinery for the proper compression of the rich underlying peat has been perfected, or introduced after the model of the German machines, which should only be a matter of time and experiment, there is no apparent reason why the fuel supply of eastern Canada should not be sup- plied from these home localities. What that means, in view of the great extension of our railway systems and the constantly increas- ing demand for coal for domestic consumption and for our fac- tories, is very clear to any enquiring mind, so that though it is true that all is not gold that glitters, it is equally true that there is gold in certain substances that do not glitter at all. It is interesting to know that within the last few months there have been many enquiries as to the extent and location of thesedeposits, and there is evidently a growing intention to utilize their hidden stores of wealth. (Zo be continued.) 22 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. ; [ April REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN During the year numerous exchanges and other publications ‘have been received and placed in proper position. Thirty two complete sets of back numbers of “THE NATURALIST” from the time of its inception, 1879, to the present time have been arranged and stored ina cupboard easy of access. This exhausts all copies ofcertain months but leaves a large number of copies of other months. By this arrangement considerable new space will be secured in the Library room. For a number of years no apportionment has been made for the binding of publications. I beg to suggest that it would be wise to revive this custom as regards the most valuable exchanges. It might also be well in view of the limited number of back copies of “THE NATURALIST?” to formulate a more careful plan of distri- bution than in the past. All of which is respectfully submitted. | S. B. SINCLAIR. Ottawa, Mar. 14th, 1899. Librarian. BOTANICAL NOTES: Edited by Dr. JAs. FLETCHER. GENTIANA SERRATA.—-In the autumn of 1897 several specimens of this interesting plant were found and identified by Miss Mary Nagle, teacher of School Section No. 6, Huntley, to whom belongs the credit of being first to locate the plant in the Ottawa district. . While travelling from Stittsville toward Ashton on Sept. 14th, 1898, the writer discovered a colony of many hundred specimens growing near the roadside in wet sandy soil, a con- genial habitat for this plant. The rich blue and the ciliate fringed margins of the corolla render the “ fringed gentian ” one of the loveliest of our native plants. VERBASCUM BLATTARIA.—In the summer of 1891 a small colony of Moth Mullein was noted in an old pasture on Lot 33, Ottawa Front about half a mile west of Mechanicsville. Though 1899] BOTANICAL NOTES. 23 this locality has been visited regularly every summer the above- mentioned plant has not been observed since 1891 until last summer when several sturdy colonies. some of them hundreds of yards apart, were found in an excellent state of bloom. The flowers were the pale yellow variety with purple markings. The best specimens were about four feet high. INTRODUCED PLANTS. Three plants evidently introduced from the North West, Helzanthus rigidus, Lepachy’s columnarts, and Grindelia squarrosa, were reported by the Botanical Section in 1891, as having been found near the old Eddy Mill-sight at Birchton. Only the last of the three appears to have persisted. Since 1891 Grindelia squarrosa has spread over a considerable area. The bright yellow flowers and a profuse resinous, viscid coating are conspicuous features of this thrifty plant. ARALIA QUINQUEFOLIA.—On October 7th, 1898, several fine plants of this species were obtained near an old roadway on the Chats Island, but in all cases the fruit had already disap- peared. In the Autumn of 1897 a party of Indians sold about sixteen pounds of the roots of this Ginsing in Fitzroy Harbor. They stated that they obtained a considerable quantity of them on the Chats Island.—R. H. COWLEY. VIOLA CUCULLATA.—Our knowledge of the local distribu- tion of the six species of the V7. cucul/ata group enumerated in the January number of The OTTAWA NATURALIST is yet far from complete. The admirable illustrations, which were published at the same time, will enable the youngest amateur botanist to de- termine the several species providing care be taken to collect flowers and summer fruit from the same locality, and so carefully as to preclude the possibility of mistakes. Three of the species are known from but one locality while the other three are of more general distribution —J. M. M. : ad ae Las 24 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [April SPRING ANNOUNCEMENT. The Council of the Club has arranged a series of seven after- noon lectures for the spring weeks. These lectures will be of an elementary character and are designed to excite a wider interest in popular science. They will be delivered in one of the Nor- mal School lecture rooms at 4.15 p. m. on Mondays as follows : April 1oth—Geology, Dr. H. M. Ami; April 17th—Botany, Mr. R. B. Whyte; April 24th —Entomology, Dr. Jas. Fletcher ; May 1tst—Conchology, Mr. F. Rk. Latchford ; May 8th—Ornith- ology. Mr. A. G. Kingston ; May 15th—Zoology, Prof. John Macoun and Mr. W. S. Odell ; May 22nd—Planting and care of ~ Forest Trees, Sir Henri Joly de Lotbiniére. Members of the Club are requested to bring these lectures to the notice of their friends. SUB-EXCURSIONS. Sub-excursions will this season be made a special feature of the Club’s work. The attendance of leaders in each of the principal departments of natural science is assured and the stud- ent can find no better means of acquiring knowledge than these sub-excursions. These first visits to the woods are a perennial pleasure to the older members of the Club and this notice is ~ especially intended for those who usually restrict their attend- ance to the general excursions. Those who attend the sub-excursions will rendezvous at 3 — p.m. at the point on the Electric railway nearest to the locality © chosen for investigation. The April excufsions will be :— April 15, Rockcliffe ; April 23, Hull ; April 30, Beechwood. OTTAWA HORTICULTURAE SOGIETY. The Horticultural Society is this year offering an exception-— ally fine lot of premiums of which members may select ten upon ~ payment of the small annual fee of $1.00. The usual monthly meetings will be held during the year, when in addition to the exhibits of seasonable flowers, addresses will be delivered by leading Horticulturists. Nearly $400.00 in : prizes will be offered for all of which members may compete. In order to obtain the premiums subscriptions must be sent to the Secretary by April 15th. Address Mr. J. F. Watson, Experi-— mental Farm. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. Vot. XIII. OTTAWA, MAY, 1809. No. 2. THE MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OREAW AV DISTRICT, By Rs Wie BEES. lo: Di eoP RES CG. ( Continued from April number. ) While mineral developments are found throughout the Ottawa valley at a number of places, there are two localities in the lower Ottawa basin which have for many years been distin- guished for economic production. Of these, probably the most important, as to output, are the deposits of apatite and mica lying to the north of the Ottawa River and, between the rivers Gatineau and Liévre ; the other is situated to the south, in the vicinity of the Rideau lakes, and near the line of the Kingston and Pembroke railway, in which districts our great deposits of iron are located. In the great area occupied by the lower or Laurentian gneiss the mineral developments are, in so far as yet known, few, and it may be gencrally remarked that investiga- tions along these lines in that area have not yet been very successful. The geological horizons therefore, in the crystalline rocks that promise the best results, and have so far been the most productive, are the upper part of the gneiss and limestone formation and the associated Huronian rocks. Now if we carefully study the rock masses in these areas we find a very extensive development of clearly igneous rocks, such as greenstones, granites, pyroxenes, diorites, &c., and it is generally in connection with some of these masses that our most productive mineral deposits may be looked for. The natural inference therefore is that mineral developments are in some way due to the agency of these latter intrusions. That many of these intrusive masses are newer than the rocks with which they are associated is clearly shown by the fact that, though they sometimes occur as apparently bedded portions, they quite as often occur cutting the surrounding 26 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | May strata at all angles. It was to some extent, doubtless, this bedded character that led to the original supposition that these masses were, for the most part, sedimentary in their nature, and this was the view expressed by most writers on this subject twenty to thirty years ago. APATITE. If we examine any of the mines of apatite, either to the north or south of the Ottawa, we find this mineral invariably associated with pyroxene, which would therefore appear to be its necessary accompaniment. Now the pyroxene dyke or mass which cuts across the strike of the gneiss or limestone must be of more recent date, and the apatite is generally found along the outer margin or near the lines of contact of the intrusive mass and the gneiss. Frequently, however, masses of calcite, often of large size, and of a pinkish or grey color, are found in the mass of the pyroxene, and this frequently contains large crystals of both apatite and mica, leading to the statement by some observers that these minerals occur sometimes in economic quantity in the crystalline limestones. One must however dis- criminate between masses of calcite which are an_ integral portion of the pyroxene dykes, and the limestone formation proper, which is an entirely different thing, so that it may be safely stated as the result of the examination of all the known mines of this mineral, that apatite is not found except in asso- ciation with pyroxene. As to the origin of this mineral opinions differ, but it is found generally in one of two ways, either as large pockety masses, which sometimes yield a thousand tons or more, or as irregular developments varying in width from a few inches to several feet in thickness. The extent and value of this one of our mineral resources of the Ottawa district, may be gathered from the statistics contained: in the official bulletins of the Geological Survey. Thus we find that, in the seventeen years from 1878 to 1894, the output of this mineral from the mines of eastern Ontario was 24,760 tons, with a market value of 260,974 <= _ 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 27 dollars, while from the mines of Quebec the output for the same time was 269,771 tons with a value of 4,749,888 dollars, so that the total product of the phosphate mines of the lower Ottawa district, for this period, was not far from 5,000,000 dollars, _ which, it must be allowed, is a very creditable sum and only one and a-half million dollars less than the total gold output from all the mines in Nova Scotia in the same time. The placing on the English market, about 1890, of the cheaply mined phosphates of the Southern States, which could be put on ship- board at a cost of about two dollars per ton, caused a speedy decline in the market for the high-priced Canadian apatite, so much so that within the last three years the last of these mines has been obliged to discontinue working entirely, and this great source of mineral wealth is now at an end, and will probably not be again utilized until the exhaustion of the southern deposits has been reached. In mineral development, therefore, we see that progress and profit are simply a matter of supply and demand. In both Ontario and Quebec there are yet great stores of apatite which may some day again find a market, and then we can look to a return of prosperous conditions in this part of our valley and the utilization of some of the large amounts of capital invested in this direction. MICA. Closely allied to apatite in its associations, and to some extent also in its mode of occurrence, are the deposits of mica. The demand for this mineral has, however, never been so great as in the case of the other, while the industry has not been prosecuted for so long a time. yet from the mica mines of the Ottawa district there was marketed in the nine years from 1886 to 1894, a total value of half a million dollars. The occurrence of mica forms an interesting subject of study, and some facts have been obtained, from a close inspection of many localities, that may be of general interest. Merchantable micas are of two or three varieties, principally muscovite and phlogopite, with 5 the variety biotite. The first is known asa potash mica, the “ Lo ' % | 4 28 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | May others as magnesian micas, of which the biotite differs in con- taining iron as well, and is consequently darker in colour and ~ sometimes quite black. The muscovite is distinguished by its general clearness and lack of colouring, while the phlogopite mica is usually some shade of brown or yellow and is generally — known as amber mica. Years ago large sheets of white mica, as it was generally styled as contrasted with the darker coloured or amber variety, were quoted at a very high price, but this dis- tinction seems of late years to have largely disappeared, as is — also the case with sheets of extra large size, since this feature of © size is now attained by a process already referred to of building up by means of cement and pressure from smaller sizes, so that almost any size required can now be readily obtained. Of these several varicties, the white or muscovite is usually found in association with intrusive masses of a whitish granite, composed of quartz and white felspar which cuts the gneiss and limestone in the form of dykes or veins; while the amber and black varieties are found in connection with pyroxenes. As { a rule the darker the containing rock the blacker the mica, so — that in the light coloured pyroxenes the mica is often a light shade of amber. The most perfectly shaped crystals are generally found in a matrix of calcite in the pyroxene ; and were — : : | ; j it possible to secure perfect crystals at all times there would be much more profit in mica mining than has yet been enjoyed. 4 Unfortunately, however, the greater portion of the crystals are_ injured by wrinkles, cracks, small punctures or from some other cause, so that it is a fortunate mine that will yield ten per cent. | of merchantable mica from its total output. Crystals are often found in the Gatineau district of very large size, one from a mine near the Cascades being stated to have a diameter of nearly eight feet. Unfortunately thes2 large crystals, owing to their generally fractured condition, have generally but little economic value. Onc of the largest deposits of this mineral yet found in the Gatineau district is in the town- ship of Hincks. It occurs in a dyke of pyroxene which cuts the limestone of that area and is in turn cut by a dyke of green- 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 29 stone. The crystals here were of a large size, sometimes as much as three feet across, and many of them so clear that plates two and three feet long by nearly a foot in breadth were obtained. The mica here was dark coloured as might be ex- pected from the dark colour of the containing rock, and a large quantity of excellent mica was extracted before the deposit was exhausted. A very pretty purple-tinted mica is also sometimes found in cases where a dyke of light-tinted granite cuts the limestone. — but as yet has not been obtained in quantities to be of economic value. IRON ORES. The iron ores of this district are divisible into several classes and occur at several horizons. The principal.workable deposits are magnetites, though several mines have been opened on hematite ores, and sometimes both varieties are associated, as in the case of the Haycock mine and at several points in Ren- frew county. Of the magnetic variety there are also two kinds, viz., the titaniferous and the true magnetites, and each of these is found in its peculiar country rock. Thus in the case of the titanium ores it may be said that they usually occur in anortho- site rocks, which are a recent intrusion in the gneiss and lime- stones,and the amount of titanic acid in these sometimes reaches 45 per cent, which renders the ore practically useless on account of its great refractibility, and the consequent large amount of fuel necessary to reduce it to a state of metallic iron. Attempts have been made from time to time to utilize this ore, but always with disastrous results to those interested. The true magnetites are found at many points and furnish an ore often of great purity and value for smelting purposes. They occur in the vicinity of Hull where they were mined ex- tensively, and where they were also smelted for some years, though operations in this locality have now been suspended for nearly a quarter of a century. In Bristol also there are large ‘deposits of this ore which have also been extensively worked, but its value is to some extent affected injuriously by a certain | 30 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May percentage of sulphur which necessitates a roasting process before it is sent to the smelter. As a consequence the demand for these ores has of late years largely fallen off. The same association of sulphur is found in some of the deposits along the Kingston and Pembroke Railway, and seriously impairs their value as smelting ores, so that the hopes which were raised in regard to their speedy utilization by the building of the Hamil- ton smelter have not yet been realized. All the ores in this district are not, however, affected in this way, and there are some large deposits of excellent quality ; but on the other hand these are sometimes so far removed from convenient shipment that the price obtainable will not repay the cost of hauling to railway and the subsequent freight to the smelter. It can be easily seen therefore. that though there may be a very large amount of raw material available, this is not always in such a shape as to yield profitable returns. This condition of affairs is unfortunate, and many persons unacquainted with the actual conditions, often wonder why mining is not pursued with greater vigour in certain directions. Investors of small capital, however, generally wish to see some chance of realizing on their investments when once mining operations are commenced, unless as is sometimes un- fortunately the case, such investments are made on a limited scale with simply a view to speculation. Such schemes cannot, however, be classed under the head of legitimate mining, and the last investor generally has the experience obtained as his share of the profits. Improvements are constantly being made in the process of iron smelting, and therefore we may hope that with greater facilities for shipment and reduced expenses in smelting, the greater part of these ores will some day become valuable assets. At present the great barrier to the successful development of the blast furnace industry in this district, is the cost of fuel, and it is to be hoped that some day in the not too distant future, the successful manufacture of compressed peat will go far to solve this difficulty. Smelting with peat fuel has been carried on successfully for many years in Norway and Sweden and also in ee es ae ap DN OV EEE Se Le PAWEL Re ane Be, 0: ab le Ababa abe: abuts BEBE ee atten inn stm each tt 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. — 31 Germany ; and there is no reason why methods which are so successful in those countries should not be equally so here, pro- vided the greater cost of labor be not an insuperable obstacle. Figures given by the American expert, Birkenbine, for the Ottawa district, some ycars ago, placed the cost of manufacture, even under the then unfavorable conditions, at such a price as to fairly warrant investment at some central point such as Ottawa city, and to make the erection of a blast furnace profit- able, but the initial cost of such an enterprise is heavy and investors prefer often to take their chances in some more gilded scheme, even though, as is often the case, the results are not always very flattering. However this country is as yet com- paratively young in mining matters and the attention of foreign capitalists is now only being directed to this portion of the empire as a field for profitable investment, so that it is not worth while to become greatly discouraged over a present depression along certain lines. GRAPHITE. Among the other mineral industries that at some not far distant day promise to be a very important factor in the country’s development is the mining of graphite. We have in the Ottawa district some of the largest and most valuable deposits of this mineral anywhere known, and easy of access, and though efforts have been made in a half-hearted way for some years to turn these to profitable account, such attempts have been so carried on as not to yield satisfactory returns. In such a case we should not attribute the lack of success to any fault on the part of the ore deposit, since this has been thoroughly investigated in the laboratory of the Geological Survey, and the mineral found to equal in quality, for all practical purposes, that from the celebrated mines of Ceylon, which so largely enter the markets of the world to-day. The failure rather seems to be on _ the part of those who have the mines in charge, and to their lack of enterprise in seeking a market, since the Canadian market alone consumes annually a sufficient amount of this material to warrant the workings of these deposits on a large scale. Thus 32 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ May from the official bulletin of the Survey we find that in the ten years, from 1886 to 1895, the quantity of graphite produced in all Canada, including the output from New Brunswick, amounted in value to less than 30,000 dollars, while the value of the im- ports of this material for the sixteen years from 1880 amounted to over half a million dollars. This is certainly a bad showing in the face of the fact that we have more than enough of the the raw material to supply all our own needs and to furnish plenty for export besides. Certain changes now in contempla- tion may in a few years result in effecting a marked difference in the balance of these figures, but this wiil only be done by changing entirely the present inoperative system of management. At one mine north of the Madawaska River, not many miles north from the Kingston and Pembroke Railway, there is a won- derful deposit of this minera], the amount in sight being apparently sufficient if properly handled to supply the market alone for some years, while the great deposits of the Buckingham district have as yet only been opened sufficiently to show their great extent and value. MOLYBDENUM. The peculiar mineral molybdenum which has recently come into prominence in mining circles, is somewhat widely dis- tributed through the crystalline rocks of the Ottawa basin. In physical features it is sometimes mistaken for flake graphite which it resembles strongly in the field. Along the Ottawa River it occurs in limited quantity in certain of the rocks on Calumet Island, though the extent of the deposit here has never cen ascertained, but at or near Haley Station, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, there is a large deposit of this mineral which has been worked for some years in a desultory fashion. Recently, however, the mine has been reopened and a consider- able output is now being obtained for shipment. Along the Gatineau River this mineral is found in several of the adjoining townships, but apparently the most important deposit yet located in this direction is in the township of Egan, north of the Desert River, where it appears to have a large development. It Pe ee ee ee eee g o- ys di 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT 33 is usually found in connection with white granite dykes which cut the crystalline limestone and associated gneiss of the Gren- ville and Hastings series, which have a wide extent in this area, both north and south of the Ottawa. The market at present for this mineral is not large, but the demand has increased rapidly within the last three years, so that there ts a fair pro- spect of some of these deposits being utilized at no very distant date. . ASBESTUS. Of the peculiar mineral asbestus, or rather chrysotile, of which you have all heard, though there are limited deposits at several points, they are of such small extent, as compared with the great deposits in the Eastern Townships of Quebec, that it may be safely said we cannot hope to successfuly compete with these in the matter of production. In point of fact, ‘the great deposits of this mineral in Quebec have practically closed down the output of the mines for the rest of the world, at least as regard the finer qualities. Asbestus proper is a variety of horn- blende, and is found and has been worked for some years in the County of Hastings under the name of actinolite. What passes under the name of asbestus in commerce is a fibrous serpentine or chrysotile, which has a soft, beautiful and silky fibre, of great tenacity and strength, so that it can be readily teased out, spun and wove, or made into rope, while the shorter and more im- perfect fibre is used for millboard, packing, and for a varicty of purposes. Its great value depends upon its capacity to resist combustion, that is, it is practically a fire-proof material. In connection with some of the limestones of the Grenville series there are certain serpentinous bands which contain small veins of this substance and these have been mined at a number of points, though the small size of the fibre prevents it from competing with the longer material of the Eastern Townships. This Ottawa product is, however, utilized for the manufacture of a celebrated fire-proof plaster which possesses many advantages over the common variety for interior work, and this is rapidly growing in favor with builders, so that the industry promises to 34 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [| May assume large proportions at some time, though there are not the large profits which are obtainable from the mines of the eastern district. GOLD. The mining of the precious metals has always possessed a charm for many persons, though there is probably no enterprise in which more money has been lost than in the attempt to obtain gold from the hard matrix in which it is usually found. Still there is always a great fascination to most persons in the term gold-mining, though the ideas many people possess on the subject are exceedingly crude. The discovery of gold in any country usually gives rise to much excitement, and this is often in direct ratio to the remoteness of the locality where the find is reported. Gold mining has too large an element of uncertainty in it to be pursued by the ordinary citizen with profit. To say nothing of the capricious nature of this mineral itself there is often the temptation on the part of the unscrupulous miner to salt his claim and thus impose on the ignorance or credulity of his neighbour. Then there is frequently the dishonesty of the assayer to whom the samples selected as a fair test of the pro- perty are sent and of these, I regret to say, the making of false returns is sometimes a matter of business in order that more samples, and the necessary fees for testing the same, may come his way. In fact, some of these assayers have been known to boast that they could get an assay of gold from any kind of rock, or even from a piece of brick if necessary; so that the report of a so-called assayer, for there are some that disgrace the name, is not always to be relied on as absolutely correct. The gold of the Ottawa district may be said to belong to the Huronian belt of rocks which traverse a portion of Ontario in the counties of Addington, Hastings, Lanark and Renfrew, and which also crosses the Ottawa River into the province of Quebec. These rocks have been described in the reports of the Geological Survey under the head of the Hastings series. They have been by some regarded as a portion of the Laurentian ee ee 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 35 system, while by others they are regarded as belonging to a higher division, the evidence in favour of the latter view being that generally accepted at the present time. The occurrence of gold in certain portions of these rocks was ascertained as early as 1865-66 in the neighbourhood of Marmora, and several mines were shortly after opened in that locality which gave great promise of good returns. Since that date this industry has been pursued with varying success, and with gradually improved methods of treatment this area will yet probably give satisfactory results. Asa rule the gold of this formation is associated with various sulphurets which renders its separation from the quartz a somewhat difficult matter, and expensive methods are neces- sary for its profitable extraction. The difference between this ore and the free milling gold quartz lies chiefly in the fact, that in the latter the gold readily separates from the gangue after crushing and amalgamates easily with mercury, while in the arsenical ores, like those of the Marmora district, as also in some of those from Nova Scotia, the separation has to be secured by expensive chemical treatment. No definite returns are to hand as to the actual output of the gold mines in this district, but it has varied greatly at different times. Assays from several mines in the Madoc and Marmora district have shown a very high percentage. of the precious metal. Lately the gold bearing rocks have been recog- nized at different points nearer the Ottawa, and assays from some of these localities have given very satisfactory returns. Unfortunately however in many cases the veins of quartz are small and irregular, and there appears to be a good deal of un- certainty as to whether these can be properly manipulated. Small quantities of gold can be obtained by assay from many of the veins which traverse the rocks of this formation. In the Report of the Geological Survey for 1878-79, an analysis is given of a sample of bluish-grey quartz, traversed by small veins of a light green apatite, which is reported as coming from the Peche Village, township of Wakefield. The results of this assay surpass anything yet found in the rocks of the Ottawa 36 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May district, the amount of gold per ton of quartz of 2,000 lbs. being stated at 11.725 ounces and of silver, 52.323-ounces. The size of the sample from which this assay was made was small, and if the vein from which the specimen was taken could be located there would seem to be a prospect for further developments in this direction. It may not be.out of place here to suggest that the attempts to obtain accurate information as to the quantity of gold con- tained in the quartz veins, which traverse many of the rocks in the Ottawa district, by mere assay of small samples is never likely to prove satisfactory. This can only be done by submit- ting a large sample of from one to three tons to a special mill test. Such tests can now be readily made in the new mining schools of Kingston or McGill college, and in this way definite knowledge can be obtained as to the commercial value-of the ore, and the possibility of obtaining satisfactory 1esults from its extraction. It is very interesting to notice in connection with the occur- rence of gold in this area that the same agencies which have played so important a part in the development of the deposits of mica and apatite, viz., that of intrusive granite or diorite, have also been exerted here. Thus it has been clearly shown that all the most productive mines are situated in close proxi- mity tu igneous masses which have penetrated the country rocks, generally composed of schists and slates, and it may be broadly stated that the same general principle applies to all the valuable mining areas both to the east and west. The productive mineral zones of the Lake Superior district conform to this general rule, and the deposits of copper and nickel at Sudbury are also found in intimate associations with great intrusions of granite and greenstone. It would therefore seem to be a well established fact that these intrusive masses have exercised a direct and favorable influence upon the presence of the economic minerals. In the new group of mines on the Calumet Island, up the Ottawa, the masses of blende and galena are always found con- 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 37 nected with the diorites of that area, and the new showing of nickeliferous pyrrhotite on the same island has a large mass of diorite close to the development of the ore. These diorite and granite masses in this locality clearly break through the asso- ciated crystalline limestone and associated gneiss. As for copper, the Ottawa district has as yet failed to pro- duce anything of economic importance, but the silver-bearing galenas of Lake Temiscaming which have been opened up, appear to have a somewhat extensive development, though mining in this quarter has of late years languished. In the Wanapetae district however, which is on the western border of the Ottawa basin, very valuable deposits of rich gold ore have been recently exploited and are now being worked with good prospects of profitable returns. COAL: Coal, of course, has never been found in the Ottawa country, though scarcely a year goes by without the usual news- paper paragraph to the effect that a large bed of this mineral has been discovered in the area to the north of the upper St. Law- rence. To many, this absence of coal has seemed a mystery, and of late several severe attacks have been made upon the scientific authorities in connection with deposits of so-called coal in the Sudbury district to which the attention of everyone was recently directed. The true coals of the eastern provinces are confined almost entirely to the middle portion of the Car- boniferous system, which lies at a much higher position in the geological scale than any of the rock formations of Ontario, which do not reach above the horizon of the Devonian. In one area in New Brunswick in this last formation there is a deposit of graphitic anthracite which has a thickness of several feet and which was persistently boomed for some years, and caused a lot of money to be wasted in an attempt to place it on the market as a first-class fuel. This hope has never been realized from the fact that the mineral contained too great a percentage of ash and graphite to burn well, the amount of residue after combus- 38 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May tion being nearly 40 per cent. There are, however, in some of the formations in Ontario and Quebec, notably in the Trenton and Utica, certain black bands of highly bituminous shale which, when ignited in a strong flame will burn till the greater part of the contained bitumen is consumed. The same bituminous character is seen in some of the shales of the lower Carboniferous formation of New Brunswick, and some of these are so rich as to yield over 60 gallons of oil to the ton, and slabs of this material placed on a camp fire will burn for a long time when once ignited. These cannot however be called coal deposits, though they contain so large a quantity of carbonaceous matter, and it would almost be as well to style our mines of graphite coal mines since graphite is also a form of carbon. Thus, the mineral found at Sudbury is certainly a carbon and will burn under certain conditions, but if there is too large an amount of ash it cannot compete readily with the better class of coals which are now used ; and besides the uncertain nature of such deposits, as contrasted with the great beds of the true coals, renders the investment of capital a very risky matter. This question of Ontario coal came before the Geological Survey in the early days of its existence, and a rather good story is related in the life of Sir William Logan bearing upon the early operations in this direction. Nearly forty years ago boring operations were commenced near Bowmanville with the intention of finding coal there, in spite of the old geologist’s advice ; and after some days pieces of the mineral were frequently obtained. This, to many persons, was quite conclusive evidence that a true coal field had been reached. So much were some of these persons impressed with this discovery that one of Sir William’s old friends, the sheriff of the district, came down to Montreal, where our offices were then located, and in a great burst of confidence, produced a sample with the request to know if that wasn’t coal. Sir William, ever courteous, replied that it was most certainly coal, -and a very good sample of Newcastle coal at that. “ But,” said the sheriff, “ I saw it taken out of the hole myself.” “ Ah, yes,” ete ees 1899] MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 39 said the old knight, “and if you had been there a little sooner you would probably have seen them putting it in too.” 44 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. { May commerce. The quantity so far found appears to be sufficient to supply the demand for many years, and there should shortly be a marked development along lines of production. The im- ports of emery in 1895, which it is supposed this mineral will replace, amounted to nearly 15,000 dollars, but as there isa large quantity from abroad into the United States, it may be expected that the Canadian mines should contribute largely in that direction. The development of this area will be eagerly looked for. The mineral occurs in connection with certain areas of intrusive rocks in the crystalline series, chiefly granites and syenites, which are found over a large extent of country in the vicinity of the Madawaska River to the south of Barry’s Bay, which is at the present time the nearest point of shipment, by the Ottawa and Parry Sound Railway. There are large areas of these old rocks, many of which are now very difficult of access, but which will, in process of time, become more readily acces- sible. and doubtless large stores of mineral wealth, whose existence we can now only conjecture, will be discovered. Many of these valuable deposits are found out only by conditions cf settlement or by railroad building, as was the case in the great asbestus areas of the Eastern Townships of Quebec, which were first made available by the construction of the Quebec Central — Railway, the areas traversed by that line in this locality being — Z ee previously regarded as of no economic value on account of the © rocky and barren character of the district, yet from a small and rocky patch of a few hundred acres there have been taken in the seventeen years since 1880 almost 6,000,000 dollars worth of asbestus, or almost the entire supply for the world’s market. It may, therefore, be confidently anticipated that as our © country becomes more and more developed, fresh deposits of mineral wealth will be disclosed, as indeed is only to be expected in a comparatively new country like this, containing such a vast — stretch of mineral-bearing formations. Prior to the building of — the Canadian Pacific through the rough country to the north and © west of Lake Superior, which had up to that time been almost inaccessible, we had no idea of the great and ever increasing — 1899 | MINERAL RESOURCES OF THE OTTAWA DISTRICT. 45 stores of mineral wealth which have of late years been revealed in that area, and the present development of our western Ontario gold fields was an impossibility. The same remark applies to the great deposits of nickel at Sudbury, which were ‘disclosed by the building of the Canadian Pacific, while it is only in the last three years that the new and valuable finds of corundum have come to light, as a result of the explorations of the Geological Survey. In all attempts at mineral development there are of neces-_ sity a host of schemes placed on the market which are largely speculative. This seems to be an unavoidable evil, but it also, unfortunately and seriously, interferes with the actual business of legitimate mining. Areas practically worthless are placed before the public under high sounding names, and in the rush after speedy wealth many of these are assumed by the uninit- lated to be of equal value with those which are clearly of economic importance. The resulting disapointment on the part of the holders of stock in worthless properties tends to bring discredit on whole areas of valuable lands, and results in very serious injury to the mining interests of the country at large. Another great source of harm to legitimate mining is the misstatements of certain persons, who, under the guise of mining experts, travel the country and pretend to discover valuable mineral deposits, sometimes by the aid of the mineral rod and sometimes by means of experience, supposed to be gained in. other mining fields abroad ; and it is a curious thing to note that, if the so-called LSP or prospector can claim to have been in Australia or California, his dictum is held to be quite conclusive as to the value of any mining property, even if any experience so obtained may only be acquired as the result of shovelling away the accumulated debris from around the surface of the pit. Such experts, it may be said, generally do more. harm than: good in so far as deciding on the actual value of a mining area, and many owners of comfortable farms throughout this country have speedily lost all their property by. following the lead of such blind guides. The peculiar properties of the 46 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May mineral rod, so implicitly believed in by many persons, as an - agent in mineral discovery, have yet to be proved. There are, however, many people who place the utmost confidence in its working, and who claim to be able to infallibly locate the different kinds of minerals by its use,as well as to determine the extent and value of the ore beds and the depth at which these will be reached. In many cases where the information so re- vealed has been followed up, dire misfortune has been the result and the money so invested has been wasted. There is without doubt much wealth hidden in the rocky strata of the Ottawa district, but it requires care in the investi- gation, and capital and strict business methods in the develop- ment, to, in most cases, ensure profitable returns. It is not, asa rule, a profitable thing for men not trained to this line of work, to throw aside their ordinary legitimate business, whether of farming or the mechanical pursuits, to rush after what, in many cases, is a merely chimerical attempt to obtain wealth, by dig- ging out the various ores of copper, gold, silver or iron, when there are surer sources of income nearer home. Ultimate success in mining requires the application of skill and capital, often in almost unlimited amount, and the attempt by the j dividual, which would almost certainly result in failure, is often attended with success when undertaken by properly organized and equipped companies, working in the right direction and with proper methods. é UNDER the title“ Flora of Ontario” the Education Depart- ment of Ontario has issued a list of the flowering plants and vascular cryptogams known to occur in the Province of Ontario, The typographical work and general arrangement of the list could not be improved upon, and its convenieat size enables one to carry it into the field. No more useful or convenient Botanical list has ever been published in Canada. ——r =, 1899] 47 BRITISH COLUMBIAN DEER. The following letter from Mr. J. A. Teit of Spence’s Bridge, B. C. is of interest both to the naturalist andthe sportsman. Mr, Teit has lived in British Columbia for 15 years, is a careful observer and has had abundant opportunity for studying the animals of that province :—‘‘There are three or four varieties of Western Deer known to me which are distinguishable chiefly by their tails. Now here in the interior there is :— Ist. A deer of large size, one of the largest, if not the largest, variety we have. Some of the old bucks have very large and thick horns, probably their horns grow to a larger size and are thicker than those of any other variety we have. The face is generally slightly concave although with some the reverse is the case. At the same season of the year there are two shades of color to be observed amongst them ; some are more greyish others more brownish. Their tail 2s whzte all around Jrom the root down to the tip whichis black. They are the commonest deer throughout the North Western portion .of the “Dry Belt” (the Thompson, Bonaparte, Chilcoten, &c.) and are also very common in the Similkameen, the Okanagan, and in some parts of Kootenay. Some people call them Mule Deer. Others call them Black-tail and some call them American Deer. 2nd. A deer almost the same as the first and equal or nearly equal in size. Colorof the body the same and ears just as long. The under part and the sides of the tail are white from the root down to the tip, whichis black. The dack or outer part of the tail is of the same color as the body and this stripe is continuous Srom the body until it joins the black tip. With some of them this stripe on the back of the tail is very narrow (about half an inch or less in width.) These deer are not so common in the Dry Belt as the first variety but are found along with them in most. places. They are found on the Thompson, Bonaparte and Fraser rivers as far down as the canyon or even below, also around Lillooet and probably in most parts of the interior where the first 48 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May variety is found. Like No.1 they are called Mule Deer by some and Black-tail or American Deer by others. 3rd. A deer of very small size, and with light and rather small horns. The color of the body and markings nearly the same as the first two varieties. It inhabits very bushy parts of the country and is not so timid as other varieties of deer. It is found in parts of the country where the climate is moist. It is the common and probably the only variety of deer on the coast, Vancouver Island and islands of the Gulf of Georgia and is said to be found also in some of the moister and more forested parts of the interior especially near lakes which are wooded. Its tail is the same as the 2nd variety, only the stripe on the back of the tail (which is the same color as the body) is mach wider and there is hardly any white to Le seen at the sides of the tail. These deer are called Coast Deer or Pacific Buck and are also very frequently named Black-tail. 4th. A deer of about the same size as the first variety and very similar to it in every way, excepting the tail which is longer | and altogether white. It is found in the “ Dry Belt” from the Thompson south, especially in the Similkameen and in some parts of Kootenay. It is called White-tail, Flag-tail Virginia Deer, and Long-tailed Deer. I would like to know the proper names of the four varieties of deer outlined above, and also if there are any other varieties to be found west of the Rockies in these latitudes. Yours very truly, Jia TEM No. (1) Does weigh (when in prime condition) 100 to 150. Ibs., bucks 209 to 275lbs. A few weigh about 300 Ibs. or over, and very rare specimens have been obtained which went as high as 400 lbs., and even more. These weights are average and for deer Shout the entrails removed. A buck (with entrails removed) wersbiie- 230 to 260 lbs. is considered an average fine one. Freaks are sometimes obtained of this kind of deer and also of No: (4). I knew one of the latter, 1899] - British CoLumBia DEER. 49 a doe shot by an Indian, which had two small horns. About three years ago a half-breed shot a doe of No. (1) variety, which had one long horn on one side of th: head. There was no sign of any horn on the other side. Whitish or grey colored specimens. of Nos. (1), (2) and (4) have been occasionally seen or shot, but they are very rare, and are probably albinos. I saw some time ago a very white specimen of a fawn taken from its mother’s body, probably about two or three weeks before its time for birth. The skin had a very few red spots onit. Skins of albine deer, especially fawns, were formerly of some value and prized by Indian medicine-men for making tobacco pouches, etc. They were supposed to bring good luck. No. (2). Thewhite spot on the throat of this variety is often more pointed at the sides than that of No. (1). _ No.(3). These deer are just about half the size of the other varieties of deer. Prime bucks weigh about the same as does of No. (1) and others, and does seldom weigh more than 75 lbs. The profile of this variety on some parts of the coast is frequently slightly convex. 1 myself have been accustomed to call the-varicty first described Mule Deer, the second, Black-tail (of. the interior), the third, Black-tail (of the coast), the fourth Virginian or White- tail. In reply to Mr. Teit’ S quate eee pone Macoun, Dominion Naturalist, has written: raed “ No.1.—This is the» true Black-tailed Deer (Cariacus macrotis Say.) Also cane Mule Deer. Richardson. This is alsoa Mule Deer or Black- tailed Deer, In 1854 Anderson and Bachman changed the name to Carzacus Richardsoni and hence the name Richardson’s Deer—by which it is generally known. No.3.—Lord in his book “The Naturalist in British Columbia” calls the small coast deer Cartacus Columbianus and 50 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [May does not separate the two inland forms, but names them both C. macrotts. This, (No.3), is the Columbian or Coast Deer. No. 4.—This is Cartacus Virginiana var. leucurus, Dough. the western form of the eastern White-tailed Deer. Mr. Teit’s descriptions are evidently accurate and he sets out the forms so distinctly that there can be no doubt about the species. ORNITHOLOGY. Edited by W. T. Macoun. WINTER BIRDS AND EARLY SPRING ARRIVALS. The abundance or absence of winter birds is often decided to his satisfaction, by the casual observer, just in proportion to” the number of pine grosbeaks which he sees during the winter months, and as these birds were not seen this year, notwith- standing the fact that there was such an abundance of food for them, the conclusion naturally arrived at was that other birds were scarce also. This conclusion was correct this winter to a large extent, as during the early part of the winter few birds were seen, with the exception of crows, which have been quite abundant all winter at the Experimental Farm. The first spring birds were nearly a month later in coming this year than last, and only a comparatively-small:number have yet arrived. Inthe following list the winter birds are recorded and also those which have arrived up to the 14th April. It is hoped that all those who sent in their notes last year will con- tinue to do so this season. The notes of any others who are especially interested in birds will be gratefully received. 1808. Nov. 15—SNOWFLAKE, Phlectrophenax nivalis. Flock at Experimental Farm. Mr. Wm. Saunders. 1899. Jan. 29—AMERICAN GOLDFINCH, Sfinus tristis. Several feeding on birch at Beechwood. Mr. Geo. R. White. 30—-SHARP-SHINNED HAWK, Accipiter velox. Mr. Geo. R. White. 1899] ORNITHOLOGY. 51 Feb. 5—-PINE SISKIN, Sfrnus pinus. Several below Rockcliffe ; also flock on 21st. Mr. Geo. R. White. I4—AMERICAN GOLDEN EYE, G/laucionetta clangula americana. Two male birds. Mr. F. W. Warwick, Buckingham, P.Q. 20—AMERICAN CROSSBILL, Loxia curvirostra minor. Small flock of six feed- ing on pine cones, and two males and one female feeding on fruit of mountain ash, 1oth April. Mr. Geo. R. Whitc. Mr. Lees reports see- ing several on the 12th ; they were seen by other people at different times, but no other dates have been sent in. Some of the birds were young. The bills of these were not crossed. 25—AMERICAN MERGANSER, Aferganser americanus. Mr. Geo. R. White. 25—CHICKADEE, Parus atricapillus. A few seen during the winter. Mch. 1O—AMERICAN Crow, Corvus americanus. Mr. Geo. R. White. Crows were abundant all winter, but this was the first date on which they were recorded. I5—PRAIRIE HORNED LARK, Ofocorzs alpestris praticola. Wr. Fletcher. March 23rd, Mr. Geo. R. White. 17—PHOEBE, Sayornis phoebe. One caught ; Miss Harmer ; April 16th, Mr. W. T. Macoun. 22—PURPLE FINCH, Carpodacus purpureus. Mr. Geo. R. White. Flock feeding on fruit of mountain ash; 23rd, Mr. W. T. Macoun. 22—WHITE-CKOWNED SPARROW, Zonotrichia leucophrys. Mr. Geo. R. White. One male ; probably remained over winter. ; 29—RED POLL, Acanthis linaria. Mr. Geo. R. White. pril 6—BRONZED GRACKLE, Quiscalus guiscula. Three males. Mr. Geo. R. White ; April 7th, Mr. C. H. Young. 6—Rosin, Merula migratoria. Seen by men at Experimental Farm. April 8th, Mr. Geo. R. White; Mr. W. T. Macoun. Recorded first on March 15th, 1898, 6—RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD, Agelaius pheniceus. Mr. C. H. Young. 6—SoNG Sparrow, Melospiza fasciata. Mr. C. H. Youug. April 7th, Mr. Geo. R. White ; Mr. W. T. Macoun. Recorded first on March 11th, 1808. 7-—SLATE-COLOURED JUNCO, Junco hyemalis. Mr. Geo. R. White. 7—BLUEBIRD, Szalia szalis. ' H. Fixter. One seen by Mr. Geo. R. White on the 13th. I0O—TREE SWALLOW, TZachycineta bitolor. Mr. Geo. R. White. . author’s edition, Dec., 1897. Ex. Brit. Medical Assoc. Guide and Souvenir, pp. 45-49, Montreal, 1897. (Issued Montreal, Canada, Dec., 1897.) Bailey, L. W.— Report on the Geology of South-west Nova Scotia, embracing the counties of Queens Shzlburnz, Yarmouth, Dizby and a part of Annapolis. Geol. Survey, Canada, Annual Report, new series, vol. 9, I map, 5 pls., 1898, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada. Bailey, L. W.—Dr. James Robb, first Professor of Chemistry and Natural History tn King’s College, Fredertcton—A sketch of his life and labours. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.B., Article 1, No. 16, vol. 4, pt. i, pp. I-15, giving list of publications and writings, St. John, N.B. Bailey, L. W.—T7he Bay of Fundy trough in American Geological history. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 2nd series, vol. 3, sec. 4, pp. 107-116, 1897, (1898). (Issued Ottawa, Canada, 1898.) Bell, Robert.— Refort on the Geology of the French River sheet, Ontario. Geol. Survey, Canada, Ann. Rep., new series, vol. 9, May 3, 1897 (issued 1898), I map, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada. Bell, Robert —Ox the occurence of mammoth ani mastodon remains around Hudson Bay. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., vol. 9, pp. 369-390, June 22nd, 1898, Rochester. : “One or two papers not previously noticed belong to the year 1897. en ae mee, ee Sete Pr tee Ct ms* @ ansh OO AA cdma 4 slate ee . oot 9 8 ed a 9 42 Popa sf « Bi palidatacipiih pis Shute ty e' 1899] AMI—GEOLOGICAL Work IN CANADA, FOR 1898. 53 Billings, W. R.—Death of a distinguished American amateur Geologist and Paleontologist—-S. A. Miller. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, No. r1,, p. 208, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. k . - Chalmers, Robert—7zke pre-glacial decay of rocks in Eastern Canada. Amex. Journ. Sc., series 4, vol. 5, pp 273-282, April, 1898. Coleman, A. P.—Clastic rocks of Western Ontario. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 9, pp. 223-238, Feb. 24th, 1898, Rochester, U.S.A. Coleman, A. P.—Clastic Huronian rocks of Western Ontario. Rep. Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ii, pp. 151-160, 1898, Toronto, Ontario. Coleman, A. P.—-Conadian Pleistocene Flora and Fauna. ‘‘ Report of tke Com., consist ng of Sir J. W. Dawson, Prof. D. P. Penhallow, Dr. H. M. Ami, Mr. G. W. Lamplugh and Prof. A. P. Coleman (Secretary), appointed to further investigate the flora and fauna of the Pleistocene beds in Canada.” Brit. Assoc. Sec. C., Bristol, 1898, 8 pp., Appendix, Pleistocene of Don Valley, by Prof. D. P. Penhallow. Coleman, A. P.—WNote on the Petrology of Ontario. Report, Bureau of Mines ‘of Ontario, vol. 7, pp. 145-50, 1898, Toronto, Cana:la. Coleman, A. P.—Fourth report on the West Ontario gold region. Report Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ii, pp. 109-145, 1898, Toronto, Canada. Dawson, G. M.—-Annual Report, Geol. Survey of Canata. New series, vol. 9, 1896, (1898), 816 pp., maps, containing the Director’s Summary Report for 1896, and reports by Tyrrell, Bell, Low, Bailey, Hoffmann and Ingall, also 20 plates. Ottawa, Queen’s Printer, 1898. ; Dawson, G. M.—Summary Report on the operations of the Geological Survey of Canada for the year 1897. Geol. Sury. Can., 156 pp., Ottawa, Canada. Dawson, Sir J. W.—Ox the genus Lepidephloios as illustrated by specimens fron the coal formation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., ser. 2nd, vol. 3, sec. 4, pp. 57-78, pls. 1-14, 1897, issued 1898, Ottawa, Canada. Dawson, Sir J. W.—-Addendum to note on Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomo- straca, in number for January, 1897. Can. Rec. of Science, vol. 7, p. 396, July, 1897, issued July, 1898, Montreal, Canada. Ells, R. W.—Prodlem in Quebec Geology. Can. Rec. Science, October, 1897, issued 1898, pp. 480-502. Ells, R. W.—Notes on the Archean of Eastern Canada, Trans. Roy. Can., 2nd ser., vol. 3, sec. 41, pp. 117-124, 1897, (issued 1898), Ottawa. Ells, R. W.—Sandas and clays of the Ottawa Basin. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 9, pp. 211-222, pl. 16, Feb. 22nd, 1898, Rochester, U.S.A. Ells, R. W.—Rzcent conclusions in Quebec Geology. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, No. 9, pp. 173-176, Ottawa, December, 1897, Ottawa, Canada. Ells, R. W.—Formations, faults and folds of the Ottawa District. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, No. 10, pp. 177-18¢e, Ottawa, Canada, 1808. Gilpin, E.—Ores of Nova Scotia, Gold, Lead and Copper. Commissioner of Public Works and Mines, Queen’s Printer, Halifax. N.S., Halifax, 1898, pp. 1-46, I map. Gilpin, E.—Some analyses of Nova Scotia coals and other minerals. Trans. Nova Scotia Hist. Soc., vol. 9 (2adser., vol. 11), pt. 3, pp. 246-254, Nov, 30th, 1897, Halifax, N.S. Goodwin, W. L.—Analyses of corundum and corundum-bearing rock. Report, Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 3, pp. 238-239, 1898, Toronto, Canada. Goodwin, W. L. and Miller, W. G.—WNote on a mineral of the Columbite group. Journ. Federated Canadian Mining Institute, vol. 3, pp. 151-152, 1898. - 54 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May Gwillim, J. C.—Some West Kootenay ore bodies. Journal Federated Canadian Mining Institute, vol. 3, pp. 19-26, 1898. Hoffmann, G. C.—Refort on the Section of Chemistry and Miachtliny: Geol. Surv. of Can., Ann. Rep., vol. 9, 3 th June, 1898, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada. Ingall, E. D.—Sectéon of Mineral Statistics and Mines. Annual Report for _ 1896, Ann. Rep. Geol. ‘Surv. of Canada, vol. 9, new series, 169 PP: SPaReD. Oss issued 1898. Ingall, E. D. oe of Mineral Production of Canada for 1987, Geol. Surv. Can., 7 pp., Ottawa, 1898. Jennison, W. F.—Manganese deposits of Nova Scotia, Journal Feder. Canad. Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 167-172, 1898. Lambe, L. M.—Ox the remains of mammoth in the Museum of the Geologica Survey Department. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 12, Nos. 7 and 8, pp. 136-137, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. Low, A. P.—Report of a traverse of the northern part of the Labsador Penin- sala from Richmond Gulf to Ungava Bay. Geol. Survey of Canada, Ann. Rep., vol. 9, 43 pp-, 4 pls., Jan. 12th, 1898, Queen’s Printer, Ottawa, Canada. Matthew, G. F.— Recent discoveries in the St. John Group, No. 2. Article 4, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of New Brunswick, No. 16, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 32-43, 1898, St. John, N.B. Matthew, G. F.—7ze oldest Paleozoic fauna. Abstract in Proc. Amer. A.A. Sc., vol. 47, pp. 301-302, December, 1898 ; also Amer. Geol., vol. 22, No. 4, p- 262, October, 1898. Matthew, G. F.—Studies on Cambrian faunas. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., 2nd ser,, vol. 3, section iv, pp. 165-211, pls. 1-4, 1897, issued 1808, Ottawa, Can. Miller, W. G.—Zconomic Geology of Eastern Ontaria—Corundum and other minerals. Report, Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. ili, pp. 207-238, 6 pls., i map, 1898, Toronto, Ontario, Canada. Miller, W. G. and Goodwir, W. L.—WNote on a mineral of the Columbite group. Journal, Federated Canad. Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 151-152, 1898. Obalski, J.— Mining in Quebec in 1897. Journal, Federated Canad. Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 145-150, 3898. Ogilvie, W.—7he Yukon and its gold resources. Ex. Trans, Ottawa Lit. and Scientific Society, No. I, pp. 75-78, with table, Ottawa, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. Parks, W. A.—Geology of base and meridian lines in Rainy River district. Report, Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 161-183, Toronto, 1898. Penhallow, D. P.-—Pleistocene flora of the Don Valley. Appendix, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sc., Sect. C., Bristol, 1898, pp. 4 to 8 of Report of Committee to investi- gate the Pleistocene flora and fauna of Canada, Bristol, England. Poole, H. S.—7he Mineralozy of the Carboniferous of Nova Scotia and Nex Brunswick.—Journal, Federated Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 77-81, 1898. Rutherford, John.—-Motes on the Albertite of New Brunswick. Journal, Federated Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 40-46, 1898. Spencer, J. W.—Zake formations and great changes of level in Jamaica. Canadian Inst. Trans., vol. 5, pp. 325-357, pls. 1-6, May, 1898, Toronto, Canada. Spencer, J. W.—Another episode in the history of Niagara River. (Abstract. Proc. A. A. A. Sc., vol. 47, p. 299, December, 1898. : Spencer, J. W.—Ax account of the researches relating to the Great Lakes. Amer. Geol., vol. 21, pp. 110-123, February, 1898, Minneapolis, Minn., U.S.A. /1899] AMI—GEOLOGICAL WORK IN CANADA, FOR 1898. 55 Spencer, J. W.—Ox Mr. Frank Leverett’s correlation of moraines with beaches on the border of Lake Erie. Amer. Geol., vol. 21, pp. 393-396, June, 1898, Minneapolis, Minn., U S.A. Spencer, J. W.—-Miagara as a time piece. Canadian Institute, Proc., new series, vol. 1, pp. 101-103, May. 1898, Toronto, Ontario. Spencer, J. W.—Resemblances hetween the declivittes of high plateau and those of submarine..Antiljean valleys. Canadian Journal, vol. 5, pp. 359-368, I map, April, 1898, Foronto, Ontario. ‘Tyrrell, J. B.—TZhe glaciation of north Central Canada. Journal of Geology, ‘vol..6, pp. 147-169, Feb.-March, 1898, Chicago, Hlinois, U.S.A. — -Dyrrell, J. B.— The Cretaceous of the Athabasca River. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 12, No: 2, pp. 37-41, May, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. Tyrrell, J. B.—Refort on the Doobaunt, Kazan and Ferguson rivers, and thz north-west coast of Hudson Bay to Lake Winnipeg, Geol. Survey of Canada, Ann. Rep., vol. 9, new series 218 pp,, Rep. F., issued 1898 as No. 658, Ottawa, Canada. Walker, T.. L.—7he crystal symmetry of torbernite. Amer. Journal Science, ser. 4, vol. 6, pp. 41-44, July, 1898, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A. Walker, T. L.— Examination of some triclinic minerals by means of etching Jigures. Amer. Journ. Science, ser. 4, vol. 5, pp. 176-185, March, 1808. Walker, T. L.-—Causes of variation in the composition of igneous rocks. Amer. Journ. Science, Nov., 1868, pp. 410-415, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. Whiteaves, J. F.—Vostscript to a description of a new genus and species of Cystideans from the Trenton limestone at Ottawa. Can. Pec. Science, vol. 7, Pp. 395-396, July, 1897. issued July, 1898, Montreal, Canada, Whiteaves, J. F.—WNote on a fish tooth from the Upper Arisaig series of Nova Scotia. Can. Rec. Science, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 461-462, I figure. - Whiteaves, J. F.—Ox some remains of a sepia-like cuttle-fish from the Cret- aceous rocks of the South Saskatchewan. Can. Rec. Science, vol. 7, pl. 2, pp. 459-461, Montreal, June, 1898. Whiteaves, J. F.—Ox some fossil Cephalopoda in the Museum of the Geologi- cal Survey of Canada, with the description of eight species that appear to be new. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 12, pp. 116-127, September, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. Willimot, A. B.—-Motes on the Michipicoten gold-felds. Journal Federated Canadian Mining Inst., vol. 3, pp. 100-102, 1898. Wiilimot, A. B.—Michipicoten mining division. Report of Bureau of Mines of Ontario, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 184-206, map, 18¢8, Toronto, Canada. Wilson, W. J.—WNotes on the Pleistocene geology of a few places in the Ottawa Valley. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 11, pp. 209-220, March, 1898, Ottawa, Canada. HONEY BEES ACCLIMATISED.—On the 27th of April, I again visited the bee-tree at Rockcliffe, referred to in the Nov- ember, 1898, issue of THE NATURALIST and although late in the afternoon was pleased to find that the bees had again successfully wintered, as was evidenced by the marked activity above the entrance of the cavity in the tree. From the large number of bees to be seen coming and going, it seems probable that this colony has wintered quite as well, if not better than the average colony kept under artificial conditions—P. H. SELWYN, 56 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [May NOTES AND REVIEWS. Mr. W. H. Harrington describes in the April number of “The Canadian Entomologist” six new Ottawa Proctotrypide. Mr. W. C. McCalla, St. Catharines, Ont.,a member of the Club, goes to the National Park at Banff in June, for the pur- pose of making a complete collection of the plants of that region. These will be soldin sets at the usual price when he returns. In his “Notes on some Mammals from Black Bay, Labrador” published in the “ Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club,” Mr. Outram Bangs describes a new jumping . mouse,a new muskrat, a new woodchuck and a new shrew. Mr. Doane, who has been collecting in Labrador for the Bangs collection, will remain there for several years working from south to north. His 1898 collection was made on the Straits of Belle Isle. . The principal articles in the recently published “ Bulletin of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick” (No. XVII Vol. IV—Pt. II) are “ Notes of a Wild Garden” by G. U. Hay, “The Butterflies of New Brunswick” by William McIntosh, and “ Notes on the Natural History and Physiography of New Brunswick” by Dr. W. F. Gonong. Other articles of less importance bring the number of pages up to 94 making this part one of the best yet issued by the society. SPRING EXCURSIONS. The April sub-excursions proved so successful notwithstand- ing the lateness of the spring that similiar outings have been arranged for May. They will be to Aylmer, May 6th, Rock- cliffe, May 13th, and to Beaver Meadow, Hull, May 20th. The first general excursion of the season will be to Chelsea on May 27th. Subscriptions for 1899 are now due and may be paid to the Treasurer or any member of the Council. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, JUNE, 1899. No. Los) OTTAWA COLEOPTERA—CERAMBYCID. By W. Hacue Harrincron, F.R.S.C. A list of one thousand Ottawa Coleoptera was published in Transactions, Vol. II, pp. 67-85, 1884, but the number of species now known is probably nearly 50 per cent greater. The majority of the additions, however, have been of small or in- conspicuous beetles, or of those belonging to groups which require special methods of collecting. In view of the more extended knowledge ofour fauna, it is proposed to offer from time to time lists of the families which appear to be’ most fully determined. The Cerambycidz have been selected for the first paper of the series, as in the fifteen years which have elapsed but few changes or additions have been made; the number has - only increased from 106 to 113, and but few additional species are likely to be found here. The Cerambycide, or Longicorn Beetles, are always favorites with Coleopterists as they vary remarkably in size, structure and ornamentation, and include many very beautiful insects. Our species do not equal either in size or decoration those of _more tropical climates, nor even such beetles as Evgates spiculatus Lec. and Rosalia funebris Mots. which occur in British Columbia, but we have still some large and handsome forms. The Cerambycids are also of special interest from the fact that, in the larval stage, they subsist invariably upon the -woody tissues of plants, and that many of the species arc, therefore, included among injurious insects. These, however, are such as attack the trees and shrubs of which man desires to appropriate to his own uses the fruit or other products, or which he plants for shade or ornament. Apart from such economic considerations, the work performed by these wood-eating insects contributes largely to 58 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June the removal of dead and fallen timber, and to its replacement by a fresh growth. Comparatively few of the species, probably, attack perfectly vigorous plants, but the injured, dead and fallen individuals are soon thoroughly infested. The eggs laid in crevices of the bark, or in incisions made. specially therein, soon produce the grubs which, burrowing first in the juicy outer layer beneath the bark, gradually, as they increase in size, penetrate deeper into the wood, and before they reach maturity many of the species bore long tunnels deep into the trunks even of large _trees. These tunnels receive and retain moisture and in them fungi find a foothold, and they thus become centres of disintegration and decay. In the classification of the Coleoptera of North Amcrica, by Leconte and Horn, three subfamilies are recognized and are separated as follows: Frothorax margined, labrum connate. PRIONINA. Prothorax not margined, labrum free. Front tibiz not grooved. CFRAMBYCIN&. Front tibiz grooved. LAMIIN Of the PRIONINZ we have only two representatives, viz. Orthosoma brunneum Forst. and. T7ragosoma Harris Lec. The former is slightly the largest, attaining a length of 1.5 inches. It is a smooth, brownish beetle with stout antenne, and the short thorax is armed on each side with three teeth. 7. Harrzszz, while hardly so long, is broader and more robust, darker in colour and with densely hairy thorax and striated elytra. These beetles both infest pine, although the grubs of the former at least are occasionally found in other trees. The second sub-family, CERAMBYCIN#, contains the majority of our species, although many of its tribes are not represented in our fauna. Tribe I, Asemini, is represented by three genera, Asemum, Criocephalus and Tetropium, each represented by one species. These are rather softish beetles of dull black or brownish colour, infesting pines, and probably other conifers. Tetropium can be readily recognized by the divided eyes. Tribe II, Callidiini, has seven genera represerted; the eleven PS ete ee ec ANS Mle ——e a aaa le 1 v 1899] HaRRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 59 species being of medium or small size. The most conspicuous is Physocnemum brevilineum Say,a handsome beetle over one half of an inch long; the thorax is globular, with a conical protruberance on each side near base; the general colour is black, but the elytra are varied centrally with brown and have several short ivory-white lines; the thighs are very conspicu- ously swollen, as in many insects of this group. The last genus Callidium contains two fairly common species of broader shape ; the larger, C. antennatum Newm.,half an inch long, is a fine purplish blue ; the smaller, C. yanthznuim Lec., from one-quarter to two-fifths of an inch long, is a bright bronze-green, or occasionally bronze. Tribe III. Cerambycini is here represented by the solitary genus Elaphidion with two species considered by some authorities identical. These are cylindrical beetles, reddish or brown- ish, and more or less clothed or mottled with pale pubescence. These beetles are known as Oak-pruners, because the grubs which live in the twigs and branches of the oaks so form their burrows as to cause the portion of the limb in which one lives to break off and drop to the ground in autumn ; the beetle emerg- ing the following season. Tribe IV, Obriini, is represented by three species belonging to as many genera. Odrium rubrum Newm. is a delicate yellowish-red beetle about one-fourth of an inch long. Morlorchus bimaculatus Say and Callimoxys sanguinicollts Oliv. are readily recognized by their abbreviated elytra; the latter is the larger and usually has a red thorax. Tribe IX, Trachyderini, contains here only Purpuricenus humeralis Fab., which is one of our handsomest beetles. It is: nearly three-fourths of an inch long; colour rich velvety black, with a triangular vivid red patch on the shoulder of each elytron. Tribe XI, Clytini, represented by nine genera with thir- teen species, contains some of our finest longicorns. The most conspicuous is Plagtonotus speciosus Say, a well-known Maple- Eorer, This fine insect is about an inch long and of robust shape; 60 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June rich black with bright yellow markings ; one of the yellow bands across the elytra is shaped like a W; the legs are also yellow but the antennz are black. When flying this beetle much resembles a big wasp and I have seen persons, ncar whom one has happened to circle in its flight, very much afraid of being stung by it. Callotdes nobilis Say is almost as big, but is more sombre in appearance, being entirely black, except the markings oa elytra, which sometimes are reduced to a few yellow spots. Cyllene robinie Forst., slightly smaller, is a very wasp-like looking species with numerous transverse yellow bands, and red legs and antenne. It is one of our most obnoxious cerambycids, as its grubs bore and tunnel in the Locust-trees to such an extent as to have killed nearly all such trees in the city. Arhopalus, Xylotrechus, Neoclytus and Clytanthus contain species of moderate size with more elongated thorax, and more cylindrical in shape. They are generally more or less banded with white or yellow. Microclytus, Cyrtophorus and Euderces are some- what ant-like in form, especially the second, whose representa- tive, C. verrucosus is a common species. Tribe XIII, Atimiini, has one representative of rare occur- ance, viz. Azzmza confusa Say, a pale brownish beetle about one- third of an inch long, mottled with pale pubescence. Tribe XV. Desmocerini, has as its representative here Desmocerus palliatus Forst., perhaps the most brilliant of our longhorns, although, unfortunately, it loses in the cabinet a certain degree of its beauty by fading. When sunning itself upon the elder-bushes in midsummer it is a very striking and beauti- ful insect. ts general colour varies from a rich purplish-blue to steel-blue, and a broad yellow band across the base of the elytra gives to it the appropriate name of the Cloaked Beetle. Tribe X VII,Encyclopini, contains one slender bluish species, E.. ceruleus Say, which is very rare in this locality. Tribe XVIII, Lepturini, is the one best represented, as we have ten genera with thirty species. These are usually of moderate size,and none are very small. Rhagzum lineatum Oliv. differs from most of our cerambycids in having the antennz quite short, hg : 7 % 1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 61 reaching only to the base of the wing-covers. It is a greyish beetle, rather stoutly built, with costate elytra and a spine on each side of the thorax. The most attractive species is Axtho- philax malachiticus Hald., of a brilliant green. It is usually very rare, but Dr. Fletcher had the good luck to capture five examples one day last summer, and stray individuals have been taken on other occasions at Buckingham and Chelsea. Another pretty green beetle, smaller and more highly polished, is Gawrotes cyantpennis Say, which is at times quitecommon. The majority of our species belong to the genus Leptura, some of which are prettily banded with yellow, or otherwise ornamented. A com- mon species is L. canadensis Fab., which is black with red shoulders. The forms of this species with all red or all black elytra (erythoptera and cribrata) have not yet been found here. One of our largest and most abundant species is Z. proxima Say, a robust black beetle with yellow elytra tipped with black. L. chrysocoma Kirby is smaller and easily distinguished by its golden pubescence. Our remaining forty odd species belong to the sub-family LAMIIN&, in which again we find many tribes unrepresented in our fauna. Tribe V, Psenocerini, contains only one species, Psenocerus supernotatus Say, a little cylindrical brownish beetle, with four oblique white marks on elytra, it varies in length from one-tenth to one-fourth of an inch ; its larvee feed in the stems of currant- bushes, etc., and it is known as the American currant-borer. Tribe VI, Monohammi, is represcnted by three genera with seven species. Of the four species of Monohammus which in- fest our pines, 7. confusor Kirby, is probably familiar to all Ottawa citizens,and it is sometimes referred to as the “ Ottawa Cow.” It is over an inch long, and while the antennz of the female are not much longer than the body, those of the male reach the length of three inches. These long antennez and the long legs make of one of these beetles a very conspicuous object. This species is very distructive to pine timber or logs ; the grubs being very large and with their powerful jaws bur- 62 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June rowing rapidly through the wood. On a still day, in the vicinity of logs infested by these grubs, one can hear at a considerable distance the noise they make in driving their tunnels. J/. scutellatus Say, a smaller black species, is also very common and destructive. Goes pulverulenta Hald. is a fine brownish beetle, with sparse whitish pubescence, of which I have beaten a few specimens from hickory. G. occulata Lec. is much smaller and has a black spot on each elytron. Tribe VII, Acanthoderini, offers seven genera with fifteen species, principally small insects of rather flattencd appearance and with Jong slender antenne. Their general colour is greyish, varied with markings or tufts of white or dark pubescence. None of the species are so conspicuous as to attract attention from non-entomologists. Tribe IX, Pogonocheri, is represented by three genera with six species which are also all rather small and inconspicuous, though showing somewhat more varicty in their colour and decoration. Tribe XIV, Saperdini, has only one genus, but this contains ten species, including some of our most important longicorns. Saperda calcarata Say, fullyan inch long and prettily mottled with yellowish pubescence, is known asthe Poplar-borer. S. candida Fab., with two bold longitudinal white stripes, is the Apple-borer so destructive in some parts of America, but which here occurs usually on Hawthorn or Shadbush, and, curious to say, seems confined to the Quebec side of the river. S. vestefa Say, clothed with dense yellowish pubescence and usually with six small black dots on elytra, is the common Basswood-borer. One of the prettiest species is S. puncticollis Say, in livery of black and yellow, with four conspicuous black spots on the yellow thorax. This species bores in the stems of Virginia Creeper, and last season Mr. Fletcher obtained numerous specimens and found that the beetles, after emerging from the stems, fed upon the leaves, which they riddled with holes. Tribe XV, Phytceciini, concludes our series with two genera. Oberea bimaculata Oliv.an elongate cylindrical beetle, black with 2 het es A Mi 1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 63 reddish thorax and short legs, is the well-known Raspberry- girdler. It deposits its eggs in the tops of raspberry canes and causes them to wither and die. Our last beetle, TZetraopes tetraopthalmus Forst., has a name whose pronunciation might form a good test of a man’s sobriety. It is a bright red beetle with black legs and antenne, and with four black spots on thorax and six on elytra. It occurs abundantly upon milk weeds, and its larvee find their subsistence in these plants. The following species which appeared in my former list have been dropped. Elaphidion incertum Newm. A mutilated specimen, found in my wood-shed, but as head and thorax are missing its identification is uncertain. Neoclytus caprea Say. Incorrectly determined specimens of our common Xylotrechns undulatus Say. Leptura abdominals Hald. A beetle given to Dr. Leconte and doubtfully so named by him ; probably a form of Z. p/ebeya Rand ; or L. subhamata Rand. Monohammus maculosus Hala. Through a clerical error this name was inserted instead of J, ¢z‘z//ator Fab. Lepturges facetus,Say. The beetles so determined belong to Z. gwercz Fitch. Liopus cinereus Lec. This species is now placed with Z. alpha Say. The following species represent the additions made to this family during fifteen years, and a large proportion of them are captures of Mr. W. Simpson. Rhopalopus sanguinicollis Horn. Phymatodes amoenus Say. Xylotrechus quadrimaculatus Hald. Encyclops ceruleus Say. Anthophilax malachiticus Hald. Gaurotes abdominalis Bland. Typocerus zebratus Fab. Leptura lineola Say. Leptura biforis Newm. Leptura sanguinea Lec. Leptostylus collaris Hald. Saperda puncticollis Say. Although, as previously stated, but few additional] species are likely to reward the collector, many of those on the list are so poorly represented in our cabinets that additional material is most desirable. We are also ignorant of the plants attacked by many of these beetles and the life-histories of even the commoner 64 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [Jun species are often but poorly known. Records of the trees and shrubs upon which the beetles occur are always valuable, and especially so if it be ascertained that they have emerged from such plants, or if they are bred from them. By carefully ex- amining injured or fallen trees these beetles may often be found, or their larvae and pupe be obtained. Many species also occur during the summer upon flowering plants, especially trees and shrubs, such as Elder, Sumach, Goldenrod, Spirzea, etc. The smaller species, as well as some of the larger, may be most successfully obtained by using a beating-net under the branches of such trees as they intest. While nearly ever tree and shrub is attacked by one or more species, the Maples. White Pine and Hickory are most subject to their depredations. The following is a catalogue of our species :— OTTAWA CERAMBYCID-. I. Orthosoma brunneum Forst. Rather common ; infestsePine logs and stumps. 2. Tragosoma Harrisii Lec. Rarer; also infests Pine. . Asemum moestum Hald. Abundant; in millyards and about Pine timber. . Criocephalus agrestis Kirby. Very common ; also a Pine-borer. Tetropium cinnamopterum Kirby. Rare ; probably infests conifers. . Gonocallus collaris Kirby. One specimen. NNN F Ww . Physocnemum brevilineum Say. Not common ; bred by Dr. Fletcher from Elm. 8. Rhopalopus sanguinicollis Ilorn. One taken on Apple at Kingsmere by Mr. Simpson. g. Hylotrupes ligneus Fab. Common; inhabits the Cedar. 10. Phymatodes thoracicus Muls. Several bred one year by Dr. Fletcher from hoops of wine cask ; possibly not native. 11. Phymatodes amcenus Say. One specimen received from Dr. Fletcher. 12, Phymatodes dimidiatus Kirby. Not common ; occurs upon the White Pine. 13. Merium proteus Kirby. Rare here; appears to be more common northward. 14. Callidium antennatum Newm. Rather common ; infests the Pine. 15. Callidium janthinum Lec. Less abundant ; is a borer in Cedar. 16. Callidium zreum Newm. Cne specimen, from Dr. Fletcher. 17. Elaphidion parellelum Newm. Rare; this beetle is an Oak-pruner. 18. Elaphidion villosam Fab. One specimen. Some authors make this a form of the preceding. = 1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 65 19. Obrium rubrum Newm. One on Hickory and one on Scented Raspberry. 20. Molorchus bimaculatus Say. Abundant ; infests Hickory and Maple. 21. Callimoxys sanguinicollis Oliv. Rare; norecord of habits. 22. Purpuricenus humeralis Fab. One female taken on fence under Oak-tree near Rideau Halland one male picked up on Sparks St. Two specimens have also been taken by Mr. Simpson at Kingsmere. 23. Cyllene robiniz Forst. Abundant; a borer in Acacia and exceedingly destructive to that fine ornamental and shade tree. 24. Plagionotus speciosus Say. Not very common ; bores in Maples. 25. Calloides nobilis Say. More abundant ; also a borer in Maple. 26. Arhopalus fulminans Feb. Rare; no observation on habits. 27. Xylotrechus colonus Fab. Not common ; occurs on dead Hickory. 28. Xylotrechus sagittatus Germ. Rare; probably also infests Hickory. 29. Xylotrechus quadrimaculatus Hald. One specimen captured upon Beech. 30. Xylotrechus undulatus Say. Abundant ; probably infests Pine and Spruce. 31. Neoclytus muricatulus Kirby. Two specimens; one of which was taken upon an old Pine. 32. Neoclytus erythrocephalus Fab Common; upon felled Hickory, end of July. 33- Clytanthus ruricola Oliv. Common ; upon Basswood stumps. 34. Microclytus gazellula Hald. One specimen upon Sumach flowers. 35. Cyrtophorus verrucosus Oliv. Abundant on flowering shrubs in May and June ; occurs On Oak and Hickory and one was found under bark of Beech. 36. Euderces picipes Fab. Rare ; on Hickory and on Sumach blossoms in July. 37. Atimia confusa Say. Rare ; upon White Pine. 38. Desmocerus palliatus Forst. Common ; bores in stems of Elder. 39. Eucyclops czruleus Say. Very rare; no record as to habitat. 40. Rhagium lineatum Oliv. Not common ; lives under bark of Pine. 41. Centrodera decolorata Harr. Two specimens upon Oak. Mr. Simpson has also beetles taken in an orchard at Kingsmere where they occurred in abundance upon Apple. 42. Toxotus Schaumii Lec. Two specimens ; one was upon Beech. 43- Toxotus vittiger Rand. Common at Casselman upon Oaks in June. 44. Pachyta monticola Rand. Not common; taken upon Elder flowers, etc. in May at Kingsmere and other places in the hills. 45. Anthophilax malachiticus Hald. Rare; seems to occur upon Birch and Beech. 46. Anthophilax alternatus Hald. Two specimens; one in a decaying Beech. 47. Achmezops proteus Kirby. Very abundant in Lumber-yards and upon Pine. 48. Achmezops pratensis Laich. Also abundant in similar conditions. 49. Gaurotes cyanipennis Say. Abundant ; especially on Sumach flowers in July ; infests Butternut. 69 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June 50. Gaurotes avdominalis Bland. One specimen captured at Kingsmere by Mr. Simpson ; evidently very rare and as far as I know not recorded from Canada. 51. Bellamira scalaris Say. Rare; observed ovipositing in Maple Stumps, and also dug from burrow in old poplar log. 52. Typocerus zebratus Fab, Common on Goldenrod and Spireea in August. 53. Typocerus velutinus Oliv. Abundant on flowering shrubs in early August, and has also been taken upon Hickory. 54. Leptura plebeja Rand. Very rare. 55. Leptura subhamata Rand. Rare; occurs on Beech and Oak. 56. Leptura lineola Say. Four specimens captured at Kingsmere by Mr. Simpson. 57. Leptura capitata Newm. Common; on flowers of Spiked-maple, etc. 58. Leptura exigaa Newm. Leftura saucia Lec. of former list. Common ; on Sumach and other shrubs in blossom. 59. Leptura zebra Oliv. Only three or four specimens. 60. Leptura sexmaculata Linn, Rare ; on flowers of Spirzea, etc. 61. Leptura nigrella Say. Rare; habitat unknown. ¢ 62. Leptura canadensis Fab. Abundant; upon flowering shrubs end of July, especially upon Spirzea ; one taken upon Ash. 63. Leptura sanguinea Lec. Very rare; June, habits unknown. 64. Leptura chrysocoma Kirby. Rare ; probably infests Hickory and Butternut. 65. Leptura proxima Say. Abundant; occurs upon dead Hickory. 66. Leptura biforis Newm. One specimen in Mr, Simpson’s collection. 67. Leptura vittata Germ. Abundant ; flowering shrubs in June. 68. Leptura pubera Say. Also rather common in June. 69. Leptura Spheericollis Say. Only one specimen. 70. Leptura mutabilis Newm. Abundant ; form with pale elytra the less common 71. Psenocerus supernotatus Say. Common; bred by Dr. Fletcher from Virginia Creeper. 72, Monohammus titillator Fab Not common; formerly taken upon young Pines at Hull quarries. 73. Monohammus scutellatus Say. Abundant; destructive to Pine logs and timber. 74. Monohammus confusor Kirby. Abundant ; the largest and most destructive of our Pine-borers, doing great damage to logs an timber ; attacks living as well as: dead trees. 75. Monohammus marmorator Kirby. Only one male captured here ; more common further up the river where there is more Red Pine. 76. Dorcheschema nigrum Say. Abundant ; upon felled Hickory or old trees in june. 77. Goes pulverutenta Hald. Rare; beaten from injured Hickory in July. hue OR Pe De gly Sobre fans 1899] HARRINGTON—OTTAWA COLEOPTERA. 67 78. Goes occulata Lec. Two specimens taken on felled Hickory. 79. Acanthoderes dicipiens Hald. Not common. : 80. Leptostylus aculiferus Say. Two specimens; upon Butternut. 81. Leptostylus parvus Lec. Very rare ; place of capture not recorded. 82. Leptostylus sexguttatus Say. Leplostylus commixtus Hald. of former list. Rare. Probably from Hickory. 83. Leptostylus perplexus Hald? One specimen ; determination doubttul. 84. Leptostylus macula Say. Common ; June and July; most frequently on Hickory and Butternut, but has been also taken on Maple and Poplar. 85. Leptostylus collaris Haid. One specimen; probably from Hickory. 86. Liopus alpha Say. Liopfus cinereus Lec. of former list is now included in this species. Common ; on Hickory in midsummer. 87. Liopus punctatus Lec. Two specimens ; accidental captures. 88. Lepturges symmetricus Hald. Lefturges angulatus Lec. of former list. No record of habits. 89. Lepturges signatus Lec. Very rare. No record of habits. go. Lepturges querci Fitch. Lepturges facetus Say of former list belongs to this species. Common ; usually on Hickory, one from Willow. gi. Hyperplatys aspersus Say. Common ; upon Hickory, June and July. 92. Hyperplatys maculatus Hald. Common; with: preceding, and is probably only a form of aspersus. 93. Graphisurus fasciatus Deg. Abundant ; infests Hickory and Maple. 94. Acanthocinus obsoletus Oliv. Also common ; occurs with preceding. 95- Hoplosia nublia Lec. Rare; June, no record of infestations. 96. Pogonocherus penicellatus Lec. Several specimens taken on fences and tree boxes in the city ; also one upon dead Pine. 97. Pogonocherus mixtus Hald. Not common; no record of infestation. 98. Eupogonius tomentosus Hald. One specimen. . 99. Eupogonius vestitus Say. Two specimens; taken also by Mr. Simpson. ° 100. Eupogonius subarmatus Lec. Rare; on Scented Raspberry and on Ash. 101. Saperda calcarata Say. are; a destructive borer in Poplars. 102. Saperda mutica Say. Rare; on Willow; one pair June and one pair July. % 103. Saperda candida Fab. Not common ; occurs upon Hawthorn, Shad-bush and wild Plum. 104. Saperda vestita Say. Abundant ; a borer in Basswood. 2 105. Saperda discoidea Fab. Common; june to August on fallen and dead Hickory. 106. Saperda tridentata Oliv. Abundant; infests principally the Elm, but also the Maple. 107. Saperda lateralis Fab. Two specimens ; accidental captures. a 68 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June 108. Saperda puncticollis Say. Rare; bores in stems of Virginia Creeper. 10g. Saperda moesta Lec. Common; Poplars often badly disfigured by the gall-like swellings caused by the larvae infesting the branches. 110. Siperda concolor Lec. One specimen. Habits not recorded. 111. Oberea bimaculata Oliv. Not commun ; infests Raspberries. The female girdling the canes when ovipositing, and the larve boring in canes. 112. Oberea tripunctata Swed. Oberez amabilis Hald. of former list. Com- mon ; upon Goldenrod and probably boring in that plant. 113. Tetraopes tetraophthalmus Forst. Abundant ; upon Milkweed, in the base of which the larvae subsist. ON REPTILIAN REMAINS FROM THE CRETACEOUS OF NORTH-WESTERN CANADA. By LAWRENCE M. LAmBgs, F.G.S. The collection of fossils made by the writer during the summers of 1897 and 1898 from the Cretaceous rocks of the Red Deer River, in the Districts of Alberta and Assiniboia, consist principally of dinosaurian remains, but include also the remains of turtles and crocodiles as well as a few fish vertebree and scales, leaves and silicified wood.* The rocks exposed along the Red Deer River are those of the Belly River, Pierre and Laramie formations, but by far the larger number of fossils were secured from the Belly River beds which are especially interesting as representing a terrestrial fauna separated from that of the Laramie by the thick marine beds of the Pierre. : Taking into consideration the reptilian remains only, it is found that they represent the three orders Chelonza, Crocodilia and Dinosauria. I. The following provisional enumeration may be made of the fossils from the Belly River formation :— 1. Chelonia— Plastomenus coalescens, Cope. Parts of the dorsal and ventral shields. *Vide Summary Report of the Geological Survey Department for 1898. ) Aye! ces 1899 | LAMBE—ON REPTILIAN REMAINS. 69 Also fragments of shell that may represent other species, as well as vertebre, terminal phalanges and numerous other bones of the endoskeleton of turtles. Besides the above, small pieces of the plastron of P. coales- cens were collected in 1882 by Mr. R. G. McConnell from the Belly River beds of this district. 2. Crocodilia-— Portions of the rami of mandibles of a species of Bot- tosaurus, Agassiz, probably 4. perrugosus described by Cope from the Fort Union (Laramie) group of Colorada. 3. Dinosauria— a. Trachodon mtrabilis, Leidy. Numerous maxille and rami of mandiles, in some cases with the teeth particularly well preserved, as well as a large number of the principal bones of this species. Near the mouth of Berry Creek a large horn-core, one foot long and nearly five inches in diameter at the base to which a small part of the skull remained attached, was found with parts of a maxilla holding teeth of the Yvachodon type. The horn- core is asymmetrical, and suggests the presence of a pair of well developed horns in the species of Tvachodon here re- presented, probably that of 7. mzradzlis, Leidy, which with its allies have been supposed to be hornless. 6. A maxilla with teeth, a separate tooth and a right ramus, of a species of 77zceratops, Marsh. c. Separate teeth and terminal phalanges of L@laps tncras- satus, Cope. ad. The upper part of the cranium and a number of dermal plates of a species of Vodosaurus, probably J. ¢extzlis, Marsh. II. The more important specimens from the Laramie series consist almost entirely of dinosaurian remains and are more fragmentary and not so numerous as those from the Belly River beds :— I. The order Chelonza is not represented in the collections from the Laramie of this district, but fragments of a plastron, probably referable to Plastomenus coalescens, Cope, were found in 70 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June 1881 by Dr. G. M. Dawson in the Willow Creek (Laramie) beds of the Oldman River, Alberta. 2. No crocodilian remains were found. 3. Dinosauria— a. Most of the dinosaurian bones are thought to belong to Trachodon mirabilts. In 1881 Mr. T. C. Weston secured fragments of jaw with teeth, of Zvachodon mirabilis, from the Laramie of the Red Deer River, and in 1882 Mr. R.G. McConnell obtained a well pre- served femur, from the Laramie of Scabby Butte, Alberta, that appears to belong to the same species. 6. Other dinosaurian remains from the Laramie of the Red Deer River in the collection of the Survey are a skull of L@laps zucrassatus, Cope, found by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1884, and another skull of the same species collected in 1889 by Mr. Weston. From a comparison of the reptilian remains from the Belly River beds with those from the Laramie, it would appear that there are three species common to both formations, vzz., P/as- tomenus coalescens, Cope, Trachodon mirabilis, Leidy, and L@laps zncrassatus, Cope, also that these are the three forms most abundantly represented in the collection. Remains of /?. coales- cens seem to be not uncommon in both formations, those of T. mirabilis are abundant in the Belly River rocks but are not often met with in the Laramie whilst the reverse is the case with those of L. zucrassatus. The similarity in the vertebrate faune of the Belly River and Laramie formations suggested by the above comparison is also apparent in the invertebrate faunze of the same formations, from which it may reasonably be inferred that the conditions of life following the deposition of the marine beds of the Pierre were essentially the same.as those that preceded it. - . 1899] 71 THE BERMUDA OR EASTER LILY. By H. B. SMALL. Few people have any idea of the enormous extent to which the cultivation of the Easter Lily is carried on the islands of Bermuda. Acres upon acres, are devoted to this plant alone, and its bulbs constitute one of the principal and most lucrative exports of those islands. The beautiful sight which one of the lily fields presents when in full bloom is beyond description, and the fragrance that loads the air is oppressive. For decorative purposes the buds are cut shortly before Easter before the flower opens, and carefully packed with damp moss in boxes the sides of which by means of cleats allow ventilation. These on arrival in New York are immediately distributed to the points whence applications have been received, and if too backward are forced into bloom by placing the stems in warm water. But the flowers form only a small part of the profit attending lily culture. The bulbs are shipped in enormous quantities to wholesale florists, who supply the demand for them all over the continent. This industry only commenced in 1878, when an American named Harris, making a study of the plant and its growth introduced - it into Bermuda, and from the success attending its culture there, it received the name by which it is now known Liliuam Harrisi1, the developement of flowers under the genial climate and adapt- ability of the soil making it supercede the original lily known as L. longifiorum. The industry has of late years been seriously threatened by the ravages of the Ewchar’s Mite which has so deterioated the bulbs that their sale is seriously injured. The disease is. characterized by spotting and distortion of the leaves and flowers, and a stunted growth. The Department of Agriculture in Washington has made a special study of it, and in August 1897 issued a bulletin thereon. Various remedies have been tried, but so far without effect, and application was made to England last year for an expert from Kew to visit Bermuda and examine the whole condition and nature of the disease. The lily is supposed 72 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June to have been originally brought from China, and a curious legend respecting it, not generally known may prove of interest. It is as follows :—- Centuries before the Christian era, great calamities befell the Chinese Empire, and the prime minister was threatened by the Emperor with the loss of his head unless he devised a means of averting the wrath of the gods. Asserting that it had been revealed to him in a dream to make a sacrifice of men, women and fruits in a far off island where the gods made their abode, a vessel was placed at his disposal in which were collected 100 of the strongest young men and fairest maidens, together with the finest fruits. Amongst the stores was the “ Rak-hap” which translated means the “ Lily of the co fields.” 1t was esteemed a sweet and dainty morsel, and an especial delicacy. The vessel sailed away, and this was the last the Emperor heard of his prime minister, who, however, when once on the voyage intimated to youths and maidens that instead of being sacrificed they would inhabit and populate the beautiful island he knew of, one of the islands of Japan. They willingly agreed to this, and in due course of events, by reason of the change of soil the “ Bak-hap” gradually assumed greater height and strength and a more luxuriant bloom. As it improved in beauty it became less useful as an article of food, and as strong taste had developed for refinement and art in the new colony, its use as an article of food was abandoned. Hundreds of years rolled on and the island became a land of floriculture. The “ Bak-hap” grew steadily in beauty and was finally exported to Europe as a new garden flower, until an American noticing its splendour secured some of bulbs, and being interested in the Bermudas introduced it there where it seems to have made its home. aT ae | 1899] 73 ORNITHOLOGY. Edited by W. T. Macoun. BirD NOTES FOR APRIL AND MAY. From the long list of birds which have been recorded during the past month it is very apparent that some members of THE OTTAWA FIELD NATURALISTS’ CLUB have not been idle. It is unfortunate, however, that so few of us take the time, or make the opportunity, to study the habits of our birds and record observations. The members of the Club should feel grateful to the few who send their notes for publication, and who, in this way, perhaps, may cause others to learn more about birds. It is interesting to compare the dates of arrival of birds recorded in this number with those in the June number for 1898, up to the 14th May last year, the arrival of 81 birds have been recorded and up to the 14th May this year 77 birds have been noted. On the whole, during the past month the birds have arrived on nearly the same date as last year, there being a few exceptions, however, where there was more than a week’s differ- ence ; in some cases the bird having been recorded earlier and in some cases later this year. 1899. Apr. 13—RuBy THROATED HUMMINGBIRD, Jrochilus colubris. Miss Harmer. 14—B.Lack Duck, Anas obscura. Mr. C. H. Young. 14— MEADOWLARK, S/urnella magna. Mr. C. H. Young; April 15th. Mr. W. A. D. Lees. I15—SNOWFLAKE, Jlectrophenax nivalis. Large flock. Mr. W. A. D. Lees. I5—-BELTED KINGFISHER, Ceryle aicyon. Mr. W. A. D. Lees ; April 16th, Mr. Geo. R. White. I5—WHITE-RUMPED SHRIKE, Lantus Jludovicianus excubitorides. Miss Harmer. 15—Cow-BIRD, A/olothrus ater. Mr. Geo. R. White ; April 17th, Mr. C. H. Yourg. 15—Rusty BLACKBIRD, Scolecophagus carolinus. Mr. Geo R. White. 16—GREAT BLUE HERON, Ardea herodias. Mr. Young. 16—VESPER SPARROW, Poovetes gramineus. Dr. J. Fletcher. Fairly common at Experimental Farm, April 21. 74 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June I17—AMERICAN ROUGH-LEGGED HAWK, Apchibuteo lagopus sancti-johaniis. Mr. Young. 18—HERMIT THRUSH, Zzrdus aonalaschke pallast. Mr. White. 18—-CHIPPING SPARROW, Sfizella soctalis. Mr. White ; April 19, Mr. Lees. I9—FLICKER, Colaptes auratus. Mr. Lees. Mr. White ; April 20th, Mr. Young. I19Q—WHITE-BRESTED NUTHATCH, Sz¢/a carolinensis. Mr. Lees. 20—SAVANNAH SPARROW, Ammodramus sandwichensis. Mr. Lees. 22— WILSON’S SNIPE, Gallinago delicata. Mr. Lees, at Russell. 22—PURPLE MARTIN, Progne subis. Mr. Lees. 22—CANADA GoosE, Granta canadensis. Mr. Lees. Large flocks over Ex- perimental Farm, Mr. W. T. Macoun. 23—MarsH Hawk, Czrcus hudsonius, Mr. Young. 23—BANK SWALLOW, Ciivicola riparia. Mr. Lees. 23— TREE SWALLOW, Zachycineta bicolor. Myr. Lees. 23—PILEATED WOODPECKER, Ceophleus pileatus. Mr. Young, Fee Ted aes: 23—AMERICAN OSPREY, Pandion haliaetus carolinensis. Mr. White, Mr. ij Young. 26—Loon, Urinator imber. Mr. White. ‘ 28— BARN SWALLOW, Chelidon erythrogaster. Mr. W. T. Macoun ; April 29th, Mr, Lees. 29— AMERICAN HERRING GULL, Larus argentatus smithsonianus. Mr.Lees. : 30—-BROWN THRASHER, Harporhynchus rufus. Myr. W. T. Macoun. ‘. 30—-HousE WREN, Yvoslodytes aedon. Mr. Lees. 4 30—SPOTTED SANDPIPER, Acéit7s macularia. Mr. White, Mr. Lees. ut 30—AMERICAN BITTERN, Botaurus lentiginosus. Mr, Lees, Mr. White. Hy 30—HOODED MERGANSER, Lophodytes cucullatus. Mr. White. i 30—KILLDEER, Aegialitis vocifera. Mr. White. ij 30—PECTORAL SANDPIPER, J'ringa maculata. Mr. Lees. Bi May 1I—LEAST FLYCATCHER, Lmpizonax minimus. Mr. Lees. i 1- -WHITE-THROATED SPARROW, Zonotrichia albicaulis, Dr. Fletcher ; May 2nd, Mr. White. 2—-CHIMNEY SWIFT, Chaelura pelagic. . Mr. White, Mr. Lees ; May 4th, Miss Harmer. 2—VELLOW WARBLER, Dendroica estiva. Miss Harmer ; May 3rd, Mr. OOF et et Hee a aula oat ots Lees. 3—WARBLING VIREO, Vireo gilvus. Mr. Lees. 4—Woob THRUSH, Turlus mustelinus. Mr. Young. = eta 4—BALTIMORE ORIOLP, Jceterus galbula. Mr. White. 5 —KINGBIRD, Zyranwus tyrannus. Mr. Young ; May 6th, Mr. White. 6—MyrrcLe WARBLER, Detroiter corantta. Mr. White. SE tiny MIE i ar ah o.e a « 0 1899] ORNITHOLOGY. 75 6—CLIFF SwaLtow, Letrochelidon luntfrons. Mr. White. , 6—Woop Duck, Azx sfonsa. Mr. White. 7—GREATER YELLOW-LEGS, Zotanus melanoleucus. Mr. White. 7—MALLARD, Amas boschas. Mr. White. 11—BLACK-BILLED Cuckoo, Coccyzus erythrophthalmus. Mr. White. I1—CATBIRD, Galeoscoptes carolinensis. Mr. White. 11-—WHITE-CROWNED SPARROW, Zonotrichia leucophrys. Miss Harmer. 1I1—CRESTZD FLYCATCHER, Jfyiarchus crinitus. Mr. White; May 13th, Mr. Lees. 12—SCARLET TANAGER, Piranga erythromelas. Mr. White. 13—BoBoLink, Dolichonyx oryzivorus. Mr. Lees. 13— BLACK AND WHITE WARBLER, Mniotz/ta varia.. Mr. Lees. I13—AMERICAN REDSTART, Sefophaga ruticilla. Mr. Lees. 13—OVEN-BIRD, Sezurus aurocapillus. Ms. Lees. 43—-AMERICAN PiPIT, Azthus pensilvanicus. fMr. Lees ; May 14th, Mr. White. 13—SWAMP SPARROW, Alelospiza georgiana. Mr. Lees. 13—RED-EYED VIREO, Vireo olivaceus. Mr. Lees ; May 14th, Mr. White. 13—RED-HEADED WoopPECKER, Melanerpes erythr ocephalus. Mr. Lees. 14—CHESNUT-SIDED WARBLER, Dendroica pensylvanica. Mr. White. 14—ROSE-BREASTED GROSBEAK, Habra ludoviciana. Mr. White. 14—BLUE-HEADED VIREO, Vireo solitarius. Mr. White. BOTANICAL NOTES. Edited by Dr. JAMES FLETCHER. RIBES CILIOSUM—I have received from Mr. C. D. Moggridge of Belle Meade Farm, Hazelmere, B. C., specimens of the flowering shoots of the above named Ribes, which has been kindly named for me by Prof. Macoun. This is a very rare plant, as far as we yet know, in British Columbia. It was described in the “ Flora of Northwest America” by Thos. Howell, Vol. 1, page 208, Apr. Ist. 1898. Prof. Macoun has had specimens of this species for sometime in the Herbarium of the National Museum, collected by Mr. J. M. Macoun in 1889 at Burnaby Lake, B. C., and had them separated as an undescribed species until Mr. Howell’s description appeared. The following interesting particulars about the habitat of Azbes celzosum are 76 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June given by Mr. Moggridge. “Iam sending you by this mail a bunch of cuttings and some rooted layers of the Ribes you ask for. The layers will give you a fair idea of the way the plant spreads. I only know of one locality where it grows near here, and that is only a few square yards in extent. I am watching over it carefully. The plant grows on a small island, just above flood level,apparantly almost smothered by Salmon-berry (Rubus spectabilis), the Red-berried Elder, etc.,.which cover the ground. It does not attempt to grow to the light. I have not seen it more than 2 or 3 feet from the ground. Its long straggling branches trail along as near to the soil as they can get, some- times running under ground for a couple of feet, where they take root, and then emerging again start new bushes. The small clusters of dark brown, wide-open flowers with very short tubes are broader than deep and borne on very short foot-stalks. They grow on last year’s wood, a shoot about six inches long from a bud on the older wood. The cuttings I send are from the terminal shoots which are much stronger. The berries, of which I have only found a few, look like an undersized red currant but are very acridin taste. The leaves are heart-shaped, nearly two inches across with three large lobes and sometimes the lower large lobes are divided in the middle, the leaves are sharply toothed and the petioles are fringed with a few [ong bristles. There are about six or eight flowers in each raceme.” The habit of this western currant is apparently very similar to that of Rides prostratum and may possibly have been con- founded with that species in British Columbia. RE. ELEOCHARIS MACOUNII.—While collecting Potamogetons in Johnson’s Lake near North Wakefield in September, 1894, I found on the border of a marsh near that lake an Eleocharis unknown to me growing in company with &, obtusa and E. znter- media. It has recently been described as a new species by Mr. M. L. Fernald.* As pointed out by Mr. Fernald this plant in its dark elongated heads more nearly resembles the European E. carniolica than the American £. intermedia. He thus describes it: Annual: culms slender, weak, the longest 2 or 2.5 | x y a 1899] BOTANICAL NOTES, _ 77 em. long: heads elliptic-lanceolate, about 1 cm. long, more densely flowered than in E. intermedia, the ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate acutish or blunt scales dark brown: achene _ much compressed, obscurely triangular in cross-section, obovate, less elongated than that of 4. zztermedia ; the deltoid-conical tubercle nearly as broad and one-half as high as the body of the achene. J. M. M. . Proceeding of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences Vol. XXXIV, P. 407- LYCOPODIUM INUNDATUM—On the wet bank near the junction of the Canada Atlantic Railway and the Rockland Branch at South Indian, May 9th, 1899. An addition to the local flora and not before recorded in Eastern Ontario. J. M. SYMPLOCARPUS FCETIDUS.—Abundant in a swamp about one mile from Osgoode. Collected by Mr. R. H. Cowley early in May. Not before collected in the Ottawa District. TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM.—On May 13th, Mrs. A. E. Barlow collected a monstrosity of this species with four leaves, four sepals, four petals, eight stamens and four pistils. Two stems rose from the one rootstalk, each bearing exceptionally large flowers with the above characters). The plant is preserved in the herbarium of the Geological Survey. A GUIDE TO WILD FLOWERS. While in England almost every educated man and woman and nearly every child outside large cities knows the names of the common flowers of wood and roadside, meadow and field, in America such knowledge has been until very lately compar- itively rare. A dozen or so of spring species are familiar to everyone and a like number of the more conspicuous and common summer flowers are pretty well known, but a general acquaintance with even two or three hundred species is quite enough to secure from the multitude the title of “ botanist.” There are many reasons for this lamentable ignorance but chief ,among them has been the lack of popular books on flowers. An e 78 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June entirely unfounded but very general belief that special scientific training is essential before one may begin the study of plants has deterred many a lover of flowers from attempting to learn the names of species with which he has been familiar from child- hood. In recent years, however, several books of a more or less popular character have been published and their effect is already noticeable in the increased interest that is being taken in the study of flowers. Mrs. Trail’s “Plant Life in Canada” was one of the first, as it is still one of the best, books of this kind published in America. It is, however, more a record of the author’s own observations, than an aid to the study of plants and has perhaps for that reason not had so large a sale as its literary quality and the information it contains merit. “ How to know the Wild Flowers,” by Mrs. Dana, and a more recent book by the same author “ How to know Ferns” have had a large sale in Ottawa and are doing much to popularize Botany. The latest and most attfactive book on flowers is Miss Lounsberry’s “ A Guide to Wild Flowers” illustrated with sixty-four coloured and one hundred black-and-white plates. In Mrs. Dana’s book the usual general key to genera gives place to an artificial arrangement by means of which flowers of one colour are grouped together in of their date of blooming ; Miss Lounsberry has adopted a new arrangement and has divided the species included in her book into eight groups according to their habitat. Plants growing in water are first described, then those growing in mud and so on until the uplands are reached. Though some difficulty must have been experienced in deter- mining the group into which some species of general distribution should be put, the author seems, to have been able to place each species just where one would expect to find it and the arrange- ment she has adopted will enable many who know nothing of botany to name the common plants met with in their rambles. As should be the case with books of this kind, the common English names are given first in heavy type, then follows the Latin name, below which comes ina single line the family, colour, - memos oe. _ 1899] A GUIDE TO WILD FLOWERS. 79 odour, range and time of bloom. A brief technical description of the plant is followed by general descriptive notes, which can- not fail to interest every lover of flowers. The special feature of the bock, however, is the beautiful coloured plants, which make it the most attractive book of its kind published at a small price. Mrs. Rowan, by whom the drawings were made, is appar- ently more of an artist than a botanist and while all the illustra- tions are artistically drawn and beautifully coloured all are not equally true to nature ; nor are the drawings in black-and-white always as accurate as one could wish. It is perhaps too much to expect perfection in a book of this kind and its merits far outweigh its inaccuracies. As it will be used principably by those who will be satisfied to learn the English names of the plants they see the adoption of the nomenclature and arrange- ment of Britton and Brown’s Flora detracts little from the work, though for a popular book the names and arrangement of Gray’s Manual would have been preferable, if for no other reason than that they are more familiar. J. M. M. AFTERNOON LECTURES. During April and May a course of popular lectures on scientific subjects was delivered in the Assembly Room of the Normal School by members of the Club. The attendance at all these lectures was large, an evidence that there is no lack of interest in Ottawa in subjects of this kind. I. APRIL, 1oth—‘ POINTS OF INTEREST IN THE GEOL- OGY OF OTTAWA” by Dr. H. M:- Ami—In_ dealing with his subject Dr. Ami referred to the various geo- logical formations to be found in this district and pointed out the various places where each formation could be studied to ad- vantage—what were the mineral characters of each, the nature, origin, and mode of formation or deposition of each series to- gether with the various fossil organic remains or extinct types of animal life which were to be found in great profusion in many of the sedimentary strata of Ottawa. The speaker 80 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June practically took his audience to a series of excursions about Ottawa and pointed out by means of maps, charts, diagrams, photographs and specimens the most salient and important geological features to be observed and studied. 2. APRIL. 17th—“ THE STUDY OF BIRDS,” by Mr. A. G. Kingston.—The lecturer directed attenticn.to the recognized value of all nature studies in inducing a healthy natural growth in three directions—the memory, the reason, the sentimental faculties. In respect of influence upon the latter especially, he claimed that Field Ornithology was easily first of all branches of Natural History. The appliances and qualities requisite for the intending student of this subject were then enumerated. The lecturer deprecated the making by the ordinary student of a large col- lection of bird-skins, but advised that more attention should be paid to the manners and habits of the living bird as seen in the field. Fora first season’s work he thought it would be wise for a beginner to confine himself entirely to the land birds, of which there were on the Ottawa list, (excluding casual or accidental visitants ) about 125 species. The student having furnished himself with a good descrip- tive hand-book, should mark therein all species known to occur in this district Practical instructions were then given for noting the important characters of a bird as they appear to an observer in the field; and a field key to the families was placed upon the black-board, by the use of which in conjunction with the descriptive hand-book the lecturer believed it possible to identify almost any of the land birds of the district. It was then pointed out that identification of species was not to be _ re- garded as an end in itself but only as. an opening of acquaintanceship with each bird, to be followed by gain- ing a knowledge of its habits, song, migration, and many an interesting problem so to be opened up. Space does not permit the inclusion of the Field Key to the families in this report but it is intended to publish it in the next number of the Naturalist. ne saab abuaigdiggs 7 1899] AFTERNOON LECTURES. . 8I 3. APRIL, 24th.--“ ENTOMOLOGY,” by Dr. James Fletchcr, Dominion Entomologist—The speaker without preliminary introduction went right to the heart of his subject by asking and answering shortly what is Entomology ? What is an insect ? He deprecated the indiscriminate use of the word “bug” as generally used because although all bugs were insects all insects were by no means bugs. Insects are amongst the most familiar of natural objects. They are met with in all climates and in one or other form at all seasons of the year. It was estimated that they comprised four-fifths of the animal kingdom ; no less than 200,000 species being found in collections. Their place in the classification of the animal kingdom was noted and the dif- ferences between the members of the seven great orders ex- plained. This old classification of the insects was recommended for beginners and the derivation of the names used explained. Diagrams illustrating the different kinds of insects were shown. An carnest plea was made for a more extensive study of insects on account of the utility of the knowledge obtained, first as a means of preventing the great losses which annually occurred among crops, then as a useful means of training the mind in habits of accuracy, of observation and precision of description and, lastly, as an unfailing and constant source of intellectual pleasure. It was advised to study a few things well—eg. a single order or even asingle insect, rather than to aim at amass- ing a large collection, the thorough study of which was ren- dered impossible by the shortness of the average life of man. Beginners were encouraged to make use of the leaders of the club. The delight of rearing even one of our commonest but- terflies from the egg through the larval stages to the chrysalis and then to the perfect ins2ct were graphically described and all present were urged to makeat least one trial during the coming season. The speaker felt sure that if this were done many who had previously se2n no particular beauties in insects would be surprised at the amount of pleasure they would derive and the unexpected beauties they would discern in the exquisite perfection of every smallest part of every insect they examined. 82 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [June The address began at quarter past four and ended punctually at 5:15. 4. MAY, 1st.—“ SHELLS,” by F. R. Latchford—The place in nature occupied by shells and their builders, was pointed out, and the classes indicated in which shells have been divided by naturalists. The number, diversity and beauty of the different families were alluded to, and special reference was made to the land and fresh water species found in Canada—particularly those occurring within the sphere of the Club’s operations, The best collecting grounds in the vicinity of Ottawa were specified. The sand bars of Duck Island were mentioned as one of the most remarkable stations in Canada for many species of Umzo of unusual size or beauty. Instructions were given as to the best means of collecting, and the best methods of cleaning, classifying and preserving shells when collected. A comparison was made of the different localities around Ottawa in which shells abound, the great diversity which exists between the shells in stations apparently alike in character, and an earnest plea urged for an increased interest in the study of shells here and in other parts of Canada. Inthe discussion which followed, Mr. Latchford stated that he would be glad to place a collection of Canadian shells in the Normal school, if facilities were afforded for dis- playing them to the students. 5. MAy,8th.—* BOTANY,” by Mr. R.B.White.—In his open- ing remarks the lecturer emphasized the fact that although there is a universal love for flowers few know anything about them. This he attributed tothe imaginary difficulty of learning the proper names; until the plant itself is known no attempt should be made to memorize names—when the plants are known the names will soon follow. The study of plants was valuable in that it cultivated observation and reflection, enabled us to better understand the world we live in and added greatly to the pleasure of life. After briefly outlining the natural system of classification by means of which plants are divided into families, orders and genera the lecturer told how plants should be studied. He ss 1899] AFTERNOON LECTURES. — 83 recommended that some elementary book on Botany be carefully read and that the beginner, instead of labouriously attempting to analyse a plant and determine its name by means ofa key, select first a number of species with which he is acquainted and then compare them with the descriptions in the book used looking up the meaning of every word not understood. By this means anyone would ina short time become familiar with all the descriptive botanical terms in common use. Representatives of some of the large orders were then analysed in the way sug- gested. The importance of ample field notes was emphasised and the uses of note-books and analysis books explained. The prepara- tion of specimens for the herbarium was also described. The lecturer explained that the methods suggested by him were not intended to take the place of more complete botanical studies when such were possible and recommended that the preliminary work should be followed by the study of physiology and morpho- logy. 6. MAY, 15th.—“ZOoLoGy,” by Prof. John Macoun and Mr. W.S Odell.—Prof. Macoun confined his remarks to a_ general outlining of the scope which zoological studies should cover point- ing outthatapart from Ornithology and Entomolgy comparatively little original work had been done by local students. He showed that the smaller mammals, fish and reptiles of the Ot- tawa region, as well as nearly all the lower forms of animal life, were yet t» be worked up. Mr. Odell dealt principally with such small animals as could be well studied in a small aquarium illustrating his remarks with a very beautiful series of coloured drawings of the species described. A small aquarium for student’s. use could casily be made from the half-gallon or larger fruit jars in ordinary use. For use in larger aquaria he recommended the following plants: Axacharis Canadensts, Ceratophvllum demer- sum, Myriophyllum, Proserpinaca, Ranunculus aquatilts, Callt- triche, Chara, Nitella, Fontinalis and Lemna. The manner in which many familiar forms of animals found in ponds and streams propagate was also described. 84 THE OtTrawa NATURALIST. [June 7. MAY, 22nd.—‘ PLANTING AND CARE OF FOREST TREES,” by Sir Henri Joli de Lotbiniére.—The seventh and last lecture of the course was very appropriately of asomewhat more practical kind than those which preceded it. The lecturer showed that the wasteful destruction of Canadian forests was in very great measure due to the fact that the forests had from the earliest times been considered an enemy by the settler and that it was only in very recent years that the farmer had begun to learn that successful cultivation of the soil depended upon an abundance of trees in his neighbourhood. By means of a fine series of specimens and photographs he showed how rapidly some of our most valuable trees grow and how they should be pruned and cared for if the best results were to be obtained. The photographs showing the effects of good and bad pruning were exceptionally fine and illustrated the methods of tree cul- ture and preservation followed on the lecturer’s own estate. SUB-EXCURSIONS. Owing to the lateness of the season and the inclemency of the weather on two of the days upon which sub-excursions were to be held, they were this year not quite so satisfactory as usual, as regards results, though the attendance on all fine days was exceptionally large. The snow still lay deep in the woods at the time of the first excursion to Rockcliffe, April 15th, though the rocky ridge was bare. No plants were found in flower and no insects seen. A comparison of the results of the sub-excur- sion held one day later in 1898 will show how late the present spring was in opening. Large and interesting collections of fossils were made at this and other sub-excursions and a com- parative list of these will appear in an early number of THE NATURALIST. Such bird notes as were worthy of record have been, or will be, printed in the monthly Ornithological Notes. APRIL 22nd.—The sub-excursion to the Beaver Meadow west of Hull at this date was hardly more successful than that held a week previous though the day was fine and the attend- a - -y 1899] SUB-EXCURSIONS. 85 ance large. No insects were collected and the only flowers seen were Hepatica triloba and H. acutiloba. The catkins of Alnus zncana and Salix discolor were well developed. One specimen of Pesiza coccinea was collected. Miss Halkett secured a fine specimen of the Red-bellied Snake (Svtorerza occipitomaculata). APRIL 29th. BEECHWOOD.— There was a large attendance at this sub-excursion, many of those present collecting at Beech- wood their first spring flowers. Before returning to the city Prof. Macoun delivered an address on the plants found during the afternoon, drawing special attention to the catkin-bearing trees and shrubs. Both species of Hepatica were found, Trilli- ums white and red, the Wild Ginger, the large-flowered Bell- wort, Blue Cohosh, Claytoxza Carolinitana, Dentaria laciniata, D. aiphylla and a few others. One of the striking objects collected was the beautiful Scarlet Cup (Pezzza coccinea). Dr. Fletcher spoke of the few insects seen. These were very few, a single specimen of the Spring Azure (Lyce@na neglect a) and one of the oil beetles (Welor niger), which it was explained laid its eggs on flowers and the larve (called triungulins) on hatching remained there until the flowers were visited by a bee when they attach- ed themselves to the latter and were carried by it to its nest where they lived as parasites. Specimens of the Tree Frog (Fla versicolor) and Viscid Salamander (Plethodon glutinosus) _ were found by Mr. A. Halkett. May 6th—AYLMER.—Over 150 members of the club and their friends attended this excursion. Flowers of several kinds were abundant and the Trailing Arbutus was seen growing for the first time by many who before knew it only by name. The botanical leaders not reaching the place of rendezvous at the specified time Dr. Fletcher was requested to speak on the plants collected. Among the more interesting of those exhibited were Sanguinaria Canadensis, Shepherdia Canadensis, Epig@a repens, Amelanchter Canadensis, Waldsteinia fragarioides, Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Corydalis aurea, Antennaria Canadensis and Viola Muhlenbergit. Dr. Fletcher also spoke on insects. Few were collected, the season being still backward. A few species aaa 86 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. [June had, however, rewarded the entomologists, 7%ecla Nzphon, freshly emerged, was seen on a pine tree, Pzevzs oleracea-hiem- alis and Lycena Lucia were also exhibited. Mr. Halkett des- cribed the zoological specimens collected. Chief among these was a Salamander—the Red Triton (Spelerpes ruber) found by Mr. Halkett himself, a very fine Green Snake (Cyclophis vernalis) by someone unknown and a Garter Snake Euéentza strtalis or- dinata by Mr. Oswald Ingall. The proposed excursions to Rockcliffe and the Beaver Meadows, May 13th and 2oth, were not made, both days being wet. The first general excursion to Chelsea, May 27th, was postponed for the same reason. ORIOLES FEEDING ON TENT CATERPILLARS. —On the 23rd. of May whilst enjoying a walk in the Mountain Park at Montreal my attention was arrested by a Baltimore Oriole not more than a dozen paces from me and I stood admiring the — brilliant colouring of his plumage for a few moments. My interest in his movements became deeper, however, when I saw him station himself beside a bunch of tent caterpillars whose ~ webs were to Le seen on the bushes and small trees in all directions. The bird made a hasty meal off the caterpillars, eating one after another until his appetite was apparently quite satisfied. The caterpillars were large, about an inch in length and nearly a dozen were destroyed in this way to form our — benefactor’s mid-day meal.— LAWRENCE LAMB. COPRINUS COMATUS.—The Shaggy Mushroom is seldom © found in this vicinity in the spring, but owing to the heavy May — rains it has appeared on the newly made ground on the west side of the canal, quite close to Sapper’s Bridge. This is one of the best mushrooms, is easily digested and may Le eaten in any quantity. J.M. e iz f , 1899. ] OBSERVATIONS. 87 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR OTTAWA, 1808. Contributed by Dr. R. F. Stupart, Director of the Meteorological Service, Tor- onto, Ont. Frequency of the Different Winds from Observations at 8 a.m., 3 and 8 p.m., Daily, Ottawa, 1898. N. January ....... 9 February...... 10 March .:..22 5%: 4 ADRES ReODe 17 IER at eee eit 12 HM ete eetei's, tty p 6 Eee sale Ws | 19 PALE IS beheryer pels atl le 20 September..... 13 ‘ctober. - 6.5: II November..... 4 December ==... II BWA ol ats sonatas | 137 15 ie) an oo Io 95 172 ee oi | fe) an mn Oo 18 14 N.W. | Calm 26 fo) 20 e) 22 | 2 13 I 13 2 15 9 10 I 20 fo) 18 (a) io fo) 17 I 10 4 194 20 January 30—Coldest day of year, mean temperature—1Q°.9. February 16—Stormiest day of year, mean velocity of wind 24.4 miles per hour. ee April 4—Last measurable snow. Some flakes on 5-6. May 6—Last frost of season. ie 12—First thunder of year. July 20—Warmest day of year, mean temperature 79°.75. Sept. 30—Last thunder of year. October 9—First recorded frost of season. ce iad Dec. 12—First record below zero—7°.6. 72—Heaviest rain storm of year, depth 1.12 inches. 27—Earthquake shock at 1.03 a. m. Nov. 10—First measurable snow, 4 in. fell, flakes on Oct. 27. 20-22—-Heaviest snow storm of year, depth of fall 24 inches. ‘{[2} 19A0 JO YOUT TO'O UaYM pauoyper Ajuo Mous 10 urex yo skeq ) S zgI 6 SI gI II SI 61 {91 Zi Iz | (era Ol 11 ae. on o ) o I oO oO o fe) fo) z I I = 61 fo) fo) fe) £ te vA £ € oO oO e) fo) b oO fe) fo) z fo) I I oO (e) oO fo) (0) o£ Br OS SE OPGMI SMG PL Mey TO ARO Gr SuicsorS-| ee gh Gee aly nora ley Lage oe. IZ Ol 6 OI £ I I I I I s is oI 19 LL rhe) bo vAS z9 oS ie 99 bb ob 1Z 19 6£ foi ¢ we eee. sae \egs see ee side lal Mie 16:|/ayereis: am Witla: oy I eee ayate Il ZI . Socnpae CG. Osahetall uses || elee [erences eens fee es wees zz-|g Li-|L-21+ Jeane Ds g*0Il| zlz| Z:otl:--*: Soh Sen OE ee Bertan |e Og [acess €-PE| bof 5 oor|| + oi 1 OI G1 oI 6 eI € 8 I £ a obzt ||P -o-|1€-1—|1z°€ + |S6-o+ Lo'o+ |b€°o-|zl'0-| 00'0 £g'o-|€t-1+|9z'o+|91 O+ &. 96'bz|| v0 | 9£:0 | go’S | gh-E | zz | Lez zc |, 9V"2 |'SS"o-| €1-2 | 06:0 | g9°0 ~ $6!) b gr, L6z) €-ct| L-vS| $-6S) p-co] o-gS| E-gbh| 1-€z| of] zg] o-11 LS SIZ 98 z8 6L bl vi | €9 69 S9 19 0g ‘Ig 1g '7, 6Lz°0 |joo1o |$91°0 joLz'o |gzb-o |60$°9 |SzS-o |zgbh-o |6££°0 |6g1°0 'gg1°0 |660 0 |1L0 0 S€°61|| ot 1} z6°v1| S6'b1| 1S-zz| €o°O% HL bz] gr-1z| groz| 11°€z| 1b°21] SZ°S1] 19°61 S 61°€/| €z'6 | €z°Sz| $1-6£| LL-6b| 6b" ZS] zz-gS| zq°SS] 16h] 1Q‘1£| S6-bz! o1-11 €g'0 = $S-¢6 6£'9z| S1‘Ob| o1 S| gz-zZ| zS°42) 96°zg! og'gZ| bZ:Lo| z6°tS| o€-zb| Sg-9z| br oz S 9°611'| ov v9) SES) o-1S| g-oS| b zt! oO bS| g Ih] 6°6b] L:gS| z-gS| S$ £9] o€9 a g tz -||€-¢2 — S'9 OloKA) AU Oh ati) oan e Sty 6°2e) €°21| c°1 —|S-0e¢—|9' te — e) 0°S6| Lob] 0°09) o°ZZ| 0:06] 0°48] 0°S6) 6 99] g zg] o-1Z] o°ZS|} o:fb] 0°6€ 1Z°£+ ||1g°0+ |60°1 + |zg'z+ |zS°£ + log*% + |zz-0+ 111 +(|zb' 72+ (9z°€ + |Szb1+|L6°9+ f9°0+ = 6L£°£b)) 1g°L1| 69°zf) zg gb| zo 19] o$ 49] zZ°69| 12‘ 99] zE°LS| O€-Sb] Sg°€E| 26°81] £9'01 py | f9£1 |leS€-1 |zoo'1 |€L6'0 |8EE* > jozg O |EgZ‘0 | Lto'1\9g9°0 €SL-o0 |bgz-1 |b16°0 Liz"I _ €Lz%°6z||bo€ -6z|19b 6z|6gh6z/ PSS * 17|SEq°6z|999'6z 6Lz‘ 6z|OSS *6z/SZS 6z/6EE -6z|60S “6z)¢ Lz 6z 9£9 Of ||9£9 of |Egr of |zob: of |z61 * -€|SSz- Of |6bb of g¢€ of |g£z “o£ gzF of fog" of |Egb Of abt oF as 196° 6z|6¥0° o£ 6Lo' o£ 6g€ * 5z|£z6°6z/S66°6z)/z£66z/716' 6z 196° 6z 6b1‘O£|Q60'O£/ozo' oF | 20d _ | “AON | 190 | ‘Idag | -suy | -Aynf | aunf | -Aepy |-pudy | avy | cqaq | ‘ur{ “ava | Sfaaect = ‘HLNO|W MOUS JO UIA NOYIM Skvp Jo soquinyy ee ee Tress ssS0y JO Jaqunyy "7" * StUto}s JapuNyy jo zaquinyy Space ae **‘svJoOIne JO JaquNnyy “**(sayrt) purm jo AyO0[aa odvssay pepnoys Ayajyaydtuos skep jo raquunn "ss 5" **papnoyo Ays Jo adviuaosa, "tess sstmous jo skep Jo raquinyy "Tes" QSvlIAV WOT, ADUaIIHIG, "***soyoul UL MOUS Jo JUNOWY ‘ss *** ures jo skvp jo aaquinyy “s**-advlaav Wo asduaIayIq "***SayoUrl Ul uIed yo JunowYy urod Map Jo aanjesaduiay aSeaaay oe seis “Uv ay) jo Aitpruny ssvraay ‘anodva jo ainssaid aSvaaay eats asus Ajivp adviaay **aanjesadtua} uintururur aseviaay “omnyesaduay winwixeut aseiaay "*e- >) *saduvd [enuuy pu A;yuo; Pyne ‘aanjei1ad tua} |saMory “aanjesad wa} jsay sip] ABVIIAL WoI, BDUdIDYIC] (yey) are jo aanjviadiua} adviaay ae: sasuvi [enuur pur Ayyuopy Re eras et JajaWoIVq jsaMorT ** JoJaMOIVA JSOYSIFT * [Aa] VAS 0} paonpar puv € yw Ja}aWOILA JO YSIBY astasAY 88 "S691 ALIA 2G} Of RMLFZO FR SUOIYAIASGO [RISojoso0ajza\y fo jyovsySqy Bee ae s z THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. ~yerere a0 OTTAWA, JULY, 1899. No. 4. SOME RECENT “ADDITIONS ‘TO THE LABRADOR FLORA. M. L. Fernap anp J. D. SORNBORGER. Two extensive collections, secured during the present decade from the Labrador coast and Hamilton Inlet, have added very materially to our knowledge of that still little explored region. The first of these collections, consisting of about three hundréd numbers, was made by members of the Bowdoin Col- lege Expcdition, which, in 1891, accomplished the difficult ascent of the Hamilton or Grand River and the re-discovery of the mysterious Grand Falls whose location and height were so ong known only through vague reports.’ Owing to tae. extreme hardships: of the trip it -.was~ « unfor- tunately impossible to preserve such plants as were collected in the upper valley of the river. A second division of the party, however, collected extensively about Lake Melville and up the coast asfar as Hopedale. Many of these plants, sent for deter- mination tothe Gray Herbarium by Professor Leslie A. Lee who was in charge of the expcdition, are of great geographic interest. Another collection ccntaining rather more species has been secured by Mr. J. D. Scrnborger from~ various stations on the Labrador coast as far north as Cape Chudleigh. These plants, mostly secured in quantity, were collected largely by Mr Sornborger during the summers of 1892 and 1897, though many valuable specimens have been sent him by the Rev. Adolf Stecker of the Unitas Fratruin, who has collected plants at a season when Labrador is inaccessible, and 1 For the narrative of this expedition see Packard, The Labrador Coast, N. Y., 1891, pp. 507-513. gO ‘THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. (July to whom special acknowledgement is made for these -and many other important services. A few specimens from Hebron have been sent by Mrs. Hlawatscheck. These large collections con- tain nearly three score of species not included in former lists of Labrador plants; and, with the collections of the Bowdoin College Expedition, they furnish so remarkable an addition to our knowledge of that flora as to make desirable the preparation of the following notes. In the list which follows, no attempt is made to enumerate all the plants of either collection: the larger portion of them, naturally, are well known northern species which have been collected many timesin Labrador. The species enumcrated are for the most part such as are not credited to Labrador by Mr. James M. Macoun in his “ List of plants known to occur on the coast and in the interior of the Labrador Peninsula;’” and such plants are indicated by the asterisk (*) before the name of the species. A féw of these species are included in Mr. Macoun’s list from the valleys of the Rupert and East Main Rivers and from James Bay, but not from Labrador proper as defined in the eighth report of the - Canadian Survey (1895) and its accompanying maps.” ‘Some cf the species, not enumerated in Mr. Macoun’s list but here in- cluded, have been already noted from Labrador in the contributions from the Herbarium of the Geological Survey of Canada, in the Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne’s “Flora of Ncw- foundland, Labrador, and St. Pierre et Miquelon” or elsewhere. In these cases, however, the former record of the plant is noted. While studying the two collections which are the principal source of these notes occasional Labrador specimens of some of the noteworthy species there represented have | een found in the Gray Herbarium, and for the sake of completeness records of these are here included. 2 Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Can., N.S. viii ( 1895), Part L, App. vi. 3 Thus Labrador, as here understood, is that portion of the Labrador Peninsula lying east of a line drawn directly north from Blane Sablon to 52° N. lat., thence following the height of land to a point on the mainland-shore nearly soath of Port Burwell, Cape Chudleigh. hot keteck eal a 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. oi The list of plants enumerated by Mr. J. M. Macoun from the coast of Labrador was based, according to his introductory note, primarily upon the former list prepared by Professor John Macoun for Packard’s Labrador coast. At the time of the preparation of that list, however, much was considered as Labrador which the recent survey includes in Quebec; and many reports, in Packard’s work, of plants from “ Labrador,” were apparently based upon specimens from Caribou Island and other points now included in Quebec. Other reports of species have been based upon Mr. John A. Allen’s and some smaller collections from Bonne Espérance, Eskimo Island and other stations west of the present Labrador line. Scattered reports, based upon the collections of Lieut. L. M. Turner on Ungava Bay, have been made of plants as Labrador species, but these, of course, cannot be accepted for Labrador proper. A_ few species, on the other hand, included in Packard, appear to be reported only indefinitely from Labrador, ze. without definite statement of localities. All such plants as are contained in the Bowdoin and the Sornborger collections and have been recorded only in a general way from Labrador, or collected at stations beyond the recently defined limits of that dependency are here indicated by the + before the name. The plants enumerated below are of interest not merely as additions to the Labrador flora or as species little known from that peninsula; but many of them are of much broader geo- graphic interest. Ten of them—Phegopteris polypodioides, Iris versicolor, Sagina procumbens, Nasturtium terrestre, Ribes lacustre, Pyrus arbutifolia, var melanocarpa, Viola Selkirkiz, Galium tinctoritum, var. labradoricum, Aster longifolius, var. villicaulis, and Aster puniceus, var. ——————-—are here recorded from stations considerably north of their former known limits on our eastern coast. Some of them, however, Phegopterts polypodioides, Sagina procumbens, Nasturtium terrestre,and Viola Selkirkit, for ex- ample, are well known even from Arctic sections of Europe, Asia or Western America, On the other hand, six species are 92 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July now brought decidedly south of their supposed ranges on the eastern coast. The ranges of Lychnis affinis, Sagina nivalis and ‘Braya purpurescens are extended south from Hudson Straits, of Crvepzs nana from Melville Peninsula, and of Drada ~ hirta, var. arctica and Lesquerella arctica south from Grinnell Land. Several plants formerly known only from regions much _fur- ther to the west are now found on the Atlantic coast. Lathyrus maritimus, var. aleuticus,a form apparently common on_ the Labrador coast, was recently described from the north Pacific coast of America, and Arnica alpina, var. Lessingzi, found by Mr. Sornborger on the mountains at Rama, has been known only from extreme northwestern America and adjacent Asia. Luzula parviflora, var. fastigiata and Draba stenoloba have been unknown east of the Rocky Mountains. Petasztes sagittata and Senecio palustris are apparently unrecorded east of Hudson Bay. Poa glumaris,a common grass of the Alaskan shores, has been well known from the mouth of the St. Lawrence, and is now found at Nain, well up the Labrador coast. Vac- etnium ovalifolium, common in northwestern America, has been - known only from Lake Superior and Gaspé Peninsula in the east. The range of Vzola canina, var. adunca is now extended from its almost extra-limital station on the Ottawa to the north ‘coast of Labrador. - Three Greenland species, not generally supposed to occur on _ the American continent, are represented in these collections— _ Polygonum islandicum, already reported from Rupert river and _ James Bay, is probably common on the Labrador coast ;_ while - Arenaria uliginosa and Potentilla Ranunculus were found at only one station each. _Some plants, new to Labrador or little known from that region, are of interest as highly local species. P/leum alpinum, Juncus trifidus, Cardamine bellitifolia and Arenaria ciliata, var. humifusa occur on the higher mountains of New England or adjacent Canada and in Greenland, and by analogy should be expected abundantly in Labrador, where they are apparently of Pater wee oasak 3) ! t SB i ip «Tiss eat a ok a oat! ne ye z “ 1899] © FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 93 rare occurrence. In fact, Cardamine bellidifolia, found during the past three-fourths of a century at only four stations in British America, may be considered a very rare plant. - Another species, Pleurogyne carinthiaca, var. pusilla, growing in Green- land and at various stations about the mouth of the St. Law- rence, and reported by Pursh from the White Mountains ‘of New Hampshire, is apparently a very rare plant in Labrador, collected by the Bowdoin College party for the first time -sinee Hooker’s report of its occurrence there. | Five species not before known from the Labrador coast have been without doubt recently introduced from Europe or the more settled portions of America. These are S¢ellaria media, Thlaspi arvense, Erodium cicutarium, Senecio vulgaris, and Taraxacum officinale. Rumex acetosela and Ranunculus repens should probably also be included in this list. In Packard’s “Lab- rador coast” (449), he quotes from Koch ;4“‘The northernmost . valleys in which firs grow open into Napartok Bay. North of Napartok Bay (Napartok means fir) [ more properly spruce ] are found only dwarf willows and birches; mosses and lichens form the principal covering of the ground.-. . . . ’” These valleys, opening from the mainland are somewhat sheltered, and it is here that the Eskimo of Hebron secure their fuel and build- ing material, On the more exposed Takatak Island at ‘the mouth of the bay, however, spruce trees attain considerable size. This station, some fifteen miles nearer the open sea than the mainland valleys, is probably the northern limit of trees on the exposed coast of Labrador. Northof Napartok Bay, within ten miles of the mouth of Kangerdluksoak Bay, willows grow toa height of at least eight feet. In the following list the species already discussed and many others of note are enumerated in the order of Engler and Prantl, and their Labrador stations so far as known are recorded. *WOODSIA ILVENSIS, R. Br. Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn. borger, No. 2 ). 94 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July *ASPLENIUM FILIX-FOEMINA, Bernh. Webeck Harbor, Aug, 4, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped, Noteza. *ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM, Swartz, var. DILATATUM, Hook. Hopedale, Aug. 6, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 140); Red Bay, Chateau Bay, North West River, Webeck, Hopedale, Turner's Bay, July, Aug, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 48, 86, 160, 217,251, 268). Probably this is the commonest form of the species in Labrador. *PHEGOPTERIS POLYPODIOIDES, Fée, Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 ( Lowdown College Exped. No. 109;) Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 { Sornborger, No. 1 36 ). +PHEGOPTERIS DRYOPTERIS, Feée. Webeck Harbor, Aug. 4, 1891 ( Lowdown College Exped. No. 216); July 22-24, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 135); Tub Harbor, July, 11, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 137 x); Makkovik, Aug. 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 138). Reported in Packard’s list from Caribou Island, Quebec.(S. R. Butler), Formerly collected at Okak by Anaus. *EQUISETUM VARIEGATUM, Schleich. Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 ( Sormborger, No. 147 y ). *LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM, L., var. PUNGENS, Spring. Common among dwarf spruces in sandy low ground, Hope- dale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 ( Sorndorger, No. 54); Chateau Bay, July, 14, 1891, Red Bay, July, 2, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos, 85, 50 ). *LYCOPODIUM ALPINUM, L. Among spruces, Davis Inlet, Aug, 1, 1892 ( Sorntorger, No. 56. ) *LYCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM, L. Among spruces, Davis Inlet, Ang. 1, 1892 (Sornborger, No. BOK): +LARIX AMERICANA, Michx. Red Bay, July 4, 1892, ( Sornborger, No. 183) An abun- dant tree, growing considerably north of Nain. Included with ae a Se Pit 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 95 the two following species in Packard’s list only on the authority of Hooker. *PICEA ALBA, Link. Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 182.) See note under Larzx. *PICEA NIGRA, Link. Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. No. 84). See note under Larzx. +TRIGLOCHIN MARITIMUM, L. Mallijak, July 18, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 107). Reported by Packard from “coast of Labrador ( Dr. Morison ).” Formerly collected at Nain by Lundberg. *HIEROCHLOE BOREALIS, R.S. Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 250). Formerly reported by Macoun ( Cat. Can. Pl. pt. iv. 187 ) from “ Coast of Labrador ( McGzl/ Coll. Herb),’ but not included in his subsequent list (1895 ) nor in Packard’s “Labrador Coast” ( 1891 ). *PHLEUM ALPINUM, L. Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn- borger, No. 283). CALAMAGROSTIS LANGSDORFFII, Trin. Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Aiullik, July 27, 1892 (Sorn- borger Nos. 242, 261). Abundant at Rama before the Eskimo house just above the beach. *AGROSTIS RUBRA, L. - Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Hebron, July, 1896—coll. J7/rs. Fllawatscheck (Sornborger, Nos. 244, 252). *POA LAXA, Henke. Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 257). *POA GLUMARIS, Trin. Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger No. 239). Collected in 1849 on the southern coast of Labrador by Dr. Storer,and in 1860 by Martin and Bryant; also found on the sea-shore at 96 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July Bonne Espérance, Quebec (near the Labrador border), July 26, 1882 (J. A. Allen, No. 24). *PUCCINELLIA ANGUSTATA, Nash (I. marvilima var. minor, Watson). Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 249), abundant on the beach below high water, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sorn- borger, No. 237); Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 238). Also collected at Salmon Bay, Quebec (near the Labrador line), July 28, 1882 (J. A. Allen, No. 27). AGROPYRON VIOLACEUM, Vasey. Rama, Aug, 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger No. 263). +CAREX SALINA, Wahl. Rama, July 15—Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn- borger, No. 271). Formerly collected by /. dA. Allen at Fox Harbor (Labrador ?), and reported by Packard without definite locality. * CAREX MARITIMA, Mull. Mulligan Point, Lake Melville, July 25, 1891 (Lowdotx College Exped. No. 132); near Eskimo Island, Hamilton Inlet, July 14, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 260). +CAREX RARIFLORA, Smith. Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 258); Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 45). Allen’s plant included in Packard’s list is from Bonne Espérance, Quebec. *CAREX GLAREOSA, Wahl. Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 256). Collected at Watsheeshoo, Quebec, July 2, 1882 (Sz Cyr), and at Cape Chudleigh (Rk. LelZ). *CAREX NARDINA, Fries. Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 246.) CAREX CANESCENS, L., var. ALPICOLA, Wahl. Hopedale, Aug 4-6, 1897, Nain, Aug. 4, 1892 (Sornborger, Nos. 259, 269). *LUZULA PARVIFLORA, Desv., var. FASTIGIATA, Buchenau. Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 272). In America not formerly known east of the Rocky Mts. 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 97 *JUNCUS BALTICUS., Willd., var. LITTORALIS, Engelm. Mulligan’s Point, Hamilton Inlet, July 25, 1891 (Lowdozn College Exped. Nos. 130, 131). *JUNCUS TRIFIDUS, L. On the rocky slope of a mountain, not above 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 284). Collected by John A. Allen at Carroll Cove, lat. 51° 40, Aug. 6, 1882 (No. 75). +SMILACINA TRIFOLIA, Desf. Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No- 107); Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 222). Re- ported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. &. Luter.) +MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSE, Desf. ° Makkovik, Aug. 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 219); North West River, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 159). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. R. Butler). +STREPTOPUS AMPLEXIFOLIUS, DC. Red Bay, July 12, Indian Harbor, Aug. 2, Hopedale, Aug. I1, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 46, 199, 247); Mallijak, July 18, 1892 (Sornborger No. 223). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. &. Butler). +CLINTONIA BOREALIS, Kaf. Chateau Bay, July 14, Battle Harbor, July 18, Northwest River, July 27, Red Bay, Sept. 6, 7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Ex- ped. Nos. 80, 108, 158, 293); Pitts Arm, Henley Harbor, Sept. 24, 1892 Sornborger). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. Rk. butler). *IRIS VERSICOLOR, L. Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdon College Exped. No. 106). +HABENARIA OBTUSATA, Rich. Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891 (Lowdozn College Exped. No. 198). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec (S. RX. Butler). 98 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July Myrica GALE, L. Tub Harbor, July 11, 1892, Makkovik, Aug., 1896-—coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, Nos. 69, 68); Mulligan Point, Lake Melville, July 25, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 128). *SALIX BROWNII, Bebb. Low ground, by a brook, Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897, Red Bay, July 4, 1892 (Sornborger, Nos. 13, 24); Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891, Red Bay, Sept. 7, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 77, 197, 291 ); Reported by Macoun from “ Labrador (Morrison)” and “ Nach-- vak and Ford’s Harbor, Labrador (2. Sel)” (Cat. Can. Pl. pt iii. 444, 445, and pt. v. 356), but included in subsequent lists as S. arctica. +BETULA GLANDULOSA, Michx. Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sorndorger, No. 80). Formerly collected at Square Island, Aug. 15, 1882 (/. A. Allen, No. 71) Reported by Packard on the authority of Hooker from the Labrador coast, and from Caribou Island, Quebec (5S. &. Butler). *BETULA NANA, L., var. FLABELLIFOLIA, Hook. Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 76, 105). *RUMEX ACETOSELLA, L. North West river, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 156). *RUMEX SALICIFOLIUS, Weinm. North West river, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 155). *POLYGONUM ISLANDICUM, Meisner ( P. avzculare, L., var. boreale, Lange). Abundant about the houses and on refuse heaps in the Eskimo village, Nain, Aug. 4, 1892 ( Sornborger, No. 81) ap- pearing introduced ; Mulligan Point, Lake Melville, July 25, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. No. 127). Formerly listed by Macoun from Rupert river and the shores of James Bay, but not credited to America by Small in his monograph of the genus. beet Veer eh Srepeg 1899] FFRNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 99 *LYCHNIS AFFINIS, Wahl. Rocky banks of a brook, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sorn- borger, No. 36). Not otherwise positively known from Labra- dor, though formerly reported without locality. *CERASTIUM TRIGYNUM, Vill. Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 201). Formerly collected near Hopedale ( Auz¢h) and at Cape Chudleigh, Aug, 7, 1884( R. Bell). *CERASTIUM ARVENSE, L. Rocky banks of a ravine at an elevation of about 300 m., Rama, Aug. 4-6, 1897, and in coarse slaty detritus a little above high-water mark, beside the pool below a water fall, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, Nos. 204, 203 ). Formerly collected at Hopedale ( Kvuth ) and at Ungava Bay, 1884 ( LZ. W. Turner, No. 4,840 ); and reported by Waghorne from stations in southern Labrador. *STELLARIA MEDIA, Cyrill. Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 219). *STELLARIA LONGIPES, Goldie, var. LAETA, Watson. Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 ( Bowdoin College Exped. No. 221 ). Also reported from L’anse au Loup and Pack’s Harbor by the Rev. A. C. Waghorne. *ARENARIA CILIATA, L., var. HUMIFUSA, Hornem. Individuals isolated, growing on a slope of moist slaty detritus immediately Beleak afield of snow, at an elevation of about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 ( Sornborger, No. 126). Not formerly known in eastern America nearer than Lake Mistassini and the Gaspé mountains. ' ARENARIA VERNA, L. Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker ( Sorn- borger, No. 209). *ARENARIA VERNA, L., var. HIRTA, Watson. Rama, July 15 Aug. 20, 1994, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 208) ;. Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 286). — ee 100 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July *ARENARIA ULIGINOSA, Schleich. “On slaty detritus, Rama, alt. 300 m., Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 150). Its first collection on the American continent. For further discussion and figure see B. L. Robin- son; bot..Gazi Sax Vi TO7e x 1 3 eke oe *SAGINA PROCUMBENS, L. Near sea-level, in moist detritus partially denuded by a mountain stream, Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 207) Not definitely known before north of Newfoundland. *SAGINA NIVALIS, Fries, With the latter (S. procumbens,) Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sorn- borger, No. 207 x). Collected by A. P. Low along the Ungava River in 1896. Otherwise known in America only from Alaska and the higher Rocky Mountains. *THALICTRUM ALPINUM, L. Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (Rev. C. Schmitt). Formerly collected at Cape Chudleigh by #. Bed/. *RANUNCULUS REPENS, L. Square Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 277, 278). *DRABA STENOLOBA, Ledeb. Onaslope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a field of snow, at an elevation of about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, Nos. 61, 175). Not previously recorded east of the Rocky Mountains of British America. *DRABA HIRTA, L., var. ARCTICA, Watson. Rama, July 15-Aug 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn- borger, No. 212). In America formerly known only from Grinnell Land where it was collected by Lzeut. A. W. Greely. *DRABA ALPINA, L. Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (C. Schmitz). Formerly collected at Cape Chudleigh by R. 4el/, Aug. 6, 1884. *DRABA NIVALIS, Lilj. Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (C. Schmitt). Formerly collected at Okak by members of the Unitas Fratrum. —-— = 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 101 *LESQUERELLA ARCTICA, Watson. Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, i894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sorn- borger, No. 59). Not formerly reported nearer than Greely’s station in Grinnell Land. *THLASPI ARVENSE, L. Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891 (Bowdozu College Exped. No. 52). Reported by Waghorne from about houses, Capstan Is- land and Pixware River. : *BRAYA PURPURASCENS, Bunge. Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll Adolf Stecker (Sorn- borger No. 60). Formerly collected on Hudson Straits by 2X. Bell. COCHLEARIA ANGLICA, L. Shores of a small island, Seal Islands, Sandwich Bay, July 6, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 169). Collected by WVartzn on Caribou Island, Quebec, in 1860, and by A/en, in the crevices of rocks, Bonne Espérance and Peroquet Island, Quebec (near the Labrador boundary), July, 1882 (Nos. 58, 57). Also reported by Waghorne from “ Partly Modiste and L’anse au Clair.” *NASTURTIUM TERRESTRE, R. Br. North West River, July 27, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. NiG:..F 33). *CARDAMINE BELLIDIFOLIA, L. Individuals isolated,on a slope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a field of snow, at an elevation of about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 174) ; Ekortiar- suk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30, 1896 (Rev. C. Schmitt), Formerly collected by members of the Unitas Fratrum at Okak, but previously recorded in British America only trom the early collections of Richardson and Drummond, and from two very limited stations in the Selkirk and Rocky Mountains. DROSERA INTERMEDIA, Hayne, var. AMERICANA, DC. Square Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 279). 102 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July *SAXIFRAGA STELLARIS, L., var. COMOSA, Poir. Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1893 (Sornborger, No. 188). Formerly collected at Okak by members of the Unitas Fratrum, andon moist cliffs, Whale Island, Chateau, Aug. 11, 1882 (/. A. Allen, No. 46). *RIBES LACUSTRE, Poir. Red Bay, July 12,1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 30). Reported by Waghorne from L’anse au Clair and L’anse au Mort. Rusus sTRiIGcosus, Michx. Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 (Sornborger, No 223), Collected in southern Labrador in 1849 by Dr. Storer. Reported by Macoun (Cat. Can. Pl. pt. i. 130) from “Coast of Labrador (McG7ll Coll. Herb.),” but not included in his subsequent list. DRYAS OCTOPETALA, L., var. INTEGRIFOLIA, C. & S. Rocky ridge at about 100 m. alt., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger No. 48). This is apparently the plant of the Labrador coast and Anticosti, reported at various times as D. octopetala. Pursh collected it on Anticostias he did also D. Drummond (see specimens in Gray Herb.), but there is little to show that true D octopetala grows on this coast. *POTENTILLA NANA, Willd. Ekortiarsuk, Cape Chudleigh, Aug. 20-30,. 1896 (Rev. C. Schmitt). Reported by Rydberg from Labrador (coll. Kohl- metster). *POTENTILLA RANUNCULUS, Lange. Rocky banks of a mountain brook, alt. 300 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 24x), Its first collection on the American continent. *PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA, L. f., var. MELANOCARPA, Hooker. Webeck Harbor, July 22-24, 1892 (Sornuborger). *PYRUS SAMBUCIFOLIA, C. & S. Aillik, July 27, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 123). ‘deep’ wintahe ee Sf prrcevabiies Vein ethh 1: ane 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 103 *LATHYRUS MARITIMUS, Bigelow, var. ALEUTICUS, Greene, in White, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxi. 450. Growing in the sandy delta of a small river, with Oxyzropzs campestris, DC., var. caerulea, Koch and Astragalus alpinus, L., at a distance of 150 m., from high water and some 6 m., above it, Nain, Aug. 11, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 220). L. maritimns, Bigelow, was not found on this delta, but undoubtedly occurs on the beaches near Nain. Chateau Bay, July 14, 1891, Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891, Hopedale, Aug. 11, 1891 (Bowdotn College Exped. Nos. 58, 92, 223). Formerly collected at Dumplin Har- bor, July, 1864 (B. Pzckman Mann). Probably a common plant. *ERODIUM CICUTARIUM, L’ Her. Beside paths in sandy soil near gardens, Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 148). Apparently introduced. *VIOLA SELKIRKII, Pursh. Beside a mountain brook at slight elevation, Rama, July 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker, (Sornborger No. 101.) Re- ported by the Rev. A. C. Waghorne from Battle Harbor. VIOLA PALUSTRIS, L. Webeck Harbor, July 20-22, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 102). Reported by Waghorne from Battle Harbor and formerly col- lected, with no definite record of locality, by Dr. Bryant. *VIOLA CANINA, L., var. ADUNCA, Gray. By a brook, Rama, Aug. 15, 1892 (Sornborger, No. 104x): Not formerly known east of the Ottawa River. *EPILOBIUM HORNEMANNI, Reichenb. Mallijak, Hamilton Inlet, July 18, 1892 (Sornborger, Nos 91,95); Makkovik, Aug. 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker, Rama, July, 15-Aug. 20, 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, Nos. 92, 90): Formerly collected by members of the Unitas Fratrum at Okak and reported by Waghorne from a number of points on the southern coast. EPILOBIUM ANAGALLIDIFOLIUM, Lam. Growing in compact bunches, on a slope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a field of snow; at an elevation of about 500 m., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 46). 104 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July EPILOBIUM LINEARE, Muhl., var. OLIGANTHUM, Trelease. Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 182); Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897, in moist ground with Sphagnum, Makkvik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger Nos. 47, 93). *“VACCINIUM OVALIFOLIUM, Smith. Red Bay, July 12, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 294) ; Pitts Arm, Henley Harbor, Sept. 24, 1892 (Sornborger). Col- lected by /. A. Allen at Chateau, Aug. 8, 1882, also on Mt. Albert, Gaspé. Recently found by Rev. A. C. Waghorne in Newfoundland, White Bay, Sept. 1891. CHIOGENES SERPYLLIFOLIA, Salisb. Chateau, July 14, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 67). Reported by Packard, on the authority of Hooker, from the Labrador coast. +PRIMULA EGALIKSENSIS, Hornem. Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891 (Bowdozn College Exped. No. 103). Formerly reported from northern Labrador, but Lieut. Turner’s specimens, upon which this report was based, are from Ungava Bay. PLEUROGYNE CARINTHIACA, Griseb., var. PUSILLA, Gray. Eskimo Island, Hamilton Inlet, Aug 26, 1891, Square Island Harbor, Sept. 3, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 276, 283). A rare plant, previously known in Labrador only from Hooker’s report, though well-known from Anticosti, Riviere-du- Loup, and other points near the mouth of the St. Lawrence. *“HALENIA BRENTONIANA, Griseb. Red Bay, Sept. 6 and 7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 2090. JEUPHRASIA LATIFOLIA, Pursh. Makkovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 28); Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 82). *GALIUM TINCORIUM, L., var. LABRADORICUM, Wiegand. In Sphagnum near a brook, Hebron, Sept. 12, 1897 (Sorn- borger, No. 180). Based in part upona Labrador specimen collected by Dr. Storer. a > 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 105 VIBURNUM PAUCIFLORUM, Pylaie. Red Bay, July 12, Webeck, Aug. 4, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. Nos. 34, 204). Red Bay, July 4, 1892, Makkovik, Aug., 1896 (Sornborger, Nos. 41, 40). Formerly collected at Okak (Herb. J]. Gay). Reported by Packard from Caribou Island, Quebec, (S. R. Butler). *ASTER LONGIFOLIUS Lam., var. VILLICAULIS, Gray. Makkovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger No. 163). Not formerly known north of the St. John and Resti- gouche Valleys in New Brunswick. * ASTER PUNICEUS, L., var. OLIGOCEPHALUS, Fernald, n. var. A form of Aster puniceus, which it has been impossible to place with satisfaction, is the plant familiar to botanists who have collected in Tuckerman’s Ravine and Oakes Gulf in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. This White Mountain form has long been known only from that region, but the Bowdoin College party brought back fine specimens from Labrador, though somewhat taller than those from the _ better- ‘known alpine stations. Plants apparently referable to the ‘same form have more recently been collected on the north shore of Lake Superior by G. S. Miller, Jr., and last September on hills at Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, by the Rev. A. C. Wag- thhorne. The plant may be expected, then, to have a much ‘broader range than we yet know. In the outer foliaceous bracts -of the involucre this northern and alpine plant differs from other forms of A. punzceus, but this character is inconstant ; and many heads have the involucre seemingly identical with that of true A. puniceus, showing the plant to be an extreme form of that species rather than a distinct specific type. The plant may be characterized as follows : Stems from 2.5 to 7 dm. high (reduced in alpine specimens), more or less pubescent above, glabrate below: leaves from lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, with conspicuously clasping bases, entire or sparingly appressed-serrate, glabrous or some- what scabrous above, glabrous beneath or sparingly pubescent on the broad midrib: branches of the inflorescence shorter than 106 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July the leaves, bearing few or single large heads (in some alpine specimens the solitary terminal heads sessile): heads often sub- tended by leafy bracts, and with the outer involucral bracts generally broad and foliaceous. LABRADOR, Red Bay, Sept. 7, 1891 (Bowdoin College Exped. No. 288): | NEWFOUND- LAND, hills, Coal river, Bay of Islands, Sept. 14, 1898 (A. C. Waghorne): ONTARIO, Peninsula Harbor, Sept. 16, 1896 (G. S. Miller, jr.): NEW HAMPSHIRE, in the White Mountains near Crystal cascade, entrance to Glen road, July 18, 1891 (G. G. Kennedy); near the Half-way-House, Mt. Washington, Aug. 3, 1898 (Wrs. £. H. Terry); Tuckerman’s Ravine, Aug. 20, 1898 (W. W. Eggleston); Oakes Gulf (Edwin Faxon, E.F. Williams, et al.). . *ANTENNARIA HYPERBOREA, Don. Rama, July 15. Aug. 20. 1894, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornbor- — ger, No. 155). Formerly collected in Labrador by Kohdmerster, and at Okak by members ofthe Unitas Fratrum. *ARTEMISIA BOREALIS, Pall., var. WORMSKIOLDII, Besser. Rocky ledges at about 200 m. alt., Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 62). *PETASITES SAGITTATA, Gray. : Maktovik, Aug., 1896, coll. Adolf Stecker (Sornborger, No. 85). *ARNICA ALPINA, Olin, var. LEssInGII, Torr. & Gray. Banks of a mountain brook, about 100 m. above high water, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 157). Previously re- corded only from the northwest coast of America and adjacent Asia. *SENECIO VULGARIS, L. Beside paths, in moist ground, Hopedale, Aug. 4-6, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 162). *SENECIO PALUSTRIS, Hook. Battle Harbor, July 18, 1891, Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, Aug. 2, 1891, Houlton Harbor, Aug. 19, 1891 (Bowdozn College Exped. Nos. 295, 188, 261): CO r= Nan e rae) 1899] FERNALD-SORNBORGER—LABRADOR FLORA. 107 HIERACIUM VULGATUM, Fries. Rama, 1898, coll. Adolf Stecker. *CREPIS NANA, Richardson. _ Found only ina small outcrop of slate having a vertical cleavage, at about 200 m. above sea-level, covering an area of only 3 square metres, on the side of a mountain, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 86). In British America previously known only from the early collections of Richardson, Parry, and Drummond “on the Copper-mine River” (Richardson in Frank- lin, Ist. Journ. ed. 2, 1823, App. vii. 757); “ Repulse Bay, Five Hawser Bay and Lyon Inlet” (Parry, 2nd. Voyage, 1825, App. 397); “on the slaty debris of the Rocky Mountains (Drwmmond)” (Macoun, Cat. Can. PI. pt. ii. 274). *TARAXACUM OFFICINALE, Weber. On the beach just above high water, at a fall where water casks are frequently filled by the fishermen, Rama, Aug. 20-24, 1897 (Sornborger, No. 64). Possibly introduced. Reported from Battle Harbor by Waghorne. NOTES ON FRESH-WATER POLYZOA. By WALTER S. ODELL. The term Polyzoa or Bryozoa embraces a very large number of microscopic animals mostly marine, but to a smaller extent found in fresh water. It is only with the fresh-water species we have to deal in this paper. The question will be asked what are Polyzoa? They are aciass of molluscoidea including minute animals, which by budding form compound colonies.” Bryozoa is the name applied to the same class by many zoologists. Polyzoa are so called from the fact that the animals which constitute them live together in colonies in large numbers. They are not all microscopic. Most of them are readily distinguished with the naked eye, but require a pocket lens or a microscope to reveal furthcr details. They vary much 108 THE OTTawA NATURALIST. [July n size, from that of a pea, to several feet in diameter [a speci- men measuring one foot in diameter was found in Patterson’s Creek just above Elgin St. bridge.] Each individual of a colony is called a Polypide. It is a very beautiful object under the microscope, most delicate in structure and transparent. Whenever disturbed the polypide retracts quickly into its case or coencecrum. Altogether it forms one of the most interesting classes of objects formed in fresh water. Fresh-water Polyzoa are very generally distributed in the ponds and slow-moving streams, and lake shores above Ottawa, and the wonder is that their beauty has not long ago been found out. No systematic study of the Fresh-water Polyzoa has as yet been made in this district. Dr A. C. Stockes in his “Aquatic Microscopy” p. 237 makes the following statement. “ Their Eeauty is so exquisite, so delicate, so refined in its comeliness and grace, that no descrip- tion could be too extravagant when applied to the charming little creatures. Nature was never in a better mood than when she began the developement of the Polyzoa, so she fashioned them with care.” Seven genera of Fresh-water Polyzoa have been found and described in the United States of America, as follows :— Plumatella, Fredericella, Paludicella, Cristatella, Pectina- tella, Urnatella, Lophopus. In America, Lophopus has only been recorded from two localities having been found in California, and at Trenton, N. J. Polyzoa are usually found attached to some submerged object, a piece of board, weed, stump or stone. An exception to this is the species referred to, Cristatella, which moves more or less slowly from place to place. Young zooids after leaving the egg swim freely for a short time, and then become attached to some object, to which they then adhere till death. Certain forms prefer the sunlight while others are only found in shady places and others still, thrive on the under or dark side of sticks; boards or stones. Decription of species found at Ottawa. tants mee 1899 | ODELL—-FRESHWATER POLYZOA. 109. (1) PLUMATELLA REPENS, L. The colonies of Plumatella are formed of sheaths or coverings called ccencecia which the polypides secrete, and appear as brownish tubes’ branching like tiny trees or seaweeds, extending over a surface measuring some- times several square feet. [here are two modes of attachment in these colonies: (@) where the lower portion of the stem is fixed and the remainder of the branch floats freely: (6) when the whole branch is closely adherent or creeping on the sub- merged object. At the extremity of each branch a polypide protrudes, exposing the lophophore or plume-like organ (hence the name Plumatella). The polypides quickly retreat on the slightest alarm or disturbance, and remain in their sheaths until quite satisfied that the cause is removed. “ The body of the polypide* is a transparent membraneous sac with a lophophore (horse-shoe shaped in this genus), on which are arranged the tentacles. Each tentacle is capable of independent motion, is ciliated on both sides, and is the only means the polypide has of receiving impressions. The mouth is at the fore end, the rest of the body being concealed in a brown sheath or ccencecium. The mouth has on one border a tongue-like organ called the Epistome, which can close the open- ing, and prevent the escape of food. Extending from the mouth to the stomach is the cesophagus. The stomach is a widened tube, conspicuous by its contents. It is suspended in the hollow body, and is bathed by a colorless fluid which fills the body cavity and extends to the hollow tentacles. The stomach is followed by a tubular intestine which curves forward, opening on the lophophore.” The polypide has no heart nor circulatory system. The body has a beautifully developed muscular system, which enables it to move freely and rapidly. One set of mus- cles everts the body, another set is used in expanding the various tentacles of the lophophore ; and another set supports the body * Dr. A. C. Stockes in ‘‘ Aquatic Microscopy ” p. 242. 110 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July while the lophophore is thus expanded. Another set of muscles assist in closing the opening of the ccencecium, when the body is withdrawn ; or are attached to the stomach, which assist that organ in its functions. Plumatella repens feeds on infusoria and small algz which are drawn into the mouth by the currents created by the cilia attached to the tentacles. These cilia have an upward move- ment on one side of the tentacles and a downward one on the other. Reproduction occurs in two modes : (a) by budding, (4) by statoblasts or winter eggs. Reproduction by budding merely increases the number of individuals in each colony, whilst re- production by statoblasts assists in forming new colonies. Statoblasts are flattened discs, round or oval, formed within the body, and escape after the death of the polypide when the whole colony disintegrates. Statoblasts.are dark brown in colour and have an outer ring called the Axnulus, formed of hexagonal cells. Others have barbed hooks along the margin. Statoblasts are excellent criteria for distinguishing one genus from another, or the different species of each genus. Locality and habitat. Abundant on logs, sticks, stones in Patterson’s Creek and in pits at Odell’s Brick Works where the largest colony observed was found on a piece of board five feet long and ten inches wide entirely covering the under surface with innumerable colonies of this species. August 1898. FREDERICELLA REGINA, Leidy. This species is found growing with the preceding, which, it resembles somewhat in appearance. It is dendritic in form, of a light brown color, and usually attached by the trunk, the branches being mostly free. It covers a smaller area than- Plumatella and is readily distinguished from itbyits characteristic circular or oval lophophore, that of the former being horse-shoe- shaped. The tentacles are few in number, generally nineteen, and arranged on the crest ina single row. Contrary to the statement made by Hyatt and other workers on Polyzoa, Fred- ericella regina found at Ottawa was found in nearly every 4 eq s'r 1899] - ODELL—FRESHWATER POLYZOA. ITI case in’ the sunlight instead of in the shade, attached to sub- merged or floating weeds. The statoflasts of Fredericella are distinguished from those of all others in having no annulus, In shape they are veinform, and are destitute of spines. Locality and habitat. Very commonin the Rideau River above Hog’s Back in a small bay west side of the locks, attached to stems of Myrzophyllum spicatum ; also in Patterson’s Creek near Elgin street bridge on Heteranthera, Also obtained during the winter on stems of Anacharzs Canadensis from clay pits in Odell’s Brick Works, Ottawa East, July, 1898. PALUDICELLA EHRENBERGII, Van Beneden. “These colonies may always be distinguished from all other tube-making Polyzoa by their jointed appearance, each cell being club-shaped. The colonies are irregularly branched and are built up of a single row of cells placed end to end, the narrow end or handle of the club being attached to the broad end of the cell immediately behind it. The opening through which the polypide protrudes its circular lophophore is at one side of the broad end of each cell and near the top.”* No statoblasts of Paludicella have been discovered ; reproduction is effected by budding. Unlike other genera of Fresh-water Polyzoa, it has Hibernacula or winter quarters for the resting buds, which correspond with the statoblasts of other genera. “At the approach of spring the bud becomes covered with a horny sheath, thus preserving it till the following spring.” The bud then splits vertically after which the young is developed in the usual way.’+ The tentacles of this genus are sixteen. Locality and habitat. This is by far the rarest form of Fresh Water Polyzoa found at Ottawa. Three colonies were obtained on stones only. In the little rapids above Billings’ Bridge, Rideau River ; also at Hurdmans Bridge, same stream ; and in the shallow above the rapids at the Canadian Pacific Ry., bridge, Rideau River, Aug. 1898. *Dr. A. C. Stockes ‘* Aquatic Microscopy ” p. 249. +‘ Ponds and Rock Pools” p. 132. Scherren Hy. tiZ THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July CRISTATELLA ID&, -Leidy. Colonies of this genus are oval in shape, flat on the under side and convex on the upper side, with the polypides in rows all around, except along the centre of adult specimens, where statoblasts are to be seen, Individuals of this genus after emerging from the statoblast, form a small lump or mass of jelly semi-transparent in colour, and usually pear-shaped, In the adult form it is not unlike a hairy caterpillar, owing to the pres- ence of numerous buds which proceed from the ectoderon. By budding, the colony grows rapidly in length (but not in breadth) till it reaches a length of two or three inches, when it measures a quarter of an inch in breadth. A specimen found in the Rideau canal on a sunken barge measured four inches in length, This form differs from all others in two particulars, (@) in having powers of locomotion ; (@) in preferring sunlight during life. Cristatella moves very slowly, covering a length of about one inch per day. By carefully marking off certain spaces on. the object on which it rests, the distance travelled can easily be ascertained. The polypide of this species has many points of resemblance to Plumatella. The tentacles are about eighty in number. The statoblasts of Cristatella consist of rounded flat- tened discs, which have the margin covered with two rows of doubly barbed hooks resembling anchors, Locality and habitat. Occurs on stones at little rapids on Rideau River above Billings’ Bridge ; also on stones at. Hurd- man’s Bridge, Rideau River; in Patterson’s Creek, Ottawa, be- tween the Bank street and Elgin street bridges on blades of submerged grass ; also on beam of a sunken barge on Rideau canal at Bronson’s wharf. October 1808. PECTINATELLA MAGNIFICA Leidy. “The reproductive and vital energies of the group reach their climax in the voluptuous beauty and endless multiplication of the ccencecia in Pectinatella.”* “The colonies of this class *Hyatt ‘* Observations on Polyzoa” p. 12. oe oP a ” 9 ¥e 1899] ODELL—FRESHWATER POLYZOA. 113 are surrounded by a thick jelly-like material, from which the polypides protrude, and into which they retreat. These jelly- masses are usually colourless and semi-transparent, or tinged a pale red. They are to be found adherent to sticks or any water- soaked object, and vary in size from half an inch to several feet in diameter.” “The jelly is formed by the polypides, and is in reality a collection of protective cells or chambers, the huge masses often being the result of the increase in the numbers of the polypides inhabiting them...... A single polypide begins the cluster, it becomes two by a process of budding, the bud finally becoming another polypide, secreting more jelly, budding in its turn, so that the community may in the end contain num- berless members. The colour of the polypides is usually a pale red or flesh tint,’* “and being in countless profusion in the jelly- mass, are crowded together and become compressed into irregu- lar hexagons in outline.” The lophophore is horseshoe-shaped, having from sixty to eighty tentacles. Towards the end of summer the polypides mature and die, leaving the statoblasts adhering to the surface of the jelly-mass. These statoblasts are often in such large numbers as to be conspicuous to the eye. They have a single row of barbed hooks, averaging fifteen in number, proceeding from the outer edge of the annulus. Mature statoblasts of Pectinatella and Cristatella while in the body of the polypide, are inclosed in a transparent matrix or yolk. Some statoblasts of P. magnifica collected from the Rideau canal in September, ’98, hatched in an aquarium, in March, 1899, but only lived two weeks. Locality and habitat. Ona submerged stump in Patter- son’s Creek (Rideau canal) near Elgin street bridge. Sept. 1808. *Stockes ‘‘Aquatic Microscopy,” pp. 238-240. i114 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. July REVIEWS. THE GOLD MEASURES OF NOVA SCOTIA AND DEEP MIN- ING, by E. R. Faribault, B. A. Sc., Geol Survey of Canada.— II pp. with two maps and anumber of illustrative sections. Paper read before the Canadian Mining Institute,March, 1899. In this very valuable addition to the literature of Economic Geology Mr. Faribault presentsin a most concise and readable form his conclusions as to the mode of occurrence of gold.in Nova Scotia. Dealing first with the extent of the gold measures, Mr. Faribault estimates that they cover 5,000 square miles. They consist of an upper or state group, two miles in thickness and a lower or quartzite group, 3 miles in thickness and are probably of lower cambrian age. Since their deposition on a sea floor they have been very uniformly folded into a series of anticlines and synclines roughly parallel with the coast line. The auriferous quartz veins have been deposited at the summit of these anti- clines and along certain lines on either side of and parallel to the axes and their deposition has been due to the loosening and opening up of the strata along the planes of sedimentation. Though the original bedding in these rocks is masked by a uniform cleavage subsequently developed, Mr. Faribault has been able, by close structural work in the field, to fix accurately the anticlines and twenty-one domes or cross undulations affecting the anticlines and defining the occurrence of payable reefs. Although granitic intrusions are common they have occurred subsequent to the filling of the gold veins and in no way affect their richness. Mr. Faribault’s theories as to the position and extent of the pay steaks and his advice as to the lines along which deep mining should be prosecuted must be of the greatest value to the practical miner, and his comparison of the Nova Scotia district with that of Bendigo, Australia in the matter of deep mining is most instructive and encouraging. The paper altogether is most valuable and exemplifies in the clearest manner the necessity of good structural work, carried out in a scientific way, in the development of a mining district. | | | : 1899] REVIEWS. . 115 WACHSMUTH AND SPRINGER’S MONOGRAPH ON CRINOIDS. In his delightful review* of Wachsmuth and Springer’s monograph on Crinoids” Prof. F. A. Bather proposes that for all crinoids, pinnulate or non-pinnulate, in connection with the successive series of brachials, the following terms be used, urging that all writers on crinoids should agree in this matter. They are as follows: Primibrachs ‘I Br.) ; Secundibrachs (II Br.) ; Tertibrachs (III Br.) ; Quartibrachs (I1V Br.). It is to be hoped that the above terms will be employed by future writers of descriptions of crinoids. The concession made by Prof Bather in this matter not only deserves commendation but tends to establish uniformity in terminology. Prof. Bather further dis- cusses the morphological part of the Monograph, the quinque- partite character of stems of the larger number of Lower Paleo- zoic crinoidea, the cirri of Paleozoic crinoids, radials and compound radials, basals and infra basals,the course of the axial nerve cords in certain crinoids and the “Law of Wach- smuth and Springer” as interpreted and proposed by Prof. Bather. the fusion of basals as well as notes on the corms, ovals and tubes. The last notice of Prof. Bather deals with the System Cameratato which is ajpended an obituary notice of Prof. Wachsmuth with the Bibliography of that writer. GEOLOGICA BIBLIOGRAPHIA. The Geological Survey of Belgium has recently issued a series of very important volumes entitled Azbhographia Geolo- gica. These volumes are prepared according to the approved decima! classification of Melvil Dewcy and form part 549-559 of the BAzbhographia Universalis of Dr. G. Simoens. Michel Mourlon of Brussells, director of the Geological Survey of Belgium,has charge of the 4zblographea Geologica and it is a work of paramount importance to working geologists. The volumes contain about 400 pages each and give some 6,000 titles of publications in geology, paleontology, mineralogy and _pre- historic a cheology. These may be obtained, Mons. Mourlon writes, from Hayez, 112, Louvain street, Brussells, Belgium. =F. A. Lather, in. Geol. Mag. New Series, Dec. IV, Vol.V, London, Eng., 1898. 116 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [July PALAZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. The following is a brief ennumeration of the leading pale- ontological notes and references bearing on Canada, and con- tained in the “Szmmary report of the Geological Survey department for 1898” by the Director, Dr. Dawson. (a2) On mammoth and musk-ox remains from the “Saskatche- wan” gold-bearing gravels of the Edmonton district, Alberta, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, pp. 19 and 20. (6) List of fossil organic remains from the “altered gray slates with shaly bands” from six miles west of Canterbury station along the St. Andrews and Woodstock branch of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Silurian species recognised by DrsHt MeeAmip: “1376 (c) Silurian fossils recorded from Burnt Island, Manitoulin Island, Take Huron the nearest outcrop of fossiliferous limestone to the Duck Islands, by H. M. Ami, p. 179. (2) Notes on general results obtained from a_palzontological survey of numerous outcrops in the counties of Colchester, Cumberland, Pictou, Antigonish, Kings and Hauts in Nova Scotia, by H. M. Ami, pp. 180-182. (e) Reptilian remains from the Belly river and Laramie formations of the North West Territories of Canada, by Mr. L. M. Lambe, pp. 184-190. H. M. AMI. Ottawa June, 1899. CLUB EXCURSION. The first general excursion of the club was to Chelsea on June 3rd ; between 250 and 300 members and their friends were in attendance. The leaders pres2nt were: Geology, Mr. W. J. Wilson ; Botany, Mr. D. A. Campbell and Mr. J. M. Macoun ; Entomology, Dr. Jas. Fletcher ; Conchology, Mr F. R. Latch- ford; Ornithology, Miss Harmer and Mr, W.- T. Macoun; Zoology, Prof. Macoun, Mr. A. Halkett and Mr. W. S. Odell, The president’s prize--Miss Lounsberry’s “A Guide to the Wild Flowers ”—-for the largest collection of plants was won by Miss Kingston, while Miss D. Fletcher secured the Club’s prize —Mrs. Parson’s “How to Know Ferns”—for the greatest number of named species. | Addresses were delivered at the close of the afternoon by Prof. Macoun, Dr. Fletcher and Mr. Halkett. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, AUGUST, 1899. No. 5. PaetkRA LIMITAL INSECTS FOUND AT OTTAWA: By W. HacueE HarrinocrTon, F. R. S. C. Read 21st February, 1899. The tracing out of the geographical distribution of plants and animals is one of the most important and, at the same time, one of the most fascinating studies of a naturalist. In the investigation of the complex problems which are therein encountered, a society such as the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club may render very valuable assistance, by the publication of accurate floral and faunal lists, and of exact records of the occurrence and life histories of the various species studied by its members. The commonplace Ottawa citizen, especially if he be a property holder, observes with pride and pleasure the steady expansion of the city, and the corresponding increase of its population. The Ottawa naturalist, on the contrary, notes with deep regret his former haunts invaded and laid waste, and monotonous blocks of buildings rapidly covering the ground where so recently the forest flourished. The so-called march of improvement unfortunately means to him the disappearance of his happy hunting grounds; the cutting down of woodland monarchs, the draining of lush swamps and the production of barren uniformity where erstwhile plentiful diversity obtained. The evolution of our country from a forest region to an ~ agricultural and commercial district, not only in the immediate neighbourhood but over the areas spreading oceanward in every direction, produces important and easily recognized alterations in our flora and fauna. As the untutored savage vanishes before the civilization for which he is not prepared, so many of our native animals and Issued August 11th, 1899. 118 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ Augu st plants disappear and are replaced by intruders from afar. The primeval forest perishes ; its larger denizens are slaughtered or driven away, and the plants and animals that remain are such as can best adapt themselves to the changed conditions of the land. Many persons may recognize these self-assertive changes and still not stop to think that our insect fauna and even those smaller forms of life that delight the microscopist are also similarly affected by the far-spread improvements or disturb- ances of the landscape. Yet a moment’s consideration will suffice to show that such is actually the result. An insect may be able to exist only upon a single species of plant, and the destruction of that host-plant involves the disappearance of its guest. Or, the actual change in physical conditions may equally well bring about a change in the insect life. The draining of aswamp and its gradual con- version into dry woods or open fields necessitate the with- drawal of those species which require a cold moist habitat, and correspondingly tend to create conditions favourable for forms from more southern localities. These changes go on steadily year after year whether we notice them or not, and the destruc- tion of the forest, the cultivation of the land, the pasturing of flocks and herds, and ever expanding commerce accelerate the alterations in insect population. Our indigenous insects are supplanted by prolific and vigorous forms from lands where evolution has fitted them to successfully overcome the disadvan- tages of man’s society and solicitudes. The species whose food plants are destroyed, and which are unable to assimilate the new order of vegetation, disappear, accompanied by many of their parasitic and predatory associates. Replacing them come insects from near or afar, especially those thoroughly domesti- cated forms which follow man wherever he pitches his tent or builds his shack. In a discussion of the insect population as it now appears to our collectors, a difficulty arises at the start in our inability, in many instances, to distinguish between the descendants of the nue mh he 1898] HARRINGTON = EXTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 119g original fauna and late intruders. A considerable proportion of our insects belongs to a boreal fauna which is more or less circumpolar in its distribution, and of which many species pass with little or no change of facies through the northern regions cf Europe, Asia and America. In regard to such forms it is consequently often impossible to declare positively whether they belong to the original fauna or have been introduced since the colonization of the country. There are, however, many species whose progress hither can be retraced successfully by the records in entomological or agricultural publications. The times and methods of their arrival are varied and numerous, and any full discussion of them would be long, and to many wearisome. Some, our settlers have carried among their goods and chattels or even upon their persons, while many have come with their beasts and fowls. Other forms living in less close communion with mankind have worked their own passage hither afoot or awing. Some come borne across long leagues of land and water by the winds ; a few possibly upon the floods, although as our streams flow usually to the east and south the currents are mainly against the oncomers. In these latter days of swift and universal transit, when Ottawa is a great and growing railway centre, they hasten to us both by freight and passenger trains. They are introduced with our animals, our plants, our provi- sions, with merchandise of divers sorts, and in ways innumcrable. and unexpectcd. A large proportion come as immigrants to occupy and possess the land and to multiply their kind therein ; others are tourist visitors making summer excursions which terminate generally in their premature death through cold or the lack of proper nourishment. , In addition to the species which have been introduced from abroad, we may consider perhaps as extra-limital insects certain indigenous forms which occur but rarely, or under special conditions. Such for example are the butterflies 7hecla Augus- tus Kirby, Thecla triclarts Hub. and Chronobas Jutta. These butterflies have been captured in the Mer Bleue, but are species 120 THE Orrawa NATURALIST. August having their metropolis, or region best suited fo their full and regular development, much further northward. Examples of such forms occur in little out-lying colonies, whose ancestors found in their prehistoric wanderings a suitable habitat. or survived in more and more restricted isolation as the surround- ing country became unfitted through climatic changes for the continuance of the species. Without waiting to consider such, all too-common, insects as the cheerful House-fly, the industrious Clothes-moth, the “ Tumpem-quick ” and the “ Walkem-slow,” with numerous other crawling and creeping domestic pets and pests which, like the poor, are always with us, mention will be made of a few of the more noticeable species which within more or less recent years have come hither as permanent residents or as occasional visitors. Commencing with the Lepidoptera there is, familiar to everyone, the common White Cabbage Butterfly, Pverzs Rope Linn, the caterpillars of which devour voraciously the succulent cabbages and cauliflowers of the kitchen-garden, or the fragrant mignonette of the flower plots. This butterfly came to America by way of Quebec about the year 1859 and has since that date become widely distributed across the continent. As the Europeans dispossessed the native Americans so this immi- grant from across the Atlantic has become our most common species and has almost supplanted our native white butterfly, Pieris oleracea Har, and the last Entomological News (vol. x, p. 46) records a similar displacement of the species as far west as Salt Lake City. An occasional visitor from across the line is A/etza argillacea Hub., the famous Cotton Moth of the Southern States, whose numerous and industrious progeny reduce by several million dollars annually the product of the plant from which is obtained such an important article of commerce, and one so necessary to the comfort of mankind. The moth is of moderate size, expand ing scarcely one and one-half inches, and is soberly coloured ;. the front wings tawny or olivaceus with a few irregular trans- 1899] HARRINGTON—ENXNTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 121 verse markings and a small oval eye-spot; the hind wings are pale greyish; when at rest it is quite inconspicuous. Dr. Riley in his report upon Cotton Insects, has stated that this species “is probably indigenous to South America and isan introduced insect in the United States,” where its appearance was first recorded in 1793. For a century it has levied toll, reaching thirty million dollars in some years, upon the cotton plantations, but fortunately its caterpillars will not feed upon any other plant, and its depredations are thus confined to the Cotton Belt. Unlike the larvae, the moths are more catholic in their tastes especially in the matter of sweets, and not content with rifling the nectaries of different plants they do considerable injury to fruits. Dr. Riley says that :—‘ Frequently the fig crop is com- pletely destroyed in some sections of the cotton belt, as is also the August crop of peaches. The moths have also been known to feed on apples, gra: es. melons and the jujube.” This aptitude for a more savory diet than cotton permits the moths to earn a living almost anywhere, and accounts’ perhaps for their occasional appearance so many hundred miles from the scenes of their earlier labours. It is, however, possible that the speci- mens which occur here, perfectly fresh and unrubbed, have been reared upon some other plant in more northerly regions. In October, 1880, the moths occurred quite abundantly in this city > I captured many individuals at rest upon different buildings, and the following year I found it both at Hull and Aylmer. While these autumn arrivals of Aletia do not survive our winters nor propagate their species here, there is another resident of the cotton fields that apparently is able to do so and which may therefore become a permanent and unwelcome colonist. This is a somewhat large moth, known as the Boll worm, Feltothus aruugera Hub., which in portions of the cotton-grow- ing region is almost more dreaded than the Cotton Moth itself. The species is distributed over a large portion of the world and has been observed in Canada for a score of years." It has a varied -menu, including such very important plants as corn and tomatoes, In the ears of the former and the fruit of the latter the cater- 122 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ August pillars burrow as they do in the cotton bolls, and to some people the idea of a large fat grub busily at work within would spoil the taste of the largest and gayest tomato. Of the naany enemies of the fruit grower, one has been so long with us that we almost forget that it is not native to the soil. This is the destructive Codling Moth, Carpocapsa pomonella, recognized in America as early as 1819 and whose progeny one often finds snugly domiciled in the rosy-cheeked apple when it is eaten, resulting at times in the biter being bitten. This is by no means an insect new to science as wormy apples as said to be referred to in literature two thousand years old; when the fruit was presumably much less luscious and tempting than it is at present. Indeed we may reasonably assume that the first green apples with which the children of the cave-dwellers shar- pened their teeth, already harboured the retiring and gentle grub. Occasionally specimens have been captured in Ottawa of an unusually large and handsome moth named Evebus odora. The occurrence ofthis fine insect so far north is both remarkable and puzzling, as it isan inhabitant of the West Indies and Central America, and it seems scarcely possible that individuals, even aided by favourable winds, could accomplish such long flights without becoming very much travel-worn ; yet the speci- mens observed have been in good condition. Of Hymenoptera quite a number of species have come to us; of which probably the most important is the Honey Bee, Apis mellifica L., who labours during the hot Canadian summers to increase the sweets of our existence, but whose manifest virtues we will not stop to discuss. There are also several ob- noxious forms belonging to the group known as Saw-flies, which ~ have caterpillar-like larve. The blushing rose, that universal symbol of beauty and fragrance, among the many foes that stale and wither its infinite variety numbers three species of saw-flies, all of which, there is good reason to believe, are from over the ocean. Afonostegia rose Harris has been known in America since ~ : : Rie ae 5 1841, Emphytus cinctus Linn., since 1867 and Cladius fectinicornts Se a ee 1899] HARRINGTON EXTRA LIMITAL INSECTS. 123 Fourc. since 1880. ¢ 168 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. | October VERBASCUM BLATTARIA, L. Roadsides, Mira Bay, Cape Breton Island, N. S. (John Ma- coun.) Not recorded east of Ontario. These specimens are the sub- species V. virgatum, with very glandular shortly decurrent upper leaves, and pedicels shorter than the calyx. PEDICULARIS CAPITATA, Adams. Moose Mountain, Elbow River, Rocky Mountains, alt. 7,000 ft., 1897. Herb, No. 19,916. (john Macoun.) Mountains near Lac Brulé, Athabasca River, Alta. Herb. No. 19,917, 1898. (W. Spreadborough.) Not before recorded from Rocky Mountains, or south of the Arctic Circle in Canada. PLANTAGO ERIOPODA, Torr. var. CYLINDRICA, Maligne River, Athabasca River, Alberta, July 6th, 1898. Herb. No. 20,073. (W. Spreadborough. \A span high, leaves and scape pubescent, spike #-114 inch long, cyclindrical. This is pro- bably P. lanceolata, var. B., Hook, FI., vol. ii, p. 123, and very likely a good species. MyricA CAROLINENSIS, Mill, M. cerifera, Macoun, Cat. Can. Plants, vol. 1, p. 435. Common on Prince Edward Island, Cape Breton Island and in parts of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. J. ceréfera is not found north of Maryland, U. S. Larix LYALuI, Parlat. Between Kootanie Lake and the St. Mary’s River watershed, B. C., at altitudes between 6,500 to 7,000 feet, or a little more, 1898. (Samuel S. Fowler.) Western limit. Lititum CoLUMBIANUM, Hanson. Tete Jaune Cache, headwaters of Fraser River, Rocky Moun- tains, 1898. (W. Spreadborough.) Northern and eastern limit. LySICHITON KAMTSCHATCENSE, Schott. Wet woods near Canoe River, western slope of Rocky Moun- tains in Lat. 53°. 1889. (W. Spreadborough.) Eastern and, in that part of Canada, northern limit. a sot aaa lll 1899] Macoun—Canap1an Botany. 169 Scripus RuFus, (Huds.) Schrad. Marshes on summit of Smoky Mountain, Cape Breton Island, N. S., 1898. (John Macoun.) Not before recorded from Nova Scotia. SCIRPUS SUBTERMINALIS, Torr. In Fresh-water Pond, North Ingonish, and summit of Smoky Mountain, Cape Breton Island, N. S., 1898. (/ohn Macoun.) Not recorded from Nova Scotia. CAREX COSTELLATA, Britt. Edge of willow thickets near St. Catherines, Ont., 1808. (W. C. McCalla.) The only Canadian specimens we have seen. CAREX CRAWEI, Dewey. Damp meadows, Baddeck, (Herb. No. 20,810), and Smoky Mountain, (Herb. No. 20,811), Cape Creton Island, N. S,, 1808. (John Macoun.) Not before recorded from Nova Scotia. ERAGROSTIS CAPILLARIS, Nees. : A weed in a peach orchard, near St. Catherines, Ont., 1808. (W. C. McCalla.) New to Canada. GLYCERIA VILLFOIDEA, Fries. Near Prince George’s Sound, Hudson Strait, 1897. (Dr. R Bell.) Very abundant on saline mud, St. Paul Island, Behring Sea. (J. M. Macoun.) Not betore recorded except from Green- land. ASPIDIUM OREOPTERIS, Swartz. Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island, August, 1897. (/. &. Anderson.) One of our rarest ferns and not before collected on Vancouver Island. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM Swartz. Var. SCOPULINUM, D. C. Eaten. Amongst rocks near the sea, Texada Island, Gulf of Georgia, B. C., Aug. 1897. (/. R. Anderson.) Not before found in Canada west of Province of Quebec, but collected in Washington, U. S. WoopWARDIA RADICANS, Smith. Var. AMERICANUM, Hook. Rich soil amongst hummocks, Texada Island, Gulf of Geor- gia, Aug. B. C. 1897. (/. R. Anderson.) New to Canada. 170 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [ October NOTES ON A STROMATOPOROID FROM THE HUDSON RIVER FORMATION OF ONTARIO. By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S. LaBECHIA HuRONENSIS, Billings, sp. Stenopora Huronensis, Billings, 1865. Pal. Fossils, vol. 1, p. 185. Tetradium Huronense, Foord (in parte). 1883. Contr. to Can. Cambro-Sil, micro-pal., p. 25, pl. vii, figs. 1, 1a. Labechia ohtoensts, Nicholson, 1885, Mon. Brit. Strom. p. 32, — footnote and pl. 0, figs. 1 and 2. : Labechia montifera, Ulrich. 1886. Contr. to Am. Pal., vol. 1, — p- 33, pl. ul, figs. 9, ga. Labechia ohioensts, Nicholson, 1886. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. prs: : There are in the Museum of the Geological Survey a number _ of specimens of a Labechia, from Cape Smyth, Lake Huron, { collected by Doctor R. Bell in 1859. These specimens were de- ~ scribed by Mr. Billings in 1865 in the Paleozoic Fossils, vol. 1, under the name Stenopora Huronensts. In one of his papers in the ‘‘Contributions to Canadian Cam- bro-Silurian Micro-paleontology,” Mr. A. H. Foord states that having made a microscopical examination of Stenopora Huronensis, Bill., he finds that it belongs to the genus Tetradium. Mr. Foord gives an amended description of this species as he understands it, but unfortunately includes in it two distinct forms, under the name Tetradium Huronense. The specimens represented on plate vil, fig. 1, of Foord’s paper consists of a Labechia, the minute structure of which is well preserved, incrusting a small mass of Tetradium fibratum, Safford. The original of figure ta is a small portion only of a large mass of the Zabechta measuring nearly 5 % inches across. These specimes figured by Foord were those used by Billings in describing Stenopora Huronensts and are still in the museum of the Survey. The structure is clearly shown on polished surtaces in both specimens proving beyond doubt that ee ee La ee ea \, eee Oe peed tek on, ee ee 1899} LAMBE—STROMATOPOROID FORMATION. 171 the fossils belong to the genus Zabechza, incrusting, in the first in- stance, and massive in the second. Dr. Nicholson’s description of Labechia ohioensis is based upon specimens obtained by him at Waynesville, Ohio, and the Cape Smyth specimens of Stenopora Huronensis, Bill., collected by Dr. R. Bell* in 1859. Dr. Nicholson states that in the Cape Smyth specimens the structure is much better preserved than in those from Ohio. He also mentions (p. 14, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.) that Mr. Foord had drawn his attention to the fact that ** some of the appearances which he describes as_ characterizing Tetraduim huronense, Bill., sp. are really due to the fact that the specimens of this coral which he examined were covered with a crust of Labechia ohioensts.”’ The same specimens are thus seen to have been used for the description of Stenopora Huronensis, Bill., Tetsaduim Huronense, Foord, and Labechia ohtoensts, Nich., with, in the case of ohzoensis the addition of the Waynesville specimens, so that these names are synonymous. The writer is of the opinion with Dr. Nicholson, that Professor Ulrich’s Z. montzfera (op. cit.) is specifically the same as ZL. ohzo- ensis ‘udging from the figure preceding the description of the for- . mer and from the two figures of its structure which are stated to have been made from microscopical drawings of a specimen from Waynesville, Ohio. It would seem therefore that Nicholson’s and Ulrich’s species are identical with Billings’s species. As the fossils described by Billings are not referable to the genus Stenopora, Lonsdale, but to Labechia, Milne-Edwards and Haime, they should be known by the name Labechia Huronensis, Bill. * In Dr. Nicholson’s description of Z. ohioensis, (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. p. 145.) Mr. A. H. Foord is incorrectly stated to have been the collector of the Cape Smyth specimens. i72 THe OtTtrawa NATURALIST. [ October ENTOMOLOGY. WORM-SNAKES AND SNAKE-WORMS. Upon rare occasions and at long intervals, the field-naturalist in his rambles comes across a strange grayish old-rope-like object lying on the ground but moving forward very slowly and bearing a remarkable resemblance to some strange kind of snake. These ” are known as ‘‘worm-snakes”’ and are made up of myriads of the grayish or leaden-coloured larvz called ‘‘snake-worms ” which are the maggots of certain gnats belonging to the genus Sczara. These gnats are superficially somewhat like mosquitoes but have much more conspicuous antennez, and have also the important difference of habit that they do not bite. The maggots of several kinds of these gnats have gregarious habits and some may be found in dense masses under the bark of trees. When full-grown the snake-worms are about 3 of an inch long and a little thicker than an ordinary pin, of a dirty white colour, tapering slightly to each end and with a tiny black shining head. When about to change to the pupa state, they congregate in vast numbers, form processions and migrate, sometimes long distances, in search of a suitable place to complete their transformations. The following interesting account of one of these curious mi- grations is written by our correspondent, Mr. T. N. Willing, of Sylvan Glade, Olds, Alberta: ‘‘ While at Prince Albert on the 2oth of July last, my attention was called to a very strange sight. At first glance it appeared like a snake about five feet long, which tapered from the head to the tail and moved slowly. along the ground. Upon closer examination this rope-like object proved to be composed of a vast number of whitish larve, of which I am sending you some samples in alcohol. These larve had moved in a body about 30 feet from where their trail was first seen, issuing from underneath a wood pile. They all kept together in the form of a snake, the head being about half an inch thick, one and a half inches wide, and two incheslong. From this head the body tapered from one inch wide down to a single larva. Upon draw-_ ing a stick across the body of this snake of worms, so as to scat- ter them, they immediately closed up again and completed the con- tinuity of the mass. I enquired the next day what had become of as : re —_— ae ee 1899| FLETCHER—WORM-SNAKES AND SNAKE-WoRMS. 173 this curious object and was told that the larve had been killed by covering them with salt.” There are accounts of these curious aggregations of larve in many American and European publications (e. g. /nsect Life, 1v, p. 215). In Europe, worm-snakes have been recorded which were 4 or 5 inches wide and from 10 to 12 feet long. Most of the Amer- ican accounts (which may perhaps seem strange to some !) de- scribe as a rule worm-snakes much more moderate in proportions, viz. from 3 to 6 feet in length by from 1 to 3 inches wide. Upon one occasion only have I seen one of these worm-snakes. This was some miles from Nepigon, north of Lake Superior, in the month of August. The snake was about 4 feet long, about an inch wide and with a large expansion about one third of the length from the head. I had no convenience at the time to preserve the larve alive so as to identify the species. It is probable that several spe- cies of Sczara have this strange habit but I am not aware that any- one has ever reared to maturity and published the name of the American species. Unfortunately most people who have the op- portunity, like those who put salt on the larvee seen by Mr. Will- ing, are much more likely to practise the stupid habit of destroy- ing everything they do not quite understand instead of trying to learn a little more about it. J. FLETCHER: Among the latest contributions to the Herbarium of the Nor- mal School is a very beautiful collection of too mounted Botani- cal specimens illustrating the flora of the Rocky Mountains in the vicinity of Banff, presented to the herbarium by Dr. Jas. Fletcher. The Normal School herbarium already contains a fine series of the plants of the vicinity of Ottawa, and this latest contribution not only adds greatly to the value of the herbarium, but these western plants will enable students to compare eastern with western forms in the same genera. 5. B.S. 174 Tue OTrawa NATURALIST. — | October REVIEWS. ‘¢ REMINISCENCES AMONG THE Rocks: In Connection with the Geological Survey of Canada” ; by Thomas C. Weston, F. G. S. A., Toronto, Warwick Bros. and Rutter, 1899. The above is the title of a very neat and attractive little vol- ume written by one of the few survivors of the early and. pioneer days of geological research in Canada, and also a member of our club of many years standing. Mr. Weston’s work brought him in contact with many interesting places and personalities through- out the Dominion. The plain, unconventional way in which he has presented the numerous amusing anecdotes as well as at- tractive records of scientific work, selected from a pile of official note-books kept by him during the thirty-seven years of his con- nection with that branch of the Canadian service, commends the volume to the reading public as one of special interest. Whilst disclaiming all literary skill, the author describes many an amus- ing incident such as are but seldom recorded or described from a geologist’s standpoint, but which are nevertheless full of interest and merriment. The brief biographical sketches of Sir Wm. Lo- gan, Dr. T. Stenny Hunt, E. Billings, Alex. Murray, Scott Bar- low, E. Hartley, Horace Smith, and many others, including ‘* Michael” and many other characters met by Mr. Weston during his very extensive travels, lend that peculiar personal charm to the volume which always attaches to reminiscences. The book is of special value to the working geologist and palzeontologist who desires to know the best type localities for ob- taining suites of fossils with which to illustrate the fauna and flora of the sedimentary formations of Canada. Mr. Weston has, per- haps more than any other officer of the Geological Survey of Can- ada, contributed to the vast number of specimens now contained in the National Museum at Ottawa, and the notes he has given us in systematic and chronological order, from the time he first joined the Survey under Sir Wm. Logan, until his recent superanuation, will be read with much interest. We commend this volume to all members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club. ie apy Sige, 8 ; ; 7 ) | : ~ —— SST wey ee are eS a ea vo ener ee Ree Va Ter Oey : . ° a ; 4 * cS > ~— “4 > » I 899] REVIEWS. . 175 CENTRAL EXPERIMENTAL FARM ; REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGIST AND BoranisT, 1898. (James Fletcher, LL. D., F.R.S.C.) This very interesting and valuable contribution to the Annual Report on Experimental Farms, includes pages 167 to 219, of that publication, and is illustrated by 25 figures. It furnishes a very comprehensive review of the more important insect enemies of the past year, and contains also Mr. Fixter’s report on the Apiary. The insects are dealt with under the heading of the several crops chiefly injured by them, and the various chapters contain many original observations on the species discussed. The absence of Dr. Fletcher during two months of the summer, while enabling him to do valuable work by lecturing at-so many farmers’ meet- ings in Manitoba,the Northwest Territories and British Columbia, must necessarily have lessened his opportunities for completing some of his investigations. CEREALS.—The worst pests of the grain crops were the Midge, Hessian Fly, Wheat-stem Maggot, American Frit-fly,Grain Aphis, Joint-worms (/sosoma) and Cut-worms. In Southern Manitoba there was considerable damage caused by the Rocky Mountain Locust. Several districts were visited by Dr. Fletcher, who re- commends ploughing under the eggs, and also the use of poisoned bran, which has been found so useful in destroying cut-worms. VEGETABLES and Root Crops seemed to have suffered less than in previous years, but the Black Army-worm was destructive in some districts, and cut-worms, as usual, occasioned a considerable dam- age. Among other pests are the Pea Moth, Pea and Bean Weev- ils, Carrot Rust-fly, Turnip Aphis, Root Maggots, White Grubs and Wire-worms. . Fruits.—This important crop was in general a good one, and was not especially injured by insects Many of the fruits, in- cluding plums and peaches, were attacked, however, by various blights and other fungous diseases. The most noticeable insects were the Apple Fruit-miner and the Plum-Moth (or Lesser Apple- worm)in British Columbia, and the Tent Caterpillars generally The Plum Curculio and the Green Fruit-worms (Xy/7a) and Apple Aphis caused considerable loss in some sections. One of the most interesting appearances was that of a hitherto rare beetle (Xylocrius Agassizit, Lec.) in Victoria, infesting the roots of 176 THE Otrawa NATURALIST. | October gooseberry bushes. Dr. Fletcher describes this insect very fully under the name of the Black Gooseberry-borer, and gives excellent illustrations of its different stages and of its work. It will be re- membered that the drawings from which these figures were made were exhibited at one of the Club Soirées, The most important insect, however, and one which has received very marked atten- tion in this province, is the San José Scale, which, in spite of the vigorous action taken by the Ontario Department of Agriculture, has continued to extend its area of infestation. » Drasa IncaANnéA, DC. Klondike River, May 16th. LyYCHNIS TRIFLORA, var. DAwSONI, Robinson. Chandindu River. Lc ae : i CERASTIUM MAXIMUM, Linn. ; This species is common in Siberia, and is reported from ; Alaska. Chandindu River. Our first record. + ARENARIA CAPILLARIS, var. FORMOSA, Fisch. 4 Chandindu River. + ARENARIA LATERIFLORA, Linn. $ Bank of Klondike River behind Dawson, Jone 11th. _ ARENARIA PHYSODES. DC. : 4o-mile Creek. I STELLARIA BOREALIS, Bigel. ¢ Chandindu River. 212 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [December LupPpINUS ARCTICUS, Watson. Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 23rd. ASTRAGALUS ALPINUS, Linn. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th; also Chand- indu River. ASTRAGALUS FRIGIDUS, var. LITTORALIS, Watson. Chandindu River. OxyTrRopis LAMBERTI, Pursh. Chandindu River. | HEDYSIARUM BOREALE, Nutt. Chandindu River. SPIR2ZA BETULIFOLIA, Pallas. Chandindu River. RUBUS ARCTICUS, var. GRANDIFLORUS, Ledeb. Chandindu River, June 13th. PoTENTILLA PENNSYLVANICA, Var. STRIGOSA, Pursh. (?) Chandindu River. PoTENTILLA NIVEA, Linn. Dawson, May 14th. PoOTENTILLA FRUTICOSA, Linn. Chandindu River. POTENTILLA ANSERINA, Linn. Chandindu River. PoTERIUM SITCHENSE, Watson. 40-mile Creek. Rosa ACICULARIS, Link. Chandindu River. SAXIFRAGA REFLEXA, Hook. Yukon River, May 1st. Identification doubtful. Specimens too young. SAXIFRAGA HETERANTHA, Hook. 4o-mile Creek. SAXIFRAGA TRICUSPIDATA, Retz. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th. 1899] MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. - hs CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM, Linn. 4o-mile Creek. PARNASSIA PALUSTRIS, Linn. 40-mile Creek. RIBES RUBRUM, Linn. Hunker Creek, May 30th. Rises HupsonianouMm, Richards. Chandindu River. EPILOBIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Linn. 40-mile Creek, and Chandindu River. SILENUM DawsonI, Coult. & Rose. Chandindu River. Cornus CANADENSIS, Linn. Chandindu River. LINN2ZA BOREALIS, Gronov. Chandindu River. VIBURNUM PARVIFLORUM, Pylaie. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11th. GALIUM TRIFIDUM, Linn. Chandindu River. GALIUM BOREALE, Linn. Chandindu River. VALERIANA SYLVATICA, Watson. 40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River. SOLIDAGO MULTIRADIATA, Ait. Chandindu River. SOLIDAGO MULTIRADIATA, var. SCOPULORUM, Gray 40-mile Creek. ASTER SiBiRicus, Fisch. 40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River. ERIGERON ACRIS, Linn. 40-mile Creek. ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM, Linn. Chandindu River. ARTEMISIA VULGARIS, Linn., var. TILEst, Ledeb. 4o-mile Creek ; also Chandindu River. : : f = : | } : 214 Tue Otrawa NATURALIST. [December . PETASITES SAGITTATA, Gray. Bank of Klondike opposite Dawson, May 23rd. ARNICA ALPINA, Murr. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June 11 ; also Chandindu River, CAMPANULA UNIFLORA, Linn. 40-mile Creek. CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. ALASKANA, Gray. Chandindu River; also 4o-mile Creek. VACCINIUM CAESPITOSUM, Michx. Chandindu River. Vaccinium Virtis-Ip2aA, Linn. Chandindu River. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS ALPINA, Spreng. Chandindu River. ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-urRsI, Spreng. Chandindu River. CASSANDRA CALYCULATA, Don. Hunker Creek, May 30th. ANDROMEDA POLIFOLIA, Linn. Chandindu River, June 13th. LEDUM PALUSTRE, Linn. Chandindu River, June 13th. LEDUM LATIFOLIUM, Ait. Chandindu River. PyROLA ROTUNDIFOLIA, Linn. Klondike Valley, June 2nd; a.so Chandindu River, June 13th. MONESES UNIFLORA, Gray. 4o-mile Creek. ALLOTROPA VIRGATA, Torr & Gr. Chandindu River. ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS, Linn. Chandindu River ; also Dawson, May 14th. GENTIANA AMARELLA, var AcuTA, Hook. Chandindu River. pai aot st 1899 | MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. 215, POLEMOMIUM HUMILE, var. PULCHELLUM, Gray. Klondike River, May 14th. MERTENSIA PANICULATA, Don. Bonanza Creek, May 18th; bank of Klondike behind Dawson, June rith. PENTSTEMON CRISTATUS, Nutt. Chandindu River. This may be a new species. CASTILLEIA PALLIDA, Kunth, 40-mile Creek. PEDICULARIS EUPHRASIOIDES, Stephan. Chandindu River. DRACOCEPHALUM PARVIBLORUM, Nutt. Chandindu River. CHENOPODIUM CAPITATUM, Benth. & Hook. Chandindu River. POLYGONUM ALPINUM, Linn. Chandindu River. SHEPHERDIA CANADENSIS, Nuit. Klondike River, May 14th. COMANDRA LIVIDA, ‘Richardson. Chandindu River. BETULA PAPYRIFERA, Michx. Yukon River at Dawson, May ist. BETULA GLANDULOSA, Michx. Chandindu River. Anus 1ncAna, Willd (?) Yukon River, May rst. Too young. SALIX ARCTICA, R. Br: Chandindu River. SALIX SCOULERIANA, Bebb. — Yukon River, May rst. SALIX RETICULATA, Linn. Chandindu River. SALIX ——— (?) Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May 2tst. Too young. 216 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [ December SALIx ——— (?) Hunker Creek, May 30th. POPULUS TREMULOIDES, Michx. Yukon River, May 1st, and Klondike River, May 16th. EMPETRUM NIGRUM, Linn. Bonanza Creek, May 18th. 5 JUNIPERUS CoMMUNIS Linn. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May atst. Pinus Murrayana, Balfour. Yukon River, near mouth of Little Salmon River. PICEA NIGRA, Link. At Dawson. PICEA ALBA, (?) This is one of the forms that do duty for the White Spruce in western America. Yukon River. CORALLORHIZA INNATA, R. Br. Chandindu River, June 13th. CALYPSO BOREALIS, Salisb. Chandindu River, June 13th. ALLIUM SCHOENOPRASUM, Linn. 40-mile Creek. ZYGADENUS ELEGANS, Pursh. Klondike and Hunker Creek, June 30th. ERIOPHORUM CAPITATUM, Host. Bonanza Creek, April 25th ; and Hunker Creek, May 30th. CAREX PyRENAICA, Wahl. Bank of Klondike behind Dawson, May a2ist. CaRExX invISA, Bailey. Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 28th; Hunker Creek, May 30th. CAREX ——— (?) Chandindu River. Too young. CAREX CONCINNA, R. Br. Chandindu River. DEYEUXIA PURPURASCENS, Kunth.’ Bank of Klondike River behind Dawson, June 11th. oe 2 ge ee 1899| MACOUN—LIST OF PLANTS. 217 POA PRATENSIS, Linn. Chandindu River, June 13th. EQUISETUM ARVENSE, Linn. Bank of Yukon opposite Dawson, May 23rd. PELL2ZA GRACILIS, Hook. 40-mile Creek PHEGOPTERIS DRYOPTERIS, Fée. 4o-mile Creek. ASPIDIUM FRAGRANS, Swartz. : Yukon River, May tst, also 4o-mile Creek. CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS, Bernh. 40-mile Creek ; Chandindu River. CYSTOPTERIS MONTANA, Bernh. 4o-mile Creek. WOoDSIA GLABELLA, R. Br. 4o-mile Creek. WOoDSIA HYPERBORFA, R. Br. 40-mile Creek. LyCOPODIUM OBSCURUM, Linn. Hunker Creek and all gold creeks. LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM, Linn, var. PUNGENS, Spreng. Hunker Creek. LyCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM, Linn. Trail along Hunker Creek. POLYTRICHUM JUNIPERINUM, Willd. Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson, May 23rd. MARCHANTIA POLYMORPHA, Dum. Dawson. CETRARIA JUNIPERINA, var. PINASTRI, Ach. Bonanza Creek. USNEA BARBATA, var. DASYPOGA, Fr. Klondike bank behind Dawson. ALECTORIA JUBATA, var. IMPLEXA, Fr. Bonanza Creek. _PELTIGERA APHTHOSA, (L.) Hoffm. Bonanza Creek. 218 THe OTTAWA NATURALIST. [ December CLADONIA GRACILIS, var. HYBRIDA, Schaer. Klondike bank behind Dawson. CLADONIA RANGIFERINA, var. SYLYATICA, Linn. Bank of Yukon opposite Dawson. CLADONIA DEFORMIS, (L.) Hoffm. Klondike Bank behind Dawson. CLADONIA CORNUCOPIOIDES, (L.) Fr. Bank of Yukon River opposite Dawson. REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH FOR 1898-1899. To the Council of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists Club: In presenting this, the annual report of the work done by this branch of the Club, I have to report that whilst there may have been a considerable amount of individual and official as well as professional work done by many members of the Club in this district, there does not appear to have been a large amount of concerted work in connection with the Club to report this season. At the various excursions, or sub-excursions, held under the auspices of the Club during the past year, some one or more of your leaders appointed by your Council were present, and assisted in explaining the various geological formations and phenomena occurring in the several localities visited. The following comprise some ot the excursions held and localities visited by the Ciub during the past year : 1. Chelsea Hills, north of Ottawa, in a district where rocks of Archean age occur. 2. Moore’s Landing, Ont., at the head of Lake Deschenes, on the edge of the Ordovician system, and where the triple character of the sediments which constitute the Chazy tormation may be seen and studied to advantage. 3. Aylmer, Que., where the Chazy formation is also well developed, and has been studied with important results by our member, Mr. T. W. E. Sowter, whose interesting contribution to 1899] REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 219 ethnological research in the Lake Deschenes district proved so attractive a feature of last winter’s programme of soirées given under the auspices of the Club. Sub-Excursions. Sub-excursions in geology were held at more or less regular intervals and led by leaders appointed last spring. This phase of our Club’s work cannot be emphasized too strongly. Experience has proved that this method of carrying on local work is eminently productive of good results. As an instance of work done at one of the sub-excursions held last summer, I beg to submit the following notes on an examination of the lower measures of the Utica formation in Gloucester. On the banks of the Rideau river and at the head of the old Rifle Range rapids, about half a mile above Cummings’s Bridge, for a distance of several hundred feet along the east bank of the Rideau, some twenty-five feet of Lower Utica shales and limestones are exposed in the shape of a low depressed anticline, containing many interesting torms of fossil organic remains. A party of three visited this outcrop, and amongst the best speci- mens obtained may be mentioned the very prettily ornamented brachiopod, Schzzambon Canadensis, better known for a number of years under the designation Szphonotreta Scottca, Davidson for the first time recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves of the Geol Survey, Besides many of the species already recorded from this locality ina former paper by the writer, two new or undescribed forms of Ostracoda were found in the same bed; these, it is hoped, will shortly be described inthe Orrawa NaTurRAList. Zygospira Headz, Billings, a torm usually found in the Lorraine formation of eastern Canada, and also recorded from the Cincinnati group or highest Ordovician of Ohio and Kentucky, was also detected in the same bed of impure bituminous limestone containing Schzzambon. As far as the writer is aware, this is the earliest record of the occur- rence of this species at so low an horizon in the Ordovician. It is a rather short and rotund form with very fine, delicate longitudinal ~ribs, and may prove to be worthy of a new designation. It bears some resemblance and affinities to Zygospira Anticostiensis, Bil- lings, from the limestones of a formation equivalent to the Lor- raine as developed on Anticosti, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 220 THE OtTrawa NATURALIST. | December Several interesting varieties of Plectambonites sericea, Sow- erby, also occur at this horizon and were collected. From a pre- liminary examination of the forms obtained on this and previous occasions, four distinct types may be said to occur. First, the small normal Trenton form, with its regularly rounded anterior margin and very delicate, evenly and alternately striated surtace and non-ornamented shell. Second, a larger, conspicuously mucronate variety which usually presents a rugose area immediately below the hinge-line on the dorsal valve, the rugae are outwardly directed, and form a conspicuous character in many individuals obtained. Third, a small globose or exceedingly tumid variety with strongly arcuate valves and very minutely striated, with occasional distant radiating lines from the beak to the anterior margin num- bering from four to six in different individuals. (This variety bears considerable resemblance to Leptena quinqguecostata, McCoy, from the Ordovician of Ireland.) Fourth, the largest form usually classed under this designa- tion, is one measuring nearly three centimetres in length and more than one centimetre in height, with the anterior margin sub- parallel for the greater part to the hinge margin, thus forming an irregular parallelogram. This form is not infrequently met with in the shales of the Lorraine formation in the vicinity of Quebec, Montreal and Toronto, as well as of Ottawa. Besides the above notes on a few of the species obtained on this cccasion further studies will no doubt reveal additional infor- mation of a most interesting nature to the student of local geology. The locality is not only prolific in fossils but readily accessible. More than twenty species have already been recorded from this horizon—the zone of Schizambon—and amongst these may be men- tioned the Cvrripede, described by Dr. Henry Woodward as Turrilepas Canadensis, a number of opercular valves of which were also obtained by the writer since the shipment of the original specimens to Dr. Woodward from which the species was described. The lower measures of the Utica formation, which consist at this particular locality as well as at New Edinburgh and Roches- Nn 4 "% ¥ ft 4 7 y ; 1899 | REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 221 terville of limestones and shales alternating with each other, rest perfectly conformably upon the uppermost measures of the Trenton formation. The writer desires to emphasize this statement in view of the oft-repeated assertion that throughout eastern Ontario and Quebec the Utica everywhere rests unconformably upon the Trenton formation. (See Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can., Vol. I, p. 258. 1883. Paper by T. Stery Hunt.) Amongst the interesting collections made about Ottawa by local collectors during the past year may be mentioned one by Mr. W. H. Roger, of Jiillings’s Bridge. Amongst the species recorded in the Roger collection from the Utica of Billings’s Bridge there are two forms which prove to be hitherto unrecorded, whilst the remaining species, eminently characteristic of the Utica, are sufficiently numerous to enable one to state the precise horizon of the strata from which they were obtained. One of these is a gastropod—a Lophospira which bears a considerable resemblance to ZL. conotdea, Ulrich, but is more depressed and has a much larger apical angle, &c. I venture to suggest the name Lopho- spira Billingsensis, for this species awaiting an opportunity of illustrating it and describiug the same in a more complete form. Normal School Collection of Local Fossils.—\n order to stimu- late local research in Paleontology and in a small measure to assist the educational world around us, the writer has undertaken to arrange and classify a number of the more typical and easily recognised fossils from the different geological horizons in the Ottawa Valley. These were presented to the Principal of the Normal School, and now occupy a portion of the flat show cases of the physics laboratory. The collection consists of about 150 specimens, which serve to illustrate nearly all the Paleozoic formations comprised in the Ottawa Valley. They include the following formations : VIII. Niagara. VII. Lorraine. VI. Utica. V. Trenton. IV. Bird’s-eye and Black River. III. Chazy. 222 THE Ottawa NATURALIST. | December II. Calciferous. I. Potsdam. From the above list it will be seen that the red shales and marls of the Medina which occur to the east of Ottawa City, in the County of Russell, and which have been recently visited by the writer, are not included, inasmuch as no fossil organic remains have as yet been obtained from them. The specimens are all labelled and named. The labels indi- cate the genera and species, together with the name of the author, as is customary, the geological tormation, the precise locality from which they were obtained, besides the name of the collector and the date when they were obtained. A type-written list of the species included in this collection has been placed on the wall alongside the case. Any additions that may be made to this col- lection by members of the Club will be incorporated in this nucleus of a collection of the fossil remains of Ottawa and vicinity. It is earnestly hoped that members of the Geological section and others will contribute and co-operate in making the series as com- plete as possible. I would venture to suggest that this collection bear the name ‘* Billings” collection of fossils,’ not only to do honour to one of Ottawa’s greatest men in the list of the departed from this sphere of activity but in order to strive to associate with it the name of a true lover of Nature, and especially of fossil organic remains. Graptolites.—From 1879 to 1888, whilst engaged in studying the fauna of the Utica about Ottawa, as leader in the Geological branch of our Club, the writer obtained not a few specimens of graptolites in the bituminous shales of this formation. Some of these, especially the Leptograpiid@ and a number of Climacograpti, were in an excellent state of preservation and have since been for- warded to Prot. Chas. Lapworth, of Mason Science College, by the authorities of the Geological Survey department at Ottawa, to whom they had been presented by the writer. Prof. Lapworth has kindly undertaken to examine the same, and his report is now in the hands of the department. We hope to see the result of his examination of the species of Ottawa Graptolites published at no distant date. i a ee. Re ee ee eee eT ee OP A aes RT FE AE FRE REO, ANE DT; PALOMA LOIS HIT ie 1899| REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL BRANCH. 223 Crinoidea, or Sea-Lilies.—From a communication recently . received from Prof. F. A. Bather, of the British Museum, he in- forms the writer that he has almost completed his investigations and studies of the collection of Ottawa Crino:dea and Cystoidea sent by the writer some years ago to the authorities of the British Museum. This collection formed part of the Stewart collection, of which such fine and unusually well-preserved forms were purchased by the Geological Survey department and are now placed on exhibi- bition in one of the Trenton cases in the Palewontclogical Section. Prof. Bather’s notes on these Ottawa species will be looked for- ward to with much interest. As was pointed out some years ago by Mr. Walter R. Billings, the members of the Geological branch of the Club can do much in helping to further the interests of science and scientific research in our midst by communicating their specimens to specialists. Pleistocene Geology.—In connection with the work of investi- gating the boulder-clay, marine sediments, such as the Leda clay and overlying Saxicava sands in the series of Pleistocene deposits, considerable progress has been made. Probably asan inducement to make additional collections and investigations in the marine clays of the Ottawa Valley, one of your leaders has been selected to represent this portion of Canada on the Committee of the British Association for the Advancement of Science ‘‘ to investi- gate the fauna and flora of the Pleistocene of Canada, of which Sir Wm. Dawson is Chairman.” Bibliography.—The progress of Geological work in Canada during 1898, as recorded by the writer,* shows that upwards of seventy distinct reports, publications or pamphlets were published during the past year by Canadian geologists either in Canada, Great Britain or the United States. It is earnestly hoped that during the coming season much work will be accomplished in this district. All of which is respectfully submitted. (Sgd.) H. M. AMI. Leader. March, 1899. *OTTAWA NATURALIST, Vol. XIII, No. 2, pp. 52-55. PROGRAMME OF WINTER SOIREES, 1899-1900. _ Nov. 28.—INAUGURAL ADDRESS AND CONVERSAZIONE, Assembly Hall, Normal School. Exhibition of Specimens in the various departments of the Club’s work. Addresses by Dr. J. A. MacCabe, M.A., F.R.S.C., Principal of the Ottawa Normal School, and Professor Macoun, M.A., F.L.S. Microscopical Objects and Science, lantern slide illustrations. Nature Study in Schools, followed by lantern slide illustrations of minute structures in flowering plants, by S. B. Sinclair, M.A., - and A. D. Campbell, B.4. Dec. 12.—‘‘ Ottawa Diptera,” by W. H. Harrington, F.R.S.C. ** Notes on Rearing Insects,” by Dr, James Fletcher, F.L.S. ‘© Some Interesting Moths Taken at Ottawa,” by Arthur Gibson, B.A. Report of the Entomological Branch of the O. F. N C. Report of the Botanical Branch of the O. F. N. C. Jan. 9.—‘‘ On the Comparative Anatomy of the Ear,” by Prof. E. E. Prince, B.A., F.L.S., with lantern slide illustrations. ‘* Gannets and Cormorants, with special reference to Canadian forms,’ by Andrew Halkett, Esq., of the Marine Department. “© Notes on the Bridgewater Conglomerates,” by Alfred E. Barlow, M.A., F.G.S.A. ‘* Principal Places of Geological Interest about Ottawa,” by H. M. Ami, M.A., F.G.S. ‘© Notes on the Occurrence of Remopleurides in the Upper Trenton of Ottawa,” by H. M. Ami, M.A., F.G.S. Reports of the Geological, Ornithological and Zoological Branches of the O.. F. N.'C. Jan 23.—‘‘ Electric Currents of High Potential and High Frequency, with Roentgen Ray Experiments,’ by Ormond Higman, Esq., of the Electrical Staff of the Canadian Government. Feb. 6.—Conversazione and Microscopical Soirée in the Assembly Hall of the Normal School. Microscopical objects will be exhibited either on the screen or under microscopes, and a number of five-minute addresses will be delivered on the specimens exhi- bited. Feb. 20.—‘' Labrador Peninsula,’ by A. P. Low, B.A.Sc., of the Geological Survey Department, with lantern slide illustrations. Mar. 6. —‘‘ Sable Island,” by Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S., with lantern slide illustrations. “* Traditional History of some of the Indian inhabitants of the vicinity of Lake DesChénes,” by T. W. E. Sowter, Esq., of Aylmer, Que. f Mar. 20.—Annual Meeting of the O. F. N. C. for the reception and adoption of Reports of Council, election of Officers, &c. N.B.—At each meeting various objects of Natural History will be exhi- bited and conversation and discussion expected. Any member is at liberty-to introduce a paper or note on any Natural History subject in connection with the work of the Club at any of the evenings of the course. TIME AND PLACES OF MEETINGS. The Inaugural Address on Nov. 28th, 1899; the X Ray Lecture and Demonstration by Ormond Higman, Esq., Electrician, Jan. 23rd, 1900, andthe Microscopical Soirée and Conversazione, Feb. 6th, 1900, by kind consent of Principal MacCabe, will be held in the Assembly Hall of the Normal School, — and the remaining Soirées will be held in the Lecture Hall of the Y. M.C.A., O'Connor street. All the Soirées are held on Tuesdays at 8 p.m. sharp. ee, eee as ad THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, JANUARY, 1go0.. No. 10 ARCHAOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. By T. W. EpwIn SOWTER. To those who are unacquainted with local topography it may be said that Lake Deschénes is an expansion of the Ottawa River, extending from the Chats Falls, in a south-easterly direction, as far as Deschénes Rapids, a distance of about thirty miles, and averaging from less than one to upwards of three miles in width. This beautiful expanse of water was known to the old ‘‘voyageurs” as ‘*Lac Chaudiére,”’ and was so designated at a time as com- paratively recent as that in which the late John Egan was mayor of Aylmer, as there is an old by-law, bearing his signature, in the municipal archives, in which the westerly limit of the Aylmer Road is described as Chaudiére Lake. A similar confusion of place-names, in this connection, is a source of annoyance to the student of natural or ethnic history in dealing with matters of local reference. For instance: Chats Island is now known to many as Moore’s Island; Pointe a la Bataille has become Lapottie’s Point, and Pointe aux Pins, the site of the Queen’s Park, is known to summer visitors as One-tree Point. _ It seems a pity that names given to these places by the pioneers of civilization should be thus lightly set aside for the ‘prosaic nomenclature of modern times. As already noted in Tue Natura ist, the evidences of Indian occupation of the shores of Lake Deschénes are of frequent occur- rence and of extreme interest to the archeologist. These consist | _ for the most part, of what may be termed beach workshops, or certain portions of the lake shore where the primitive workman 226 THE OtTTawa NATURALIST. [January chipped out his flint arrowheads ; or labouriously ground an edge to his rude stone tomahawk, many years before the coming of the pale-faces. At these places the beach is thickly strewn with flint chippings and, frequently, the sand or gravel contains large quantities of them to a considerable depth. This flint, which is very dark, is identical. both in colour and character with that contained in the Trenton formation at Hull, from whence it was doubtless procured, as it is there found in large quantities and may be removed from the limestone beds with little difficulty. The fact that flint is not found in the Chazy or Calciferous rocks, outcropping on the lake front, would seem to justify the presumption that the Algonkin warriors of Lake Deschénes procured their supply of raw material from the nearest and most convenient source, which would be the place already indicated. While these work places contain such traces of palzolithic art in great abundance, they also reveal evidences of later contact with the white man in the shape of light colored gun and musket flints which are said to be characteristic of the Cretaceous flint of western Europe. At Bell’s Bay, just below Aylmer, I removed several fragments of worked flint from beneath a large oak stump and about one foot below its base. These were taken from a bed of river gravel that was being washed away, at high water, by successive spring floods. Similar fragments were also obtained from the surface of the same gravel bed, having been laid bare by the washing away of the overlying deposit of vegetable mould. As, in the former instance, the flints must have become embedded in the gravel long before the time required for the oak to grow from a seedling to a large forest tree, it is not difficult to form an approximate estimate of the long period of time which must have intervened between the days in which the first and the last of these fragments were cast aside by the lithal artificer. At Raymond’s Point, on the side next the big bay, some recent quarrying operations have exposed a fine section of strati- fied rock, with an overlying bed of coarse gravel about 18 inches in thickness. I secured a piece of flint from the bottom of this gravel, where it came in contact with the bed of rock beneath. It 1900 | SOWTER—ARCHAOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 227 was evident that the gravel had not been disturbed by natural or artificial agencies since the clearing away of the forest, and, as the bed is beyond the reach of the high water in the spring, there is some ground for the supposition that it must have been washed into its present position at.a time when the volume of water in Lake Deschénes was much greater than it has been in recent years. From a personal examination of the foregoing and similar data, [ am convinced that for many generations these work places were centres of aboriginal occupation, either as village sites or permanent camping grounds, for the red men of this part of the _ Ottawa valley. ¥ These places, which have so far been examined, are situated _at Raymond’s Point, just opposite the innermost extremity of | Chartrand’s Island, and at Snake Island Point and Noél’s Point, _allon the Ontario shore. AlSo, from the eastern boundary of the ; Queen’s Park at Pointe aux Pins, on the Quebec side of the lake, _ the shore is strewn with flints as far down as the rocky point which forms the eastern limit of Newman’s Bay. At Bell’s Bay, between _ the town of Aylmer and Deschénes village, at the mouth of a small creek, flints are also found in great abundance, and above and below it at frequent intervals. A peculiar feature of these beach workshops is that the greatest accumulations of flint chippings are to be found about large boulders or detached masses of rock, which appear to have been-utilized as work-tables upon which the chipping, pecking or grinding processes in the fabrication of implements of war or of the chase were accomplished by the ancient workmen. Fragments of rude pottery, at Raymond's Point, composed of a mixture of clay and gravel, and imperfectly burnt, are indica- tions that in fictile work the primitive dwellers on the shores of _ Lake Deschénes had mastered the initial stages in the manufac- ture of domestic utensils. These fragments are quite smooth and _ Ornamented on the outside; while they are either smooth or bear the unmistakable impressions of grass blades on the inside; from _ which it would seem that two different methods were employed in the manufacture of the originals to which they belonged. In one process, the primitive potter seems to have daubed the matrix 228 THe Otrawa NATURALIST. [January | about a core of grass, which was doubtless worked into the shape of the desired utensil. Then, by placing the whole mass in the fire the grass core would be burnt to ashes and a rude eathern | vessel would remain as a triumph of aboriginal art. By the other method, some advance appears to have been made, as in this in- stance the matrix has evidently been manipulated both on the | inside as well as the outside, which is evidence that the grassy | core had been discarded by the adoption of a simpler process of manufacture. | Specimens of celts or paleolithic tomahawks, picked up at Bell’s Bay and Raymond’s Point, as well as others from neighbor- | ing localities, are very crude products of lithal workmanship. A fragment of stone appears to have been selected about the size and as near as possible the shape of the desired weapon. One end of this was then ground down to a cutting edge, and a celt from Raymond’s Point has had one side reduced to proper shape by pecking. A peculiarity of many specimens from this district is, that the sharpened end of the blade has béen ground flat on one side and broadly rounded on the other, something like the edge of a carpenter’s axe. The arrowheads, from these beach workshops, vary in shape, as they were doubtless designed for different purposes. They are usually made of flint and some of them of white quartz. The Squaw’s Knife, Fig. 1, and the arrowheads, Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 in Plate II., were collected by Mr. Jacob Smith of the Interior Department at Ottawa. They are now in the collection ot Rev. A. W. Mackenzie of Lakefield, Ont., who kindly loaned them to illustrate this paper. Mr. Jacob Smith, of the Interior Depart- ment, picked up a small and very perfect one, at Snake Island Point, which was probably designed for the killing of birds or small animals. It was only about one half the usual size and was made of light grey agate. A single arrowhead, made of bone, was taken. from an Indian grave on the Lighthouse Island, and is probably the only specimen of the kind from this district. It should be remembered, however, that weapons made of this material and exposed for many years to the action of the weather, — as well as in many cases to the attrition of the shifting gravel of © the lake beach, would soon be destroyed ; so that the absence of ——— a } 1900] SOWTER—ARCHA:OLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 229 all but a single specimen should by no means be taken as negative evidence that bone arrow-tips were not in common use among the Indians of the lake. As already stated, gun and musket flints have been found mingled with the flint chippings of these workshops. This is obviously an indication of the advent of the European trader. Of “course these flints may have been lost or discarded by either white Sean or Indian ; but their presence may also bear witness to these pillage sites having been used as temporary camping grounds by the ‘*‘ coureurs des bois,” or, later on, by the agents of the Hud- son’s Bay Company. A silver bangle was-~also found, at Snake Island Point, which is said to resemble those which are still used in the ornamentation of hunting shirts and supplied to customers of the above named company in the North West Territories. My attention was first directed to these workshops by Mr. Jacob Smith, of the Interior Department at Ottawa, to whom is due the sole credit of their discovery. Mr. Smith has thus rendered an important contribution to the advancement of science that will ‘be duly appreciated by every student of Canadian archeology. In a former paper in THE NATURALIST on tke ‘‘ Antiquities of Lake Deschénes,’’ I called attention to the finding of a cache of bullets, some years ago, by Joseph Leclair of Aylmer, at Pointe a la Bataille, otherwise known as Lapottie’s Point, at the junction of the lake shore with the eastern limit of Constance Bay. The bullets are said to have been large and suited for a 12-bore gun. Mr. Leclair took away several hundreds of them, but lelt many ore washing about in the sand. On the 24th of May, 1897, Aldos and David Pariseau dis- overed a cache of bullets at Flat Rock, near Wilson’s Bluff, and ust above the summer residence of Mr. A H. Taylor, in the town- hip of South March, Ontario. They were found in the sand, in few inches of water quite close to the shore, and 800 were taken rom the cache, together with an Indian pipe with the head of some animal moulded or carved on the bowl. Some of these bullets are 10w in my collection, and I am told that they are what are known s the ‘‘trade bullets’”’ supplied to Indians of the Northwest by the udson’s Bay Company. They are about the size used for a 6-bore gun. 230 THe Ortrawa NATURALIST. [January Some time ago while Mr. Charles Breckenridge was plowing on his farm at the mouth of Breckenridge’s Creek, on the Quebec shore of the lake, about eight miles above Aylmer, he unearthed a large cache of gun-flints. He also found in the vicinity a couple of stone celts and the copper handle of a kettle, The handle was of rolled sheet copper and belonged to a large sized kettle. A very fine specimen of pipe-tomahawk was picked up by Mr. Samuel Edey on his farm on the N. % of lot 19, 2nd concession of the township of South Hull. The axe weighs 1 lb. 1% ozs., and is one of the kind said to have been designed for presentation to Indian chiefs. The flint lock of a musket was also found at the same place, by Mr. Edey, but it was so badly rusted as to crumble to pieces on being touched. The point at which this find was made is about two miles from the lake shore to the north-east of Aylmer. Some years ago, while a path was being cut through a gravel bank in front of the summer residence of the late Col. J. S. Dennis, at Kingsmere, Que., the workmen unearthed an iron tomahawk of French manufacture. An old squaw, who was living in the neighborhood at the time, informed Col. Dennis_that according to a tradition of her people an Indian trail at one time led across the mountains, by way of Kingsmere, from the waters of the Gatineau River to those of Deschénes Lake. This is by no means an unlikely story, for on the earliest recorded map of the township of Hull, several creeks of consider- able size are shown as taking their rise at or near these mountains and flowing southward into the lake. Many of these tributary streams have shrunk in volume owing to the clearing away of the forest and subsequent drainage of the land for farming purposes ; and some of the smaller ones have disappeared altogether. Traces along these watercourses of the dams of the much prized beaver, as well as the testimony of the early settlers that this district was at one time teeming with game, are sufficient reasons for suppos- ing that these local tributaries of the Ottawa River were frequented by Indian hunters and trappers ; and as one of the largest of these — streams flows from the mountains, within a short distance of — Kingsmere, this may have been the direction taken by the trail above mentioned. Relates Xo 1900] SOWTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 231 Apart from the foregoing, it is not unlikely that when the primeval forest stretched in unbroken continuity between the waters of the Ottawa and the Gatineau, many a red inhabitant of the river front, in times of trouble, found an asylum on some of these streams and saved his hair from the covetous hands of unwelcome visitors, by availing himself of the strategic advantages of these intricate waterways in a practical application of the old Indian proverb that ‘‘ water leaves no trail. Although much important work has been accomplished in con- nection with the beach workshops already alluded to, there still remains a large amount of useful information to be derived from a careful examination of Indian burial places, at various points along the lake. One of these is said to be situated near Blueberry Point, a short distance above Bell’s Bay ; another may be found on what are known as the Sand Hills, between Bucham’s and Constance Bays, on the Ontario side of the lake, near the mouth of Constance Creek ; while a third is situated near the foot of the old Indian portage on Conroy’s Island at the Chat’s Falls. A most important burial place, however, and the only one I have so tar examined, is that of the Lighthouse Island above Aylmer and opposite the Queen’s Park at Pointe aux Pins. At this place I have assisted at the exhumation of several skeletons, which has given me a fairly accurate insight into the mode of sepulture which obtained among the aboriginal people of Lake Deschénes. This island, which is about an acre in extent, and rises at its highest point to some fifteen feet above the summer level of the lake, is composed of sand, gravel and boulders. It is of glacial origin and was obviously left in its present position by the reces- sion of the vast glacier which at one time occupied this part of the Ottawa valley. Its area was at one time much greater than it is at present, but the upper side is being worn away by the ice shoves every spring and the subsequent high water. There is abundant evidence to show that the island has been used as a burial place from very early times down to a period so comparatively recent as to come within the memory of those of the generation that is now passing away. It is clearly evident that the interments are all intrusive, a 232 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. [January fact which would do away with the suggestion of a tumulus to account for the dome-shaped crown of the island where most of them are to be found. This is sufficiently shown, on the upper side ot the island, where the cut bank in falling away has exposed sections of graves soeclearly as to leave no room to doubt that they were excavated. The usual mode of sepulture seems to have been to swathe the remains of the dead warrior in birch bark and place them, with or without his personal effects, in a shallow grave from two to three feet below the surface of the ground, in a recumbent rather than a prostrate posture. With one exception the burials are single, but in excavating the foundations of the lighthouse, recently erected by the Marine Department, at the highest point of the island, the workmen laid bare a great accumulation of bones, which would seem to indicate the presence of an ossuary, the approximate extent of which may be judged from the fact that a cartload of bones was removed from the holes for the base sup- ports of the superstructure. It, therefore, we may rely upon the testimony of the workmen who excavated the foundations.of the lighthouse, and there is no reason why we should not do so, then, we have on this island two distinct modes of sepulture, the single and communal. This would lead to the conclusion that two different races, practising variant mortuary rites, were contemporaneous occupants of the lake shores, according to each other the privileges of a common burial place. The presence of the communal grave is accounted for, as a matter of course, by shadowy Indian traditions of a bloody native battle fought in the vicinity. A. F. Hunter, in dealing with a kindred subject, ‘‘The Rice Lake and Innisfil Mounds,” says that ‘‘ the same is true of every bone-pit or com- munal grave of any kind from Montreal to Detroit, none of which could be understood by the modern Algonkins as burials made in times of peace.”’ Now, in the first place, the bones on the Lighthouse Island have been thrown into the pit promiscuously, as they are not grouped in the relative positions which would naturally follow if they had been buried in the flesh. ‘In the second place, if an invading force had been met and ‘‘ wiped out”’ by the warriors of 1900] - SOWTER—-ARCH2ZOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENEs. 223 the lake, it is altogether likely that, after the scalping-knife had done its work, the victors, instead of giving their slain enemies a decent burial, such as the above grave would indicate, would have left them, in conformity. with Indian usage, to the wild beasts of the forest, while their own dead would have been interred at leisure in accordance with tribal custom. As a suggestion, in explanation of the presence of this Ossuary, may it not have been likely after the great Huron- Iroquois family quarrel that one of the remnants of the fugitive Huron nation may have found an asylum in this vicinity, have lived in friendly intercourse with the native population and held the ‘‘ Feast of the Dead” on this island burial place. Iron toma- hawks, scalping-knives, gun and musket flints, porcelain beads, &c., have been found on this island at different times. A stone slab bearing the letters J P OT was found by Mr. Boucher in what was probably the grave of a white man. : The most unique isolated burial, however, that has yet been discovered on the island, was that recently laid bare by the light- house keeper, Mr. Frank Boucher. After the destruction of the old lighthouse, in the early part of last summer, and before the erection of the new structure by the Marine Department, while Mr. Boucher was sinking holes for the reception of a tripod to support a temporary light, he unearthed a skeleton together with a large array of implements. The skele- ton was in a reclining position with the implements placed beneath the shoulders. Mr. Boucher very generously presented me with the skull, the bones of the pelvis and the implements. These latter consisted of an iron tomahawk, three knives, five gouge-like iron tools, some beaver teeth, a bone gouge, a bone skin-dresser, a bone harpoon and a bone netting needle, a copper kettle with an iron handle, a bar of wrought iron perforated near the middle, some pieces of sheet lead, a number of shell beads or disks, a flint for making fire, and a quantity of human hair made into fringe and wrapped in birch bark. Sketches of this tomahawk and of the one found by Mr. Edey were sent for identification to Mr. David Boyle, curator of the Archeological Museum at Toronto. As Mr. Boyle ts one of our -. most distinguished archeologists, and one who has had large 234 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [January experience in the study of Indian relics, his own description of the weapon will be far clearer than any that might be substituted by me. He says :— “*The tomahawks of which you send drawings are un- doubtedly French. We have many bearing a similar mark. The British ones usually have a round eye and are not nearly so well made as the French tools. They are also smaller and handier, © according to Indian notions, for we have several examples of attempts, successful and otherwise, to make the French ones lighter by laboriously sawing off longitudinal sections with flints, just as if the tools had been made of stone.” ‘‘The French stamps vary somewhat, and tools of British make have seldom any stamp at all. There is quite a little field for investigation respecting the makers and the stamps. I fancy that each trading company had its own mark, those from, say Rochelle being distinguishable thus, from those made in or com- ing from Havre or St. Malo. This, however, is only a surmise.” The iron tomahawk from the Lighthouse Island is made with a slide eye, and is 2 lbs. and 14% ozs. in weight. The three knives are all of the same pattern but of different sizes. As they are so badly rusted, it is impossible to find any marks on them by which they might be identified. One of them has a wooden handle, inlaid with a vine-like design in copper. One ot them is strongly made, with a 6-inch blade, and was doubt- less the one used in removing the emblems. of victory from the heads of slain enemies, in other words, the scalping-knife. The five gouge-like tools are of iron, and therefore of Euro- pean make. It is difficult to say, however, for what purpose they were used, Mr. Boyle inclines to the belief that from the small bulb or knob, at the end of the handles, they may have been used by means of pushing directly in the hand, perhaps as skin-dressers or flesh-scrapers. The blades are all more or less curved, and vary in width at the ends. A tool somewhat similar to these was received at the Toronto museum, not long’ since, but it had a straight blade and was minus the knob at the end of the handle. It is just possible they may have been the crooked knives used by wood-workers ; but they are so badly rusted that this must be merely a conjecture. 1900 | SOWTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 235 The bone harpoon is six inches in length and a little more than half an inch in width. It has four barbs and an eye at the shank end, by which it was doubtless attached to the shatt. The bone netting needle is about three and a-half inches in length by less than half an inch in width, with an eye in the middle. The copper kettle, which is of European manufacture, is in a good state of preservation and still bears the marks of fire upon the bottom. The bottom has not been knocked in by the stroke of a tomahawk, so as to render it useless, as is the case with many specimens from western Ontario. It is about six inches across the top, and four inches in depth, The handle, however, is badly rusted and might be broken by careless handling. The bone gouge and the skin dresser are made, the former from a human thigh bone and the latter from a human jawbone, from which we are constrained to form a very low estimate of the moral status of their owner, who thus appropriated portions of a fellow-creature’s anatomy from which to fabricate. his domestic implements. The hair fringe is a specimen of intricate and beautiful work- manship, and a tangible example of the delicate manipulation of the aboriginal hair-dresser. In his archeological report, 1897-98, te the Minister of Education for Ontario, Mr. David Boyle, in reference to native textile work, has written: ‘‘ Before very long we shall be unable to become possessed of such specimens, and an effort should be made at once to collect every available type- sample of woven work from the hands of our Indians.” As this is a timely and valuable suggestion, I have been particularly careful in ascertaining the exact texture of this piece of hair work. The warp, into which the hair is woven, consists of three threads about the thickness of and somewhat resembling orGinary stout sewing cotton. Examined through a common magnifying glass, these threads appear to have been spun from the inner fur of some - animal, such as the beaver, the otter, or the muskrat, or from fine human hair from the head of a child. As the loom in which the fringe was fabricated was not buried with him, and a descrip- tion of it, therefor, being out of the question, let us suppose that the ancient weaver adopted for the purpose some contrivance of 236 Tue OrrawA NATURALIST. [January | the simplest and most primitive character. His hunting bow may have suggested the use of a piece of bent wood, which, being strung with the warp threads one above the other, the thin strands of hair which constituted the weft were manipulated in something like the following manner: One of these strands was taken and one end of it passed outward between the middle and upper warp threads, around the upper thread, forward and down- ward across it and the middle one, outward between the middle and lower threads, around the lower one, forward and upward across this and the middle one, again passed outward between the middle and upper threads, then around the upper one and outward again between it and the middle one, around behind the middle thread and forward between it and the lower one. The free ends of the strand, one on each side of the centre warp thread, were then united and drawn forward with one hand, while with the thumb and finger of the other both warp and weft were brought firmly together. Succeeding strands having been treated in a similar manner and connected with each other by a lateral or side- long pressure, the result wasa section of hair fringe with a selvage of about % of an inch in-width. Figure roa in Plate If, repre- sents a 3-ply strand of twine woven loosely through a warp of three threads, to illustrate the weaving of the hair fringe in Fig.-ro. The shell beads or discs are a little over 3@ of an inch in diameter, and appear to have been made from the shells of the Unio. In looking over the bones belonging to the same skeleton, which Mr. Boucher had collected for the purpose of re-interring them, Dr. R. W. Neill, of Aylmer, now of Balmoral, Manitoba, picked out a segment of the lumbar vertebre of an Indian that was transfixed by a bone arrowhead. Dr. Neill very generously pre- sented this interesting relic to me, thereby furnishing us with g striking example of the deadly nature of this aboriginal weapon, and a graphic illustration of the manner in which the deceased warrior met his death. This bone belonged to the Indian unearthed by Mr. Frank Boucher on the Lighthouse Island. The shank. of the arrowhead, which had pierced the spinal cord from behind, is broken off, doubtless by the falling of the body, the ———---—- -. 1g00| SOwTER—ARCHOLOGY OF LAKE DESCHENES. 237 lower portion of which would become immediately paralyzed as a matter of course; so that this victim ot inter-tribal warfare in all probability passed to his happy hunting grounds with the war- whoop still ringing in his ears and his scalping tuft in the hands of a triumphant enemy. It is indeed a gruesome relic and carries ie mind back to a time in the history of New France when the line of communica- tion, by the way of St. Lawrence, between the Indians of the great lakes and the lower French settlements had been severed by the blood-stained tomahawk of the Iroquois, and the northern and western tribes were beset at the carrying places and vulnerable points on the ‘‘ River of the Ottawas”’ by the implacable hostility of their southern neighbours. I might say in conclusion, that as we have in the membership of the Field Naturalists’ Club some of the most eminent scientific men in America, it would be well if some of these would devote some of their leisure time to the study of Canadian archeology. We have in the vicinity of Ottawa a splendid field of investigation and I trust that the study of ethnic history, in this domain, will reflect honour upon the members of the Field Naturalists’ Club. ILLUSTRATIONS. PEATE tf. Figure 1.—Pipe-tomahawk, 4% diameter, from Mr. S. H. Edey’s farm, N,% of lot 19, 2nd concession of the township of South Hull. Figure 2.—Tomahawk, ' diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island, near Aylmer. Figure 2a.—French stamp, natural size on Fig. 2. Figure 3.—Stone celt, 4% diameter, from Bell's Bay, Lake Deschénes. Figure 4.—Segment of lumbar vertebrae of Indian, natural size, pierced by bone arrowhead, from Lighthouse Island, near Aylmer. Figure ga.—Flat side of bone arrowhead in Fig. 4. Figure 5,—Bone netting needle, % diameter, from Indian grave on Light- house Island. Figure 6.—Shell bead, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island. Figure 7.—Silver bangle, Snake Island Point, Lake Deschénes. Figure 8.—Bone harpoon, % diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island, 238 Tue Orrawa NATURALIST. [Jannary PLATE Figure 1.—Squaw’s knife of dark flint, % diameter, from Lake Deschénes. Figures 3-7.—-Flint arrowheads, % diameter, from Lake Deschénes. Figure &.—Skin scraper, made from human jawbone, % diameter, from In- dian grave, Lighthouse Island. j Figure 9.— Gouge made from human thigh bone, % diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island. Figure ro.—Hair fringe, natural size, but hair % the natural length, from Indian grave, on Lighthouse Island. Figure roa.-—Twine woven loosely to show method of weaving hair fringe in figure Io. Figure 11.--Copper Kettle, 4% diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island, Figures 12-14.—Knives of European make, % diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island. PLATE III. Figures 1-5.—Front view of gouge-like implements or crooked knives, % diameter, from Indian grave on Lighthouse Island. Figures 1ra-5a.—Side view of figures 1 to 5. Figures 6-7.—Gun flints, natural size,from Lighthouse Island, Lake Deschénes,. Figure 8.—Stone slab, 1/10 diameter, lettered J.P.O.T., from grave on Light- house Island. ON SOME TRENTON (ORDOVICIAN) FOSSILS FROM THE LIGHT GRAY LIMESTONES OF CUMBERLAND, COUNTY OF RUSSELL, ONTARIO, CANADA. By H, M. Ami, M. A.. F.,G. S. Some weeks ago I received from my friend, Dr. F. Slater Jackson, of the Biological Laboratories, McGill University, a small but interesting collection of fossil organic remains made by him in 1890, at Cumberland, some 24 miles below Ottawa City. They proved on examination to be eminently characteristic forms of the Trenton formation in the Ordovician System. This collection enables the writer to complete more perfectly the suc- cession of life-zones in the Ordivician of that locality. On the occasion of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club ex- cursion to Cumberland on the t5th of July, 1899, the Calciferous, Chazy, Black River and Trenton formations—the latter only very 1g00] Ami—ON Some TRENTON (ORDOVICIAN) FossILs. 239 imperfectly—were examined and recognised as forming a regular succession of well-nigh horizontal strata which appear along the Ottawa_River front and foim a more or less conspicuous series of cliffs and planes in ascending order until the summit of the high- land is reached south of Cumberland, where the Trenton formation and the overlying Pleistocene deposits make their appearance. This locality is evidently a most interesting one inasmuch as it gives the geologist and collector an uninterrupted succession of fossiliferous sedimentary strata from the Calciferous to the Tren- ton at least, without the presence of the faults and folds or dislo- cations so prevalent in the immediate vicinity of Ottawa, which tend to obscure and puzzle the student of geology. The following list of species of organic remains collected by Dr. F. S. Jackson in the light-gray, semi-crystalline limestone of Cumberland in 1890, as determined by the writer, are presented in the hope that they may serve to stimulate some of the local collec- tors to visit that interesting locality where our Ordovician forma- tions are so well seen and developed. ZOOPHYTA. 1. Streptelasma corniculum, Hall or allied form. ECHINODERMATA. 2. Crinoidal fragments, not determinable. BRYOZOA. 3. Branching form, requires a micro-section before it can be identified with certainty. BRACHIOPODA. 4. Plectambonites sericea, Sowerby, typical form. 5. Strophomena fluctuosa, Billings. 6. Rafinesquina alternata, Conrad (Emmons). 7. Strophomena, cf. §. tenuistriata, Sowerby. . Platystrophia biforata, var. lynx, Eichwald. 0 Rhyncheoma inzquivalvis, Castelnau. 10. Zygospira recurvirostra, Hall. GASTROPODA. 11. Liospira Progne, Billings. 12. Trochonema umbilicatum, Hall. 13. Hormotoma gracilis, Hall. 14. (?) Omospira Alexandra, Billings, 240 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. [January TRILOBITA. 15. Asaphus, sp. fragments of what appear to represent Asaphus ptaty- cephalus, Stokes. 16. Calymene senaria, Conrad; a fine pygidium. 17. (?) Lichas, sp. cf. L. Trentonensis, H. Ot the above, Strophomena fluctuosa, Billings, and the form referred to (?) Omospira Alexandra, Billings, are of special interest, the former species having been founded on specimens occurring in the Trenton limestones of Ottawa City, ‘and the latter from the limestones of Paquette’s Rapids, Ottawa River, below Pembroke. With the generous consent of Dr. Jackson, this col- lection of Trenton fossils will be presented to the local collection at the Normal School, where it is now deposited. Ottawa, Nov. 24th, 1899. : PALZZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. In Doctor G. F. Matthew’s ‘‘ Studies on Cambrian faunas,” Nos. 3 and j and ‘‘The Etcheminian fauna of Smith Sound, New- foundland,”’ just issued by the Royal Society of Canada, Trans, vol. v, section 4, series 2, 1899-1900. (1899), the following new genera and species of Canadian fossil organic remains are des- cribed : 1.—Upper Cambrian fossils from Mount Stephen, Field, B.C. (From the cabinets of Mr. Byron E. Walker, F.G.S., Toronto, Ont.) ANNELIDA (= Pteropoda of other writers. ) UROTHECA, (n, gen.) Matthew, 1899. U. flagellum, Mattew. U. parva, Matthew. BYRONIA, (n. gen.) Matthew, 1899. B. annulata, Matthew. Orthotheca corrugata, Matthew. Hyolithes carinatus, Matthew. TRILOBITA, : Agnostus montis, (emend.) Matthew, Corynexochus Roemingeri, Matthew, bent Sena on wy Po ee 1900] , PALZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. 241 Dolichometopus occidentalis, Matthew. Bathyuriscus pupa, Matthew. NEOLENUS, (n. gen.) Matthew, 1899. N. granulatus, Matthew, Oryctocephalus Walkeri, Matthew. Besides the above, Dr. Matthew also records the occurrence at Mt. Stephen, of the following forms from the Walker col- lection : ANNELIDA, Hyolithes, sp. * TRILOBITA. Ptychoparia cordillerz, Rominger. Bathyuriscus Howelli, Walcott. 2 Neolenus serratus, Rominger, sp. Doropyge Darwini, Walcott, sp. Zacanthoides spinosus, Walcott. Ogygia (Ogygopsis) Klotzi, Rominger. Dr. Matthew then gives a very careful analysis of the genera obtained from the Mt. Stephen horizon, and the percentage of their occurrence, with the use of comparative tabfes. He concludes by making the following statement: ‘' The Mount Stephen Fauna 1s essentially Upper Cambrian.” This places the horizon of the Mount Stephen trilobite bed (at an altitude of between eight and nine thousand feet above sea-level) a higher position than had pre- viously been assigned to it. IT.— Studies on Cambrian Faunas, No. 4—Fragments of the Cam- brian Faunas of Newfoundland. In this paper Dr. Matthew discusses the succession of faunas in Newfoundland, and combats the ‘‘ conclusion so universally adopted” that the Olenellus zone occurs below the Paradoxides zone. He reverts to the arrangement of the succession of strata of E. Billings in 1864. In this connection Dr. Matthew writes : ‘* The impossibility of finding the genus Olenellus 07 z¢s accompany- ing fauna in the strata of the Eastern Provinces of Canada, below Paradoxides (which strata were eventually found to contain a considerable fauna of trilobites) led him in 1892 to propound the view that Olenellus might be contemporaneous with Paradoxides but confined to a different habitat. This surmise was, in a sense, 242 THE OtTTrsawa NATURALIST. [January confirmed by the finding of the fauna accompanying Olenellus, though not that genus itself, in company with the highest sub-zone of Paradoxides at Hastings Cove near St. John, in 1896.” The following fossil organic remains are described and recorded by Dr. Matthe w in the text.* List oF NEWFOUNDLAND FOSSILS DESCRIBED AND NOTED. SPECIES, LocALITY. HORIZON, Obolella Atlantica, Walcott. Raphistoma (?) Kelliensis, Matthew. Arenicolites antiquatus, Bill- ings. Arenicolites brevis, Matthew Ctenichnites ingens (?) Mat- thew. Hyolithes Hathewayi, Mat-| thew. Microdiscus bellimucronatus Shaler & Foerste, mut, ip- sularis, 72. mut. Agraulos (Strenuella) stre- nua, Billings, mut. robusta n. mut, Strenuella (?) Attleborensis, Shaler & Foerste. Mut. vigi/ans, n. mut. Micmacca Walcotti, Matthew ‘* Angimargo, Matthew. Avalonia plana, Matthew. Protolenus Howleyi, Wal- cott sp. (?)non P. Harveyi Metadoxides magnificus, Matthew. Atops trilineatus, Emmons, Erinnys breviceps, Angelin, Foster's (Smith's) Pt, Smith Sound, Nfid, Kelly's I., Conception Bay, Nfld, Great Bell Bay. Nfld, do I,, Conception do Manuel's Brook. Red limestones of Brigus ; calcareous shales of Man- unl’s Brook. Manuel's, Bonception Bay, Nfld. Manuel's, Conception Bay. “ shale No, 3, Con- ception Bay, do do Foster's Point, Smith's Sound. Manuel's Station, tion Bay, Nfld. Manuel’s Brook (??) ! Concep- Manuel's Brook. Lower part of the Protolenus Zone. Upper Cambrian, (Howley & Walcott) do do do Protolenus Zone, do Above basal conglo- merate, Protolenus Zone. do do Lower part of P roto- lenus Zone. do Subzone of Parad- oxides bed(?) “* Paradoxides Dav- idis sub-fauna. *TItalicized names being those new to science and just published ( oc. cit. supra.) Ill. The Etcheminian Fauna of Smith Sound, Newfoundland. By Dr. G. F. Matth The fossils describ ew. ed under this head ‘‘are from the Upper Limestone of the Etcheminian series at Smith; Sound an inlet of iam 1900] PALZONTOLOGICAL NOTES. 243 Trinity Bay, Newtoundland (one is from the shale immediately below the limestone), and were collected in the summer of 1898.” They include the following forms : BRACHIOPODA. Obolella, cf. O. chromatica, Billings. Kutorgina granulata, Matthew. GASTEROPODA. Scenella, cf. S. reticulata, Billings. ss cf. retusa, Ford. Randomia Aurore, Maithew. Parmophorella (?) paupera, Billings, sp. Platyeeras transversum, Matthew. ce radiatum, Matthew. oe cymbula, Matthew. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Modiolopsis thecoides, Matthew. ANNELIDA. Urotheca pervetus, Matthew. Helenia granulata, Matthew. Hyolithellus micans, Billings. (?) flexuosus, Matthew. Coleoides typicalis, Walcott. Orthotheca pugio, Matthew. #3 sica, Matthew. Ss stiletto, Matthew. fe bayonet, Matthew. Hyolithes excellens, Billings. ae rugosus, Matthew. CRUSTACEA. Aptychopsis terranovicus, Matthew. ee oe mut. arcuata, These three papers are published in consecutive order in the Trans. of the Royal Society of Canada and form pp. 39—119 of Vol. V, second series, and contain eight plates of illustration of species described in the text. They form one of the most import- _ant additions made to our knowledge of the oldest fossils.—H. M.A, — oF 244 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [January In the Geological Magazine, Vol. 6, No. 8, August, 1899, pp. 358-361, Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed of the Woodwardian Museum, describes ‘‘ A New Trilobite from Mount Stephen, Field, B.C.” A new species of Oryvetocephalus, O. Reynoldsz, is the name given by Mr. Reed from the calcareous shales of Mount Stephen— the trilobite bed—referred to the Upper Cambrian by Dr. Matthew and the Middle Cambrian by Dr. Walcott.-—H. M. A. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLGICAL BRANCH, 18g. (Presented at meeting held December 12th, 1899.) The Leaders of the Entomological Branch are pleased to report that there has been a marked increase in the work done by this Branch during the year. A welcome addition to its ranks is Mr. Arthur Gibson, a new assistant in the Entomological Division of the Central Experimental Farm. Considerable additions have been made to local lists, par- ticularly of Nocturnal Lepidoptera, which have been specially collected and bred by Messrs. Fletcher, Gibson, Young and Henry Saunders. Some of the more interesting species of moths and caterpillars are shown here to-night, and will we trust be of interest to the members of the club, and an inducement tosome to join the Branch and help in this interesting and useful work. The publication of Dr. Holland’s exquisite Butterfly Book isa notable addition to the literature of entomology, and provides the beginner with a most valuable aid to his studies of our most attractive insects, This beautiful work will enable anyone who wishes to study our butterflies to easily identify any species he is likely to capture in the district. Those who may desire to study practical entomology have many aids available in the various official reports and publications issued by the several Governments in Canada, as well as by the U. S. Department of Agriculture and the numerous State Experi- ment Stations. Many additions: have been made to the public collections of insects at the Central Expermental Farm and the Geological Survey, as well as to the private collections of the Leaders, all of which are freely accessible to any person wishing to examine them, - tar bette co 1900 | REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL BRANCH. 245 LEPIDOPTERA.—Good work has been done in this order, in breeding from the egg or from larvz collected in the field, as well as in collecting at electric lights. Some nice specimens of Scopelosoma were bred from eggs collected in Montreal, and sent to Dr. Fletcher, by Mr. Dwight Brainerd of that city, of these the perfect insects of Scopelosuma tristigmata and S. morrisont as well as one of S. szdus taken at the Mer Bleue, are shown here to-night. rebza epipsodea was reared to maturity from eggs received by post from Banff, in the Rocky Mountains, and collected by Mr. N. B. Sanson. Mr. C. H. Young bred a large number of the beautiful lo moth, Hyperchzria Jo, from eggs laid by a captured temale taken in the month of August. A large proportion of the moths emerged last autumn, which is rather unusual. Others remained in the cocoons and will not emerge until next spring. Among the specimens of moths shown this evening are two, Smerinthus modestus and Brephos infans, wh‘ch are interesting for the reason that although reared from the egg with several others, these two specimens instead of emerging at the usual time, in the spring following pupation, remained in the pupal condition for a whole year Icnger and the perfect insects only appeared last spring. — The Leaders-wish to call special attention to a remarkably beautiful collection of inflated caterpillars collected at Ottawa and prepared by Mr. C. H. Young. There are in this collection over 100 specimens which will serve to show the value of this method of preserving for study and exhibition a stage in the development of Lepidoptera which has been very much neglected by ento- mologists. Of the injurious species of this order, special mention must be made of the serious attacks of the American and Forest Tent Caterpillars, which devastated forests and orchards in many places in the district, but not in exactly the same areas as in previous years. Late in the season serious injury was wrought in turnip fields and on cabbages of many varieties by the small, active cater- pillars of the Diamond-backed Moth, (Pluéella cructferarum). The parasites which usually accompany a serious outbreak of this insect Lzmneria parva and Pheogenes discus were tound, but not in the large numbers ordinarily occurring. Late in the season much 246 Tue Orrawa NarTuRALIsT. [January damage was observed upon forest trees of various kinds by the caterpillars of a small moth, not yet identified, which webbed the jeaves together and consumed much of their substance. Maples and beeches were the trees most attacked. DipTERA.--A subject which has been of considerable interest to the Leaders is an injury to new bricks, previous to burning, brought to their notice by Mr. Walter S. Odell. The larve caus- ing the injury travel up from the ground and burrow in the surface of the soft bricks, thus disfiguring them very much. On two or three previous occasions larve have been submitted by Mr. Odell, but it was not until the present season that the perfect insect was reared. Dr. Howard, of Washington, to whom a specimen was sent for determination, reports the species to be Pachyrhina sodalis, Loew. This is one of tbe Tipulidz, or Crane-flies, the larve of which are known by agriculturists as Leather-jackets, many of which are extremely injurious to growing crops. The injuries of the above- mentioned species have been noticed in the brickyards both in autumn and spring, showing that this curious habit is manifested not merely at the time when the larve are seeking suitable places for pupation. Among injurious flies one of the notable attacks of the past season has been that of root-maggots (Anthomyidz) to all cruciferous crops. Another species of the same family has been troublesome this year by its attacks upon the young shoots of various species of cultivated Dianthus, and also of the elegant garden plant Gypsophila paniculata. This last attack has been observed for some years, but was first noticed this season by Mrs. M. J. Whelan, by whom specimens were sent to the Leaders. A preliminary list of Ottawa Diptera and some notes upon these insects will be presented by Mr. Harrington this evening, illustrated by specimens of many of the species. HeEmMIPTERA.—In this order some investigations have been made upon the local species of Scale-insects and Plant-lice. The most remarkable occurrence of these insects has been a severe attack upon Elm-trees, during the month of August, by a species of plant-louse, which appeared so abundantly upon shade-trees as to render sitting or walking beneath them exceedingly unpleasan 1 st annie Mees 1900 | REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL BRANCH. 247 by reason of the copious showers of honey-dew which were ejected. Sidewalks and seats beneath such trees were made both unsightly and disgusting. Later, the trees themselves took on a dirty black appearance from the copious growth of the fungus /wmago salictna, which always develops under similar conditions. Another attack which requires mention was by a large and previously undescribed Aphid, the Destructive Pea-louse, which not only did considerable harm to Sweet Peas in Gardens at Ottawa, but was a most serious pest to crops of Field Peas in many parts of the Dominion as well as in the United States. This insect has been named WNectarophora destructor by Prof. Johnson of College Park, Md. Several species of its enemies were collected in the field or bred from Ottawa individuals. Among these the following have been identified : Praon cerasaphis, Aphidins Fletcheri, Ash- mead (N. sp.); Syrphus rzbessiz, Coccinella g-notata, and C. trans- versogultata. In conclusion, the Leaders again invite all interested in the study of insects to make the fullest use of them during the season 1900, whether they should be re-appointed as Leaders or not. W. H. HarrincrTon, Leaders. JAMES FLETCHER, REVIEWS. REPORT ON THE GEOLOGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES OF THE AREA INCLUDED BY THE NIPISSING AND TEMISCAMING Map SHEETS, COMPRISING PORTIONS OF THE DISTRICT OF NIPISSING, ONTARIO, AND OF THE CouNTY OF PonTIAc, QuEBEC. By Alfred Ernest -Barlow, M.A. Geological Survey of Canada, Pt. I, Annual Report, Vol. X, 1899, p. 302. This report, accompanied by two well executed maps on a scale of four miles to the inch and covering an area of 6912 square miles of the northern protaxis of the Dominion of Canada, is a valuable addition to the literature of the pre-Cambrian of North America, and is a further instalment of the work which is being systematically carried forward by the Dominion Geological Survey 248 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [January on these older rocks. The two maps, constituting what are known as sheets Nos. 131 and 138 of the Canadian Series, lie in the Upper Ottawa district along the border of the two provinces of Quebec and Ontario, and comprise portions of both. Lake Nipissing and Lakes Temagami, Temiscaming and Keepawa, as well as many smaller bodies of water, are included in the area, and afford along their shores especially good opportunities for the prosecution of geological work. After presenting a general account of the early explorations in this region, some of which date back almost to the time of the earliest settlement of the country by the French, and of previous surveys, the physical features of the country are described. The area is a great uneven or gently undulating rocky plateau, sloping somewhat to the east and northeast, having a general elevation of of goo to 1200 feet above sea-level, the level being so nearly uniform that hills 50 to 100 feet higher are conspicuous topo- graphical features. This peneplain is traversed in a north and south direction along one line of a very deep and rocky gorge, in which lie Lake Temiscaming and the Ottawa River. The hills, or cliffs, rise to a height of 400 to 600 feet from the water on either side, while the water of the lake is 400 feet deep, the bottom of the gorge being filled with a fine silt. The depression is thus 1000 feet deep and represents a great canon similar to those which are found on the margin of the northern protaxis at so many other points. Several smaller rivers also occupy similar depressions. ‘“ The detailed examination of the region, however, amply demon- strates that the sculpturing to which the surface owes its present configuration was practically completed long before the advent of the glacial epoch, and that the main valleys, especially those of the Ottawa and Mattawa rivers, were in existence long prior to the deposition of the Palaeozoic sediments.” With the exception of some comparatively small areas occupied by Paleozoic outliers, ranging in age from Black River to Niagara, the district is under- lain by rocks of Laurentian and Huronian age. The Laurentian, with the exception of a few small occurrences, is represented exclusively by the Fundamental Gneiss, a mass of granitic and dioritic rocks, usually possessing a foliated structure in which are many streaks, bands or inclusions of basic character, allied to Pet i te ek 1900} REVIEWS. ; 249 diorites or diabases in composition and representing either basic segregations from the granitic magma or portions of basic intru- sions caught up init. This Fundamental Gneiss, it is believed, probably represents the original crust of the earth which has undergone successive fusions and re-cementations before reaching its present condition. In placing these rocks at the base of the series it is not intended to assert that they stand for any distinct or prolonged period of geological time, nor to affirm that these rocks in their present condition and with the foliation which they now possess antedate those of the Huronian system. This, as is shown, is not the case in many, or even probably in most, in- stances. The chemical and mineralogical composition of the gneisses, as well as the character and origin of their foliation and the genetic relation of their associated pegmatites, are considered at length and many interesting facts brought forward which cannot here be further discussed. . The Grenville Series, so extensively developed further south, is is this northern area represented only by a very small and un- important occurrences of highly crystalline limestone and a single occurrence of gneiss. They occur isolated from one another and surrounded by Fundamental Gneiss on every side, and are referred to the Grenville Series on account of their identity in petrograph- ical character with the areas of this formation immediately to the south. % The district also includes large tracts of country underlain by pyroclastic and epiclastic rocks, forming a northeasterly extension of the development of the ‘‘ typical” Huronian area on the north shore of Lake Huron. At one place on Lake Temiscaming, these Huronian rocks are found resting upon the floor of Fundamental Gneiss on which they were originally deposited, and of whose detritus they are made up; everywhere else the Fundamental Gneiss has been re-fused or softened and penetrates the superin- cumbent Hurovian. The total thickness of the Huronian in the area is about eighteen hundred feet, made up as _ follows: 1. Breccia Conglomerate, 600 feet. _2. Shales and slaty grey- wackes, too feet. 3. Quartzose grit or Arkose, 1100 feet. Asso- ciated with these Huronian sediments are numerous intrusions of ’ 250 THe Ortawa NATURALIST. [January gabbro and diabase, some of which pass over gradually into flesh- red granites, representing, it is believed, portions of one and the same magma. No attempt is made in this report to correlate the Grenville Series and the Huronian of the area, as the facts are insufficient to warrant the attempt. And it may be remarked incidentally in this connection that a statement made on page 415 of the current volume of the Journal of Geology, in reviewing some other recent papers on the Canadian pre-Cambrian, is scarcely correct. The statement is as follows : ‘*The succession and correlation proposed in the above papers by Adams and Barlow and by Ells are fundamentally different from the traditional one which has been held in Canada for many years. The first departure is in placing the Grenville and Hastings Series as equivalent to the Huronian.” In the papers in question this correlation was not definitely made, but it was stated in reference to the Hastings Series that ‘* Both lithologically and stratigraphically the rocks bear a striking resemblance to the rocks mapped as Huronian in the region to the north and northeast of Lake Huron, and it seems very likely that the identity of the two series may eventually be established. The two areas, however, are rather widely separated geopraphic- ally and the greatest care will have to be exercised in attempting such a correlation.”* The further statement made by the Reviewer that ‘‘ Ells places with the Huronian all the sedimentary rocks of Eastern Canada” is also manifestly inaccurate, seeing that while it might terminate the controversy concerning the upward extension of the Huronian to include in that system the whole Palzozoic succession, Ells certainly did not advocate this course. The Palaeozoic outliers in this area, and especially that of the Niagara age, are of exceptional interest. Geographically this out lying patch of Niagara is so widely separated from any other lo- cality where rocks of this age are known to exist, that it has been a question as to whether it was formerly connected with the oc- currences about Hudson Bay or with those about Lake Ontario. *American Journal of Science, Vol. III, March, 1897, p. 177. 1900] REVIEWS. 251 The strata are highly fossiliferous and the paleontological evi- dence presented seems to prove that the seas in which the Niagara sediments of the Winnipeg basin and of Hudson Bay were depos- ited were practically continuous, while both were separated from the Temiscaming basin and the region to the south west. The Pleistocene history of the region seems to consist of a period of glaciation by a great ice sheet followed by profound sub- mergence, during which time the ocean invaded a large portion of the Ottawa Valley forming a marine gulf rivalling in extent the similar invasions of the sea in Paleozoic times. The direction of motion of the ice varies from S. 7° W. to S. 18° W. The report also contains much information concerning the fauna, flora and timber resources of the district, and has appen- dixes giving lists of elevations and catalogues of the Paleozoic fossils. F. D. ADAms. CANADIAN GEOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. By Dr. R. W. Ells. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Vol. V, 2nd Ser., Sec. IV, pp. 3—=38. In this important contribution to the Science of Geology, Dr, Ells, as president of Section 1V of the Royal Society of Canada, discusses the problems still existing in Canadian geology, the new names added to the geological nomenclature of Canada, the history and development of the present classification employed in this country, followed by a discussion ot the nomenclature in ‘‘ the Great Archen Complex with its vast series of overlying palzozoic sediments reaching upward in the geological scale to the Triassic formations ” included in that portion of Canada, east of the Red River of Manitoba. Dr. Ells indicates clearly the various terms used in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick as well as in Ontario and Quebec. It may not be deemed out of place here however to point out that, for instance, such names as ‘‘ Dadoxylon sandstone,”’ ‘€ Cordaile shales” and ‘‘ Mispec group,” as applied to the Devon- ian formations, are not, in the strict acceptance of the word, for- 252 THE OTTaAwaA NATURALIST. [January mational names, but indicate rather, in two cases at least, a biological zone, a life-zone. The term ‘‘ Perry sandstone” is also referred to (p. 14), and as is the case also of similar nomenclature in the gold-bearing series of Nova Scotia, no true formational names are assigned. For such names as the ‘‘ Perry sandstones” the ‘* Perry formation” could be easily adopted ; for ‘‘ Mispec group”’ the term ‘‘ Mispec formation”? employed, whilst substi- tutes are decidedly necessary for such expressionaas ‘‘ Dadoxylon sandstone,” ‘‘ Cordaite shales,” etc., which refer to biological characters rather than stand as names of a definite formation. Dr. Ells has given us in this interesting address the nomenclature used up to recent years. It is manifestly high time, especially in Eastern Canada, that some new and more modern classification be adopted. Formational names ought to be given to the slate and quartzite series in the gold-bearing series of Nova Scotia. If areas exist which can be mapped out over extensive tracts, why not adopt some name which will be applied for instance, one to the lower and another name for the upper division of the gold- bearing rocks of Nova Scotia. The last statement refers more particularly to the nomenclature used in the excellent reports and on the maps of Mr. E. R. Faribault, where the names “slate series” and ‘‘ quartzite series” are employed as formational names but are names merely based on a description of their lithological characters. Dr. Ells’s paper is full of suggestions, and deserves careful perusal. HMA SOIREES. The first soirée in the winter course was held in the assembly hall of the Normal School, November 28th, when Prof. John Ma- coun occupied the chair. Dr. MacCabe principal of the Normal School, in a brief and forcible address bade the club welcome. He spoke of the educational work done by the club and emphasized the necessity of field work in the study of nature. Dr. H. M. Ami, the president of the club, then delivered his inaugural ad- dress, speaking of the work accomplished by the late E. Billings, who by his energy and patient research did so much for palzon- —_~ a. eer, ee 1900] SOIREES. | Pap tology in Canada. The president then referred to the necessity of erecting some suitable tablet or memorial in Ottawa to his mem- ory, as it was here that much of his best work was done. Refer- ence was also made to the death of Sir J. W. Dawson. Appended to the biographical sketches of E. Billings and Sir Wm. Dawson were lists of the writings of each of these two Canadian palzon- tologists and geologists. Sir James Grant also referred to the work done by the late E. Billings, with whom he had been asso- ciated in his geological rambles in and about Ottawa, and hoped that a suitable memorial would be erected to commemorate his life-work. Mr. S. B. Sinclair then gave an interesting address on nature study and modern methods in scientific research. A short intermission was then given during which the audi- ence examined the various interesting objects on exhibition.. Mi- croscopes under the management of Messrs. Odell, Halkett, Att- wood and others, were well patronized. Among the exhibits that were much appreciated was a fine collection of recent shells, shown by Mr. Thomas Whitley, also four cases of Ontario butterflies and moths from the private collection of Mr. Arthur Gibson of the Central Experimental Farm. Mr. R.B. Whyte showed an ex- cellent photograph of Cypripedium pubescens. Prof. E. E. Prince exhibit2d the head of the great Lake Trout, and Dr. H. M. Ami showed photographs of geological phenomena about Ottawa, fos- sils from the Utica and pleistocene of Ottawa, and human remains from Lighthouse Island, Aylmer, collected in 1899. Messr. S. B. Sinclair, and D. A. Campbell then gave an exhibition of lantern views showing the Minute Structure in Flowering Plants. Mr. Campbell explained each view as it was thrown on the screen, pointing out the different kinds of cells which make up the vari- ous parts of the plant. Thelantern used was that recently pur- chased for the use of the Normal School and through the kindness of Dr. MacCabe, was placed at the disposal of the club for this and other soirées. The second soirée was held in the Assembly Hall of the Y. M. C. A..on December 12th. In the absence of Dr. Ami, 254 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [January President of the Club, Prof. John Macoun occupied the chair and gave a short opening address in which he pointed out the educa- tional value of natural history studies to young people. Mr. W. H. Harrington then read his paper on ‘‘ Ottawa Diptera.” He spoke of the different species of flies, mentioning those that were injurious to cereals, etc. He also referred to diseases, and to the habit of grocers placing fruits and berries on the sidewalks exposed to flies which only a moment before may have come from some decaying animal or vegetable matter. Dr. James Fletcher, of the Experimental Farm, then gave a most interesting address on ‘‘ The Rearing of Insects,” and showed what great pleasure and profit might be obtained from watching an insect develop through all its stages. He also gave many valuable hints to beginners as to the details. Mr. Arthur Gibson, Mr. Fletcher’s assistant, followed with a paper on ‘*Some Interesting Moths Taken at Ottawa.” All three papers were illustrated by suitable collections, and Master Louis Burland showed a box of minerals and fossils neatly labelled. An interest- ing discussion followed, in which a number in the audience took part, and further information was elicited by questions. The third soirée, was held in the Assembly Hall of the Y. M.C. A- There was. a good attendance of members and strangers. Zoology, Ornithology and Geology formed the topics of the evening. Prof. E. E, Prince, B.A., F.L.S., gave a most interesting paper ‘‘On the Comparative Anatomy of the Ear,” in which he traced the unity of structure and arrangement in that organ from the lowest organism up to the highest and the special adaptation of that box or mechanical contrivance to receive vibrations and im- part them to the nerves connected therewith. By means of a beautiful series of coloured and exquisitely prepared and original slides thrown upon the screen, Prof. Prince illustrated the ana- tomy of the ‘‘true ear” in jelly fishes, worms, mollusks, birds, fishes, reptiles and vertebrates. An interesting discussion follow- ed this paper in which Messrs. Kingston, Whyte, Evans and the lecturer took part. — ae ae goo] SorréEs. . 255 Mr. Andrew Halkett, of the Marine and Fisheries Depart- ment, then read his paper ‘‘ On Gannets and Cormorants, with Special Reference to Canadian Forms.’’ This paper was full of in- teresting notes of observations made in the field and along the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific in British North America. (1) ‘* Mote on the Occurrence of Ranopleurides in the Upper Trenton ( Ordovician) of Parliament Hill, Ottawa, Canada” ; (2) ‘“On anew species of Turrilepas from the Trenton limestone of Governor's Bay, Ottawa, Canada,” are the titles of two brief papers presented by Mr. H. Ami, in which he give descriptions of two species supposed to be new to science. The first was a trilobite from the Upper half of the limestone beds of Parliament Hill, Ottawa, whose affinities came close to Ranopleurides Canadensis, Billings, described from the Chazy of the Township of Clarence, some 500 feet lower down in the series of Ordovician strata in the Ottawa Valley. The other was a ‘barnacle’ or cirripede from Governor’s Bay, of which one of the small opercular values was discovered on on the occasion of one of the Club’s Excursions last April, 1899. Its nearest ally is Zurrilepas Canadensis, Woodward, from the Utica of Gloucester, opposite the Old Rifle Range. Mr. Ami then drew the Club’s attention to Prof. W. H. Hobb’s interesting paper “On the Diamond-field of the Great Lakes ” and gave an abstract of its contents, illustrating his remarks on the discovery of the eight diamonds in Wisconsin, Ohio and Michigan glacial gravels by means of lantern slides in which the probable source of the glacial drift of three states was traced to Canada from the detritus brought down by the Labradorean or Keewatin glaciers or both. ‘*Principal Places of Geological Interest about Ottawa” was then discussed by the President and illustrated by means ot lantern slides. Dr. Fletcher, Messrs. A. W. Brock, R. B. Whyte and others took part in the discussion which followed the reading of these geological papers. 256 Tue OrtrawA NATURALIST. [January NOTES. In a review of a paper by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Henry Woodward on Belinurus grandevus, a new species of Palzozoic Limuloid Crustacean from the ‘‘ Eo-Carboniferous” of Riversdale, N.S., it is stated on page 208 of this journal that Belznurus has not been found in rocks of earlier age than the Coal Measures. In Geikie’s Text Book of Geology, however, this genus is men- tioned as occurring with Pterygotus, Bothriolepis, Coccosteus, Pterichthys, Glyptolepis and other typical Lower Devonian and Silurian forms in the Kiltorcan’ beds of Ireland. Thus the inference drawn in the conclusion of this article that these rocks are Carboniferous does not seem to be sustained. May it not on the other hand be assumed that ‘‘The faunz of the seas of the Lower Carboniferous, Coal formation and Permian veriods, both in Europe and America, present so great similarities that they may, in a broad view of the subject, be regarded as iden- tical; ’ * while for’ ‘* Lower Carboniferous,” according to correla- tions of the fossils from these strata in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia made recently by Professor Kidston and Dr. David White, as recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in his ‘‘ Address on the Devo- nian System in Canada,” must we now say ‘‘ Lower Devonian” ? R.. W. E, Mr. Sinclair, M.A., Vice-Principal of the Normal School, has been granted leave of absence tor one year. He expects to spend most of the year at Chicago University where he has recently been awarded an honorary post graduate fellowship in the Department of Pedagogy. The fellowships of which there are only two granted by the University are given in recognition of original Educational research. Healso expects to spend several months observing European schools. During his six years stay in Ottawa he has been librarian of the O. F. N. C. * Acadian Geology, page 283. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VOL. XIll., No. IOS TEIs {l- dice “aoe 2 To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’s paper, “ Lake Deschénes, Aylmer, Que.” On the Archeology of PL. Il. 5] No. 10 VOL. XIll., THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. 2 y a = — = “On the Archeology of To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’s paper, Lake Deschénes, Aylmer, Que.” VOL. XIII., No. 10, PL. Ill. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. a pass &G ig <2 — eee: aS G rtsd SS. Se A oa =a \F. > BAI S paper, ‘‘On the Archeology of nes, Aylmer, Que.” é Lake Desch To illustrate Mr. T. W. E. Sowter’ a ES eS ee a ee THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. VoL. XIII. OTTAWA, FEBRUARY, 1goo. No. 11 RANGIFER DAWSONI. PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CARIBOU FROM QUEEN CHARLOTTE’S ISLANDS. By ERNEST SETON-THOMPSON. In August, 1899, while at Ottawa, Canada, my attention was called by Dr. G. M. Dawson, of the Geological Survey, to the fact that Caribou exist on the northernmost and largest island of the Queen Charlotte group, and later, on my asking for fuller details, he wrote me as follows : ‘‘When engaged in geologically surveying the Queen Char- lotte Islands in the summer of 1878, I heard of this animal but did not see it, and from Indian accounts came to the conclusion it was the Wapiti, which as you know occurs on Vancouver Island. In my report for (878-79, p. 113B, I therefore referred to it as follows: ‘There is pretty good evidence to show that the Wapiti occurs on the northern part of Graham, but it is very seldom killed. The small Deer (C. columbianus) is not found on the islands, nor is the Wolf, Grizzly Bear, Mountain Sheep or Moun- tain Goat.’ ‘At a later date I ascertained that the animal in question was not the Wapiti but the Caribou, from Mr. Charles, formerly connected with the Hudson’s Bay Co. in Victeria. He had a skin of the animal, imperfect, but with horns and hoofs sufficient to show its general character. ‘* The only published reference I have made to the occurrence, that I can remember, is in a paper on the Later Physiographical Geology of the Rocky Mountain Region in Canada. Trans. Royal 258 THe Orrawa NATuRALIST. - | February Society of Canada, Vol. VIII, Section IV, 1890, pp. 51-52. This is as follows : ‘¢*One further circumstance may, in conclusion, be referred to here as being readily and intelligibly explicable on the hypothesis of a considerable elevation of the land at about this time, (close of the glacial period.) This is the existence at the present day of Caribou in the northern part of Queen Charlotte Islands. ‘‘TIn a former report on these islands I have spoken of the occurrence of the Elk or Wapiti on them. This statement was, however, based merely on Indian report, as none of the animalsin question wereseen. Since that time I have learnea from Mr. W. Charles, that the animal in question is really the Caribou, and I have been shown by him the skin and antlers of one of these ani- mals. The Caribou is not now found anywhere else in the region of the coast, either on the islands or on the Coast Ranges, though it roams over high plateaux to the east of these ranges. The shortest distance between any point of the Queen Charlotte Is- lands and the nearest islands of the Coast Archipelago is thirty miles, and the intervening strait is subject to rapid tidal currents. The isolation of the Queen Charlotte Islands is in fact.so com- plete that the Deer, which inhabits all the other islands of the coast, is not found in this group. ; ‘Tt is, therefore, in the absence of the Caribou from the neighboring coast and its adjacent islands, and in consideration of the width of the waterway which would have to be crossed, at least highly probable that this animal reached the Queen Char- lotte Islands under the present conditions. I am thus led to be- lieve that the Caribou colonized the islands at a time at which either the glaciers extending from the mainland attained to the Queen Charlotte Islands, or by a land connection during a_ period of greater elevation.* The latter is in every way the more pro- bable supposition, and, if it be entertained, it may further be as- sumed that the animal came to the islands at the date of the im- mediately post-glacial elevation above indicated, and that it has since, as an isolated colony, succeeded in maintaining itself there. * Ths minimum amount of elevation requlred would be about 200 feet above the present level, ee eee eee 1900] SETON- THOMPSON—RANGIFER DAWSONI. 259 ‘The Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands have evidently long employed the antlers of the native Caribou for the manufacture cf various implements, clubs, etc., as some of the oldest of these in our collections are of that material, which was evidently prized. These Indians are not great hunters and in fact dislike going into the interior of this island and on the higher ground where the small bands of Caribou occur. ‘* You will notice from my remarks above quoted that these _ animals must in all probability have been a long time entirely sep- arated from any others, and I should think it highly probable with an animal so variable as the Caribou that they may have ce considerable peculiarities.” A fortnight later I wasin Victoria, Vancouver Id., and had an interview with Mr.W. Charles,at his home on Fort St. Mr. Charles was Hudson Bay Co.’s factor at Victoria for years, and the Queen Charlotte Islands came within his official district. He informed me that while visiting at Masset in the north end of Graham Island, he several times heard reports that Caribou were found on the island. But the Indians never brought any in, for they have a superstitious dread of the interior and of the west coast, where the Caribou are found. They believe that if they go there they will be devoured by some fabulous monster that comes up from the sea. At best they are poor hunters, and rarely think about the chase when they ‘can get a meal of fish. One day in 1882 (?) when Mr. Charles _ went as far as the west slope of the mountains on the Pacific side he noticed a great extent of beautiful level upland pastures, and _ remarked that if there are any Caribou on this island this is the place to look for them. Accordingly Mr. Alex. Mackenzie, an ex- employee of the Hudson’s Bay Co., set out with some Siwash Indians and found near the place a large herd of Caribou, and opened fire on them. The first to fall had only one horn. They brought its skin and skull to Mr. Charles, who states that the skin was of a mouse colour and the animal too small for the Woodland Caribou, and too dark to be the arctic species. He is of the opinion that it is closely related to the Barren Ground Caribou. The skin was destroyed, but the fragmentary skull with its one horn was deposited in the Provincial Museum of Victoria, B.C, 260 THE Ottawa NATURALIST. {February Dr. Dawson has called my attention to the following passage in Mackenzie’s ‘‘ Notes on Certain Implements and Weapons of Graham Island. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, Sec. IJ, 1891, p. 50. ‘* Reindeer antler Tomahawk (Haida, Scoots-Alth-at-low.) [No. 1302|—This very ancient and interesting relic is made from one of a species of Reindeer which inhabits the mountainous interior of Graham Island. In ancient times these Reindeer were hunted by the Haida and killed by bow and arrow, being highly prized both for meat and skin. [See Marchand’s Voyage, Chap. V, 1791.] This weapon was the property of the Masset doctor, or medicine man, who is still alive but aged. To him it was bequeathed by his predecessor who died many years ago....... It is undoubtedly a relic of the times before these natives had intercourse with white men.” Through the courtesy of Mr. John Fannin I have had the op- portunity of making a thorough examination of the skull in ques- tion and am convinced that the animal is entitled to formal recog- — nition. I propose therefore to name it in honour of Dr. G. M. Dawson of the Canadian Geological Survey, the eminent explorer of the Queen Charlotte Islands, who first called the attention of the scientific world to the existence of the animal. RANGIFER DAWSONI, Sf. nov. Sp. character.—Its small size, about that of Rangtfer arcticus, and its color, which is darker than that of arvcticus, but much lighter than that of montanus from the interior of British Columbia. Habitat.—_Queen Charlotte Islands. The type being from the interior of Graham, which is the northmost large island of the group. The nearest point on the mainland where Caribou are found is 150 miles away in the interior of British Columbia. This individual was peculiar in having but one horn, but this is merely an accident and is probably the reason that the specimen was brought in by the hunters. The following measurements will be of use in conjunction with the figures : In figure 1, the length of the antler from below the burr fol- lowing the outer curve to the top of the highest point, 2834 inches v eee ae se re en, ye ea SS ee —_— ~~ 1900] SETON-THOMPSON—RANGIFER Dawsonl, 261 (730 mm.); girth of antler at base above the burr, 434 inches (120 mm.). In figures 2, length from the point of the occiput A to the posterior point of the nasal bones B, 6,°; inches (166 mm.); great- est width across the orbits C. D. 6 inches, (153 mm.). My thanks are due to Dr. J. A. Allen, of the American Mu- seum, for the opportunity to compare its skull with that of its giant relative Rangifer montanus. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CALCAREOUS SPONGE FROM VANCOUVER ISLAND, B.C. By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S. LEUCANDRA TAYLoRrI. (Sf. ‘nov. ) Sponge small, solitary, sessile, nearly spherical, terminating above in a well developed oscular fringe. Surface hispid, owing to the presence of projecting, stout oxea. The three specimens representing this species are of about the same size and shape, the one figured (figs. a@ and 4) measuring 4.5 mm. in breadth and about 6 mm. in height, including the oscular fringe, which has a length of a little over 1 mm. The walls of the sponge are thick and the gastral cavity is cylindrical and narrow, being slightly less than 1 mm. in width. The inhalent pores are scattered on the dermal surface and the flagellated chambers (/ c, fig. c) are small, averaging about .06 mm. in width, rounded and disposed irregularly in the wall. The exhalent canals leading into the gastral cavity have not been sat isfactorily seen. ‘ Skeleton.— The skeleton consists of triradiate spicules of the _ parenchyma, of gastral triradiate, of dermal triradiate and large oxeote spicules, of slender, linear, dermal spicules and slender ox- eote spicules of the oscular fringe. 1. Triradiate spicules of the parenchyma.—Slightly sagittal ; the basal ray straight, up to about .117 mm. long, the 262 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. [February lateral rays generally slightly curved, about .og1 mm. long; the three rays tapering to a point and about .oog mm. in diameter at midlength ; oral angle slightly small- er than the other two. Thickly scattered irregularly in the wall (figs. c and @). 2. Gastral triradiates.—Similar to the triradiates of the paren- chyma except that the basal ray reaches a length of .209 mm., the lateral rays a length of .157 mm. and all the rays are about .0o6 mm. in diameter at midlength. Lying parallel to the gastral surface (figs. c and e). 3. Dermal triradiates.—Slightly sagittal with equal angles, the basal ray reaching a length of .o72 mm., and the lateral rays a length of .045 mm.; all the rays are round- ed at their extremities and measure .oo4 mm. in diame- ter ; an aborted fourth ray is sometimes apparently de- veloped. Occurring in three or four layers parallel to the dermal surface (figs. c. and f.) 4g. Large oxea.—Varying in length from .616 to 1.096mm. and in diameter at midlength from .041 to .068 mm.; slightly curved, the curvature being most pronounced near their outer ends ; at right angles to, and with generally about one-third of their length projecting beyond, the dermal surface. Some of the smaller spicules of this kind are entirely embedded in the wall or protude but a little be- yond the surface (figs. c, g and h). 5. Minute linear spicules.—Very slender, about .131 mm. long and .002 mm. in diameter. Numerous and lying irregu- larly, with the dermal triradiates, parallel to the outer surface (figs. ¢ and 7). 6. Oxea of the oscular fringe.—Slender, about 2.5 mm, long and .og mm. in diameter, forming a well developed fringe around the osculum. Three specimens of this sponge were collected by the Rev. George W. Taylor, of Nanaimo, B.C., who found them adhering to the under side of boulders, between tides, at Boat Harbour, six miles south of Nanaimo, on the 24th of June, 1899. Mr. Taylor has also sent to the writer two small sponges that on examination ee eee ae ee en ee) ee ee Pa 1900] LaMBE—NEW SPECIES OF CALCAREOUS SPONGE. 263 prove to belong to the species Sycon protectum, Lambe, described originally from a specimen dredged by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in 1872 eight miles south-east of Bonaventure Island, Baie des Chaleurs (vzde Transactions Royal Society of Canada, second series, Vol. II, 1896). The specimens of this second species were found also at Boat Harbour growing on the under surface of boulders between tides. Figure c of the plate accompanying the above description represents part of a horizontal section of the sponge. ANNUAL ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT OF. THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB, -H..M. AMI, M,A., F.G.S.. DELIVERED NOVEMBER 28th, 18g. In four brief months our Club will have attained its majority, and it may not be considered out of place to look backward for a moment and cast a cursory glance over that period of time which has elapsed since the Club was organized in 1879. The special object which the Club had at its inception, of investigating the natural history resources of the district about Ottawa, was constantly kept in view, and I think no one can deny that the Club has prospered and accomplished a considerable amount of work in the direction of so worthy an object. The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club now counts within its membership a large proportion of the active and working natural- ists of Canada, which constitute a small army of observers in the field of Nature. The three original members of the Club, Dr. James Fletcher, Mr. W. H. Harrington and Mr. R. B. Whyte, who were the leading spirits in formulating the character as well as the aims of the Club at its beginning, are still with us, and as active as ever. Previous to 1879, the Ottawa district had received a certain amount of attention at the hands of the late Mr. E. Billings, the late Dr. VanCortland, and of Dr., now Sir James Grant. The first obtained a large amount of geological material, especially from the Trenton formation so well developed in our neighbour- 264 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. {February hood, which enabled him to publish those excellent Decades, or Descriptions of Canadian Organic Remains, and give to the world much information respecting the ancient life of those early seas which once covered this portion of the North American continent. Outside of this but little systematic work had been published or recorded from this locality until the Club made its appearance, and sought to develop and search out the geological, botanical, entomological and other resources at our very doors. In the department of Entomology, and through the writings of Dr. Fletcher, of Mr. Harrington and of Mr. T. J. McLaughlin, the Transactions of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, in the first six parts, and in THE Ottawa NatTuratist, which followed, con- tain probably more intormation regarding the insect life of our district than can be found recorded for any other city in Canada. In the department of Botany the good work of Dr. Fletcher, in his early edition of the Flora Ottawaénsis, which served to guide many of us in the pleasant paths of flowering plants, with his enthusiastic co-worker, Mr. R. B. Whyte, in the opening year of our Club, gave an impetus to the study of plants which was only enhanced by the advent of Prof. John Macoun, M.A., F.L.S., and his family to our city. In Ottawa, the active, genial and militant professor was made welcome, and he has given the Club the con- stant benefit of his wide experience, urged everyone to more ob- jective work and greater effort in carrying out the objects of our Club. ‘‘ What are you doing for the Club, or for natural history?” was the constant question put. It is a notable fact that the botanical branch of our Club has been ever the most popular. The second edition of the Flora Ottawaénsis, in which Dr. Fletcher gives the precise locality in which each species can be found, be- sides its name, common and scientific, proved a turther boon to botanical students. A careful use of this work and dilligent search after the rarer specimens of plants about Ottawa, invariably led those devoting their attention to this fascinating branch to dis- cover their prize and complete their herbaria. Whether on the mountain top or in the valley, or again by the riverside or along the brooks or lakes of our district, in the swamps and rocky places, in the diversified regions such as we SE ee ee ae ee ee 1gg0|> |. Ami—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 265 fortunately possess about Ottawa, in shady as well as in sunlit spots of the district, there are a thousand and one gems of beauty in plant life awaiting the keen observer in a delightful as well as healthful pursuit. Turning our attention to the field of Geology in the Ottawa district, a year has not passed since the Club was organized but some discovery was made of some species or form unknown to science, or in the tracing more exactly the trend of the various geological formations which we have. The important work done by the late E. Billings, and of the Geological Survey in the fifties, served as a basis for operation, and a systematic table of the geological formations about Ottawa to- gether with their characters, their fossils, the thickness of the strata, and other interesting notes, giving a very comprehensive and concise history of the district in pre-human times, is now available for reference. Details in stratigraphy have been recorded, and rare specimens of fossils discovered during the excursions of the Club, many of which have proved of considerable value to the Geological Survey department, have been recorded in the Trans- actions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. Information thus obtained by our members, who happened to be members of the Geological Survey staff, has enabled the latter to describe with greater degree of accuracy various geological features of the Capital besides other portions ot Eastern Ontario, which have come within the sphere of the Club’s activity. In the field of Geology there is yet much to be done. In the Archzan formations alone, which are so well and extensively developed to the north of our city, and from which mica, apatite, graphite, asbestus and iron, as well as other minerals of economic value to men are ob- tained, there is a wide sphere of research open to the geologist. . More especially in the sub-division of Petrography, or that science which deals with the microscopical character and structure as well as the origin of the rocks, is the field extensive and important as well as interesting. We shall not understand the proper relations of the various members of that great Archean complex until a careful study has been made of the numerous and varied rock masses which are the oldest that we know in the earth’s crust, and which supplied the materials from which all the subsequent and 266 Tue Orrawa NATURALIST. [February newer deposits were derived. In this field alone there is work for a dozen members of the Club, for a whole lifetime each, without exhausting the subject. There is no better field in North America. Ever since the formation of the Club, the subject of Con- chology, or the study of shells, has engaged the attention of some ot the members of the Club. Mr. Gilbert C. Heron, Dr. James- Fletcher;- “Mr; WH Hartinpton, Mes jek, Whiteaves, Hon. Mr. Porier and lastly and conspicuously, Mr., now the Hon. F. R. Latchford, have contributed valuable papers regarding the various species of land and fresh-water shells of the Ottawa district, and recorded such notes of observations and descriptions of species as will enable any amateur, or other col- lector of shells, coming within this district, to ascertain definitely what species may be found, and will enable also outsicers to seein what manner satisfactory results may be obtained and information derived bearing on the shells of whatever district in which they may be residing. In Ornithology, Messrs. W. L. Scott, W. A. D. Lees, A. G. Kingston, Miss Harmer, Miss Ballantyne, Messrs. G. R. and T. Whyte, and the Messrs. Saunders have contributed valuable notes to the literature of the Club, whilst in Zoology proper, Mr. H. B. Small, Mr. W. P. Lett, Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, Prof. Prince, Mr. Odell, and Prof. Macoun have all given us a fair idea of the fauna of the Ottawa district and elsewhere. Inthe department of chemistry many important papers and contributions of special interest to the Ottawa public and Canadian investigators, have appeared from time to time from the pens of Mr. F. T. Shutt, Dr. R. F. Ruttan and others. In the field of Archeology, the Club has of late had a new field of research open, and one full of promise. Fora number of years past it has been known that the Ottawa Valley was the home of many tribes of aborigines, who left behind them in the sites of their abandoned villages rude implements of the chase and of war, relics of a bygone civilization which have only just begun to be investigated. For years past, an intermittent stream of specimens has come to the notice of the Ethnological division of the Geo- logical Survey from various points in the Ottawa Valley, and in Mr. Sowter’s paper ‘‘On the Archeology of Lake Deschénes,” EEE ee ee oo ——— = Se 1900] Am1i—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 267 read before this Club Jast winter, we have what I believe will form the first of a series of most interesting papers describing the early history of Man in this district long after the close of the Glacial period and subsequent to the Champlain period of submergence, which is followed by that in which we now live, the ‘‘Recent” per- iod of elevation. In all these branches of the Club’s work there has been marked activity in the field. To this may be added the reports of _the leaders of the branches, which form, and ever ought to form, an important feature in the Club’s work, for in them suggestions for work to be done as well as to avenues open appear trom time to time in order to stimulate work. For a number cf years the main object of this Club was the study of this locality alone, but with the growth of our city, and the addition of a considerable number of scientific men on the staff of the various departments of the Government service, as well as with a considerable influx of members from other parts of the Dominion who desired to join us, and who contributed papers upon the natural history of the districts in which they happened to reside, our Club was of necessity compelled, in 18g0, to widen its sphere of activity, so that, to-day, besides investigating and report- ing upon the natural history and geology of the Ottawa district (which it is understood comprises an area with a radius of twenty miles, with Ottawa as a centre) also publishes reports and papers bearing upon the natural history and geology of other parts of the Dominion of Canada. Ottawa is no doubt fast becoming one of the leading centres of scientific research on this continent, and outside of the technical and professional reports, issued by authority of Parliament, there ought to be a most active and live organ or medium of publication in our midst, worthy of our Capital. Freedom in the discussion of the various scientific problems that occur in the study‘of any field of natural history or geological inquiry, as well as encourage- ment in the search for additional light upon these problems, with facility for publication, ought to be the share of every investigator. Such encouragement to research must necessarily help in develop- ing our material resources, which must form a potent factor in building up our nation. 268 Tue Orrawa Naturauist. [February Our medium of publication, THE Ortawa NATURALIST, which constitutes and includes the Transactions of the Ottawa Field- Naturalists’ Club, has been regularly published since 1880. In its 13 volumes there are more than 2000 pages of text, and there may be found stores of information bearing upon local natural history, in which the economic as well as the scientific side of the subject is recorded. It is not my purpose to shower encomiums or praise on the workers of the Club for what they have accomplished. The pleasure and interest as well as the health and exercise derived from such researches are sufficient remuneration for whatever toil, trouble and drudgery they may have experienced. To develop the powers of observation and comparison iu man there is no better occupation. It is excellent training for the mind as well as the body. One feature of the Club’s work to which I need scarcely draw your attention is in connection with the educational institutions of the city. Itis very gratifying to the executive of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club to have our meetings and excursions prove ot interest to those engaged in training the mind. Weare pleased also to have the good-will of the worthy principal of the Normal School—Dr. MacCabe—who has always been a friend of the Club. It is one of the ambitions of the Club to assist in a measure not only to awaken a live interest in natural history researches, but also to build upa reference collection of specimens illustrating the recent as well as extinct faunas and floras in the Ottawa district, so that the students of botany, entomology, conchology and geology, as well as ethnology can have access to it for the sake of comparison. We are pleased to see that already a number of collections have been donated by various members of the Club to form the nucleus of such a useful series. The best thanks of the Club are due to Dr. MacCabe for the use of this fine Assembly Hall for three evenings of the course of winter soirées. TRIBUTE TO THE LATE E. BILLINGS. It was my purpose at one time to give you this evening a short paper on the more important localities where the most inter- esting geological phenomena may be studied to advantage about ee ee ee ee ee ee ks OYE a —_—— = _ ee eee eS ee 1900] Amt—ANNUAL ADDRSES. 269 Ottawa. Such a paper seems necessary at this juncture, but I will postpone this to a later date, and if you will bear with me for a few moments I desire to introduce a subject which long before this ought to have received attention at our hands. I refer to the life and works of the late Elkanah Billings, the great Canadian paleontologist, who founded the Canadian Naturalist and Geo- logist, was elected Fellow of the Geological Society of London and of numerous other societies, and assisted Sir William Logan in laying the foundation of our knowledge of the geology of the older provinces of Canada. Billings was a citizen of this city, and ina suitable manner such a society as ours ought to do something to- wards perpetuating his memory. As one who for the last twenty years has come in almost daily contact with the works and writings of the late Mr. Billings, I cannot refrain from giving utterance to the statement that it is impossible not to see in him one of the greatest men that Canada has produced. It is further owing to Billings that some one should undertake to give to the world a complete and system- atic list of the various genera and species of fossil organic remains which he described, in a compact form, and likewise to place to- gether in their chronological order his numerous and important writings. These various lists, which comprise some fifty-eight new genera and as many as 1,051 new species of fossil organisms, besides a list of his writings, I have undertaken to prepare, and now beg to submit to you for publication. I shall not trouble you by reading these over, but would supplement these remarks by throwing out a suggestion which I humbly ask you to consider. Is it not our duty as well as our privilege, as a Club organized to look after the interests of science and scientific research, to see that a suitable memorial or tribute to the memory of such an illus- trious Canadian as Billings ought to be erected in our midst? Two suggestions have occurred to my mind, and both appear feasible and appropriate. These are:—1. By means of a portrait or oil painting of the late E. Billings; 2, the erection of a memorial tablet to be placed in some conspicuous locality on the strata of our Capital. With regard to the former, I may say that when the subject was first mooted, some months ago, a number of gentlemen in- 270 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. _ [February terested in geology in Canada volunteered to subscribe toward obtaining a portrait of Mr. Billings. An excellent painting of him is now in the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal. Inasmuch as Billings not only developed a taste for and carried on researches in Geology and Palzontology in Ottawa, it seems particularly appropriate for some such institution or society as our Club to undertake the task of raising a small fund towards perpetuating his memory in our midst, and I now desire to present the case to your mind, with the subscription list open for your kind and generous consideration, to which list a number of names are already attached. With regard to the second suggestion made, of erecting a memorial tablet and placing it in some conspicuous position in our city, this seems to meet the approval also of a number of persons to whom the subject has been broached. A similar memorial tablet has been erected and placed ina conspicuous outcrop of one of the geological formations of Prague, in Bohemia, in honour of the late Joachim Barrande, the great paleontologist of Central Europe who himself in his lifetime was in communication with Mr. Billings, whom we are seeking to honour for the marvellously large amount of most excellent work which he performed, not only in Canada as a whole, but more especially in Ottawa. I snall not attempt to give you a biographical notice of the late Mr. Billings, inasmuch as there exist already a number of fairly complete notices of his life history. It will suffice to offer for publication in our Transactions such records of his writings and works which in our opinion are greatly needed by all working paleontologists, and which in our humble judgment ought long ago to have been prepared. THE LATE SIR WILLIAM DAWSON. I would be remiss of my duty as president of a Club like ours if I did not refer to the loss which science in Canada has so recently sustained in the person of one who during his entire career has taken a most active part in the progress and advance- ment of geological research in our country. I refer to the late principal of McGill University, Sir William Dawson. His life was one of unremitting toil in the interests of educa- tion, science and religion. Sir William Dawson accomplished 1900] Am1—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 271 enough in each of these three classes of work to satisfy any three hard-working individuals! He leaves behind him such monu- ments of industry and perseverance as few men do. The Peter Redpath Museum ot McGill University alone is a monument which for ages will give food for thought to the coming generations both of students in the University and to the geologists who seek to unravel the problems of geological science in different portions of Canada, but more especially with reference to those of the Mari- time Provinces, his native land. - Sir William was born in the town of Pictou, Nova Scotia, on October 13th, 1820, and just as the first hour of the day of rest dawned last Sunday, November roth, 1899, he departed to his long rest. He has done more to stimulate and encourage the study of the natural sciences, and especially of geology, in Canada than any other individual. His vast store of knowledge, acquired by diligent labour in the broad field of nature as well as in the labora- tory, embraced several of the leading sciénces, and at one time, owing to circumstances in connection with the University over which he presided for a period of forty years so successtully, his courses of lectures included chemistry, botany, zoology, together with geology, paleontology and mineralogy. As a paleo-botanist, Sir William’s reputation was world-wide, and his descriptions of the fossil floras of Canada from the earliest Paleozoic, through the Carboniferous on to the Mesozoic and later Tertiaries, to those of more recent times are too well known to be dwelt upon on this occasion. No less than seventy-nine distinct papers or articles upon fossil plants have been published by him, and amongst these are included descriptions of the fossil flora found in the Leda-clay formation of the Ottawa Valley. As a student of recent plants he did much to stimulate activity and build up the magnificent herbarium now existing at McGill. His ‘‘ Acadian Geology,” in which are described the succession of the geological formations of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, as well as their mineral resources, is a most tascinating work. In it he describes not only the various organic remains peculiar to the Atlantic Provinces, but enters into unusually interesting discus- sions regarding the origin of coal, the climatic and other condi. 272 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. [February tions which characterized the formations which were laid down with the coal. To these are appended notes of ethnological value regarding the Micmac language, and other notes of interest. In the land animals of the Coal Period, Sir William Dawson discovered much that was new to science, and opened up this subject in a masterly way, and it has since expanded to a marked degree. His descriptions of the Microsauria which he found buried in the basal portions of the fossil trees, along the famous Joggins section of Cumberland County, Nova Scotia, will ever remain as one of his most conspicuous and important writings. In them he has reconstructed an extinct fauna of quad- rupeds which inhabited the shores and shallows of the Eastern Atlantic coast, and of the estuaries and lagoons of the great Coal period, besides describing shells and insects of those lakes and bays—all air-breathing types of intense interest—the first of many races that were to follow in the chain of geological times and develop to higher torms in subsequent times. His numerous writings upon ‘‘ Hozoon Canadense”—the ‘‘ Dawn of Life” organism—have perhaps more than any cthers tended to make his name famous in the field of Science. In periodicals and magazines on both sides of the Atlantic, Sir William contributed a great number of papers and articles bearing upon the origin of the masses of laminated rock found in the Laurentian rocks of Canada which Sir William Logan, Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, Dr. W. B. Carpenter, Prof. Murie and many microscopists, naturalists ‘and geologists held to be of organic origin. Sir William was highly systematic in all the work he under- took. His was a busy life, but he was always calm, and met even the humblest child with courtly grace, generous spirit and dignity, commanding the respect and admiration of all who knew him. The McGill of to-day is the result of his arduous labours in connection with that educational centre. He had the peculiar faculty of enlisting support and co-operation on the part of those with whom he came into contact. As a writer, who sought to present in a popular form the results of geological science to a larger audience than greeted him on the college benches, he was eminently successful. Such works as the ‘‘ Meeting Place of Geology and History,” ‘* The 1900] AmI—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 273 Story of the Earth and Man,” “ Facts and Fancies in Modern Science,” ‘‘ Fossil Men and their Modern Representatives,” ‘‘Sakent Points in the Science of the Earth,” ‘* Modern Ideas of Evolution,” are some of the more interesting, of his popular works. The many editions through which these various writings passed, testify to their popularity on both sides of the Atlantic. Throughout the English-speaking world his name was a household word, and a letter of introduction from him was a pass- port in every country in Europe. As a Bible expositor, Sir William stood high. He ploughed deep in the books of Holy Writ, and subjected those writings to the same keen critical sense to which he referred other problems _ in the scientific world, and brought out many hidden truths from the Word of God which had been hitherto obscure. ‘‘ Egypt and the Holy Land; their Geology and Natural Resources,” ‘‘ Eden Lost and Won,” ‘‘Archaia,’’ ‘* The Mosaic Cosmogony,” ‘*t Modern Science in Bible Lands,’ ‘‘ The Origin of the World According to Revelation and Science,” form part of a series of writings of an apologetic character, Which in his day Sir William Dawson deemed necessary to combat certain views which were thrust npon the more or less observant and thinking world regarding the origin of man, as well as of other species living upon this planet. These have no doubt played a conspicuous part in establishing the present more or less evident equilibrium which exists in the think- world regarding the relations which exist between our beliefs in religion as well as in science. They are two distinct spheres, and our earnest endeavours ought to be directed towards the perfection of our knowledge in one direction as well as in the other, in order to satisfy these two sides at least of our nature. Between four and five hundred titles of papers bearing directly on the Geology and Paleontology of Canada and other countries have been gathered together, and it is my purpose to append to this brief sketch of the life-work and history of one of Canada’s greatest sons as complete a catalogue of his writings as possible in chronological order. His first work was published in Edinburgh, Scotland, in 1841, while yet a student at the university, and the last of his writings is yet unpublished. 274 THE Ottawa NaTurRALIST. _ [February His was a well-spent life, unselfish in all its aims and pur- pose, unsparing in his efforts to advance the interests of his fellow citizens and of humanity in general, exercising withal a power and influence for the moral good and welfare of all in a high degree. Of him it might be truly said what Socrates once said of a well- spent life, ‘‘ For noble is the prize and the hope is great.” And to those of us who have had the privilege to listen to his marvellous flow of language, his lucid descriptive power, as well as those of us who have sat under him, may it be said that we have caught something of the fire and earnestness of his life and spirit which helped to complete his noble life. And when we see the many results achieved during this useful life, to those who ask, ’ we say, ‘' Sz guaeris monumentum, ctrcumspice.* THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Another point which sucha Club as ours is in duty bound to notice, is the erection in our midst of a Netional Museum. As a citizen of Ottawa, the Capital of our great Dominion, if not as an officer or simple member of this Club, I desire this evening to unite our voices and sentiments with those expressed at the opening meeting of the Canadian Institute. Mr. Byron E. Walker, F.G.S., President of that Institute, and Manager of the Bank of Commerce, condemned in very strong terms the inadequate outlay upon the Geological Survey of this country, and the condition of the Museum. ‘‘We will stand dis- graced,” he said, ‘‘ until we bestir ourselves, and show that we possess intelligence in this matter....... At least $250,000 should be appropriated annually by the Dominion for our Geological and Natural History Survey, whilst each of the Provinces should in addition grant $10,000 for the same purpose. The Dominion Government at Ottawa and each of the Provincial Legislatures should have museums belonging to the people. The housing of the present collection at Ottawa in an unsafe building is a crime.” Apart from what you may consider professional reasons in making such a statement regarding the Museum, as a Canadian, as one who has at heart the development of our vast mineral as well as forestry and fishery resources—which represent Canada’s best and most valuable commercial asset, our need of a National Museum, of a fireproof building, sufficiently large to house pro- “se 1900] AmI—ANNUAL ADDRESS. 276 -perly not only the present collection, which is exhibited in the old building on Sussex street, but also the thousands of specimens which are either stored away out of sight, or which it is impossible to exhibit in so ltmited a space at our disposal, but a building large enough to meet the exigencies of a growing time, is very deeply felt. It is gratifying to see the noble effort put forth by the junior member of parliament for Ottawa, who takes such an active part in forwarding this good cause. We heartily wish him success and hope that the coming session of the Dominion Parliament will not close without voting a sum of money with which to begin the erection of such a monument. CONCLUSION. And now a word, in closing, about the work of our Club at Ottawa. There isa vast amount of work to do in any one branch in which the Club is engaged at present. . It is earnestly hoped that the endeavours which are being put forth by this Club to stimulate and encourage the study of botany, geology, entomology and other sciences in our midst, will be appreciated by the Ottawa public, who are invited to attend the present course of lectures. Copies of the programme of this course of free soirées are here for distribution. The membership ot the Club, though fairly large, is not one- half what it ought to be in®a city like Ottawa with a population of nearly 60,000 souls. It is gratifying, however, to notice a con- stant addition to our membership at each of the meetings of your council. Without desiring to encroach upon the report of work done since the last annual meeting, it is particularly encouraging to observe that the seven Monday afternoon lectures, held in the Normal School building during the months of April and May, were very largely attended, as also the excursions and sub-excur- sions of the Club in the early part of the year. Let us all remem- ber that the leaders of the various branches of the Club’s work, as well as the editor and his staff of associates, are ever willing to give all the assistance they can to anyone desiring either to enlist in the army of the students of Nature or to contribute articles for our official organ, THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. 276 THE OTTawa NATURALIST. [February This is the first opportunity which I have had as your presid- ing officer to thank you for the honour you have done me in placing me in the chair. I make this statement being fully aware of my incompetency and mistakes, but depending upon you all for co- operation and good-will in carrying on in our midst the good work of my predecessors. Coming after such a series of illustrious men as Dr. James Fletcher, Dr. R. W. Ells, Dr. G. M. Dawson, Mr. F. T. Shutt, and Prof. E. E. Prince, not to go back any far- ther, I feel that the task assigned to me as well as the honour bestowed upon me, might have fallen upon much worthier shoulders. It shall be my utmost endeavour during the remainder of my term of office to promote the interests of this Club in all its branches. We are not allowed to know very much in this world. Life is intensely short. The world of Nature around us contains myriads of attractive objects from which the highest lessons can be learned and our minds improved. Let us try, then, in some measure, to acquire some accurate idea of something in our vicinity. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII. PLATE IV. Fig. 1. RANGIFER DAWSONI (Thompson.) THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII. PLATE V. Fig. 3. RANGIFER DAWSONI (Thompson.) ? ea ie PLATE VI. THE OTTAWA NATURALIST, VOL. XIII. \ dermal \surface L. M. LAMBE, DEL. LEUCANDRA TAYLORI. ee i | ae ) ae wi 77, - fa 4 ia 1 a aah dan ‘ y < La on % ‘< : in ; ' ; é é . 4 > * a. ‘ ~ é 4 ’ . +t ' 3 ; a a + ‘ $ . 2 > a Pe * i ‘ \ i] * F : a) t = s sy ee me x : 3 5 7 ‘ 4h ; 7 y 4 . - : ( ae . - ih 7 i thas : : - a - = eS s j v i’ 7 pe a i } y £ : su s j ‘ 4 it ' uf ' a, if ( ie ‘ ra - . & : ) * t . : Th ‘ - :/ J a ee ae AL ry - re | met Vel h _ THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. Vor. XIII. OTTAWA, MARCH, 1900. No. 12 NOTES ON HUDSON BAY SPONGES. By LAWRENCE M. LAMBE, F. G. S. The number of species of recent marine sponges known to oc- cur in the waters of Hudson Bay and Strait is, up to the present, only four in number, viz., taking them in the order in which, they | have been collected, Phakellia ventilabrum, Johnston, Renztera mollis, Lambe, Suberties montalbidus, Carter and Craniella cran- zum, (Miiller). The specimens representing these species are in the collection of the Geological Survey. Two specimens of Phakellia ventilabrum were obtained by Dr. Robert Bell, of tne Geological Survey, in 1880, one at York Factory, the other between York Factory and Fort Severn, and later, in 1896, Mr. A. P. Low, of the Geological Survey, collected another speci- men of the same species on the east coast of Hudson Bay, near Great Whale River. This species has been recorded in North American waters from the North Pacific Ocean, Behring Sea and the Arctic Ocean in the west, and from the River and Gulf of St. Lawrence, and the north-east coast of the United States in the _easi, (vide Transactions, Royal Society of Canada, vol. xii, 1894, and second series, vol. ii, 1896). - The second species is represented by a fragmentary specimen dredged by Mr. Low in 1897, in Wakeham Bay, Hudson Strait, in-10 fathoms, mud bottom. Renzera mollis, like P. ventilabrum, has been found on both the Pacific and Atlantic coasts of the con- tinent, in Elk Bay, Discovery Passage, Vancouver Island, B. C., and off the coast of Labrador and at the entrance to the Baie des Chaleurs (vide Transactions, Royal Society of Canada, vol. xi, 1893, and second series, vol. ti, 1896). 278 THe Otrawa NATURALIST. | March One specimen of each of the remaining species Suberztes mont- albidus and Craniella crantum was dredged by Mr. Low in June, 1899, in Richmond Gulf, Hudson Bay, in from 15 to 30 fathoms, soft mud bottom. Suberites montalbidus has a wide northern distribution and it is not surprising to find it in Hudson Bay. Its range includes Behring Sea and Strait, Beaufort Sea, the Siberian Arctic Ocean, the Kara Sea, the European Arctic Ocean, Barent’s Sea, and the sea west {rom Greenland (vide Transactions, Royal Society of Canada, vol. xii, 1894). The Hudson By specimen is irregularly pear-shaped, higher than broad, broader above than below where it has apparently been attached to some hard object ; height 6 cent., greatest breadth a little over 4 cent., colour in alcohol a dark grayish brown, surface rough (except on the top, where it is comparatively smooth), covered with small, irregular elevations separated from each other by a net-work of wrinkles or furrows. A single osculum, about 8 mm. in width, occupies the centre of the summit, and in the sides are numerous small openings, having a maximum width of about 1 mm., which ire probably the en- trances of inhalent canals. The sponge is soft and yielding to the touch and probably the roughness of the surface is exaggerated by shrinkage. The spicules agree in size and shape with those of the specimen from Unalaska Island, referred to by the writer in vol- ume xii of the Royal Society’s Transactions. Crantella cranium is also well known from North Atlantic waters generally and Fristedt in his ‘‘Sponges from the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans and the Behring Sea” off the east and west coasts of Greenland. Mr. Low’s specimen is somewhat ovate iu shape, broadly roundeu above and prolonged downward below where the basal strands have the appearance of having been attached to some foreign object; total height 1ocent., maximum breadth 4.5 cent., surface uneven, monticulose. The extreme summit is abraded. The measurements of the spicules agree with those given by Sollas in his description of the species (vide Report Tetractinellida, Challenger Expedition. vol. xxv). A point of sume interest is that the spicules of Cranzella Logant, Dawson, from the Leda clay at Ottawa and Montreal, are practically identical in shape and size with those of Mr. Low’s mentions three specimens obtained — S| — ~ 1900] LamMBE—NOTES ON Hupson Bay SPONGES. 279 specimen. The spicular similarity between the Leda clay sponge and Cranzella cranium has already been pointed out by the writer, (vide Transactions. Royal Society of Canada, second series, vol. ii, 1896). Mr. Whiteaves has recognized amongst the shells dredged by Mr. Low with this sponge, some of the species consid- _ ered typical of the Leda clay in eastern Canada, notably—Pecfen Grenlandicus, Sowerby, Modrolaria discors, L., Portlandia glaci- alts, (Wood), Nucula tenuts, M ntagu, Macoma sabulosa, Spengler (calcarea, auct.) and Saxicava arctica, L. Judging from this we evidently have in Hudson Bay a deposit, in course of formation, that has a fauna to a la'ge extent the same as that revealed to us by the Pleistocene fossils of the Leda clay. APPENDIX TO. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS DELIVERED BEFORE THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB. Sir JoHN WILLIAM Dawson has contributed so many papers, volumes and articles to Science, Education and Literature in general that it will be some time before a complete list of his writings can be produced. I have attempted, in this issue of THE NATURALIST, to submit as complete a list of Sir William’s writings as I have been able to gather to date. It forms part of my presidential address, de- livered November 28th, 1899, before the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, and especially to that portion (pp. 270—274) referring to the life and works ot Sir William Dawson. I desire to acknowledge with thanks valuable assistance re- ceived from Dr. G. M. Dawson; the Librarian of the Parliament of Canada, Mr. Martin J. Griffin; the Librarian of the Peter Redpath Library of McGill College, Montreal, Mr. C. H. Gould ; Mr. Scott, Librarian of Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey; Prof. D. P. Penhallow; Sir John Bourinot, Hon. Sec. of the Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa, and Prof. David White, of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. H. M. A. 280 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [March BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR JOHN WILLIAM Dawson. 1841. Species of Meriones in Nova Scotia. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal (Illustrated). Edinburgh. 1842. A Geological Excursion in Prince Edward Island. WHaszard’s Gazette. 1843. On the Lower Carboniferous or Gypsiferous Formation of Nova Scotia. Proc. Geol. Soc., Vol. 4, pp. 272—281. (Six woodcuts, and Dr. A. Gesner’s geol. map of Nova Scotia.) London, Eng. 1845. On the Lower Carboniferous Rocks, or Gypsiferous Formation of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol 1, pp. 26—35. London, Eng. On the Newer Coal Formation of the Eastern part of Nova Scotia. Proc. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 4, pp. 504—512, (with geol. map section, notes on fossils, etc., by J. W. D. ; also Vol. 1, pp. 322—330. Same paper, published in two volumes). London, Eng. On the Newer Coal Formation of the Eastern part of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 1, pp. 322—330, (with appendix on the Junction of the Carboniferous and Silurian System at Maccaras). London, Eng. 1846. Notice of some Fossils found in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 2, 1846, pp. 132—136. London, Eng. Report on the Coal Fields of Caribou Cove and River Inhabitants. Journ. Nova Scotia Legislature. Halifax, 1847. On the Destruction and Partial Reproduction of the Forests of British North America. Edinb. New. Phil. Journ. 42. 1847. pp. 259-271. Silliman’s Journ. Vol. 4. 1847. pp. 161-170; Froriep, Notizen, 5., 1848, col. 65-72. 1848. On the Mode of Occurrence of Gypsum in Nova Scotia, and on its probable origin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. Vol. 2, pp. 141-142. Edinburgh. On the New Red Sandstone of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 4., 1848, pp. 50—59. London. Notice of Specimens of the Wheat Midge from Nova Scotia. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc. 4, 1848-9, pp. 210-211; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 1850, Pp. 152 — 154- i 1849. On the Colouring Matter of Red Sandstones and of Grayish and White Beds 1900 | APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 281 Associated with them. (Read, May 17th, 1849.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, 1849, pp. 25—30. London, Eng. Notice of the Gypsum of Plaister Cove in the Strait of Canseau. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 5, 1849, pp. 335—339- London, Eng. 1850. Account of a Halo observed at Pictou, Nova Scotia, August 23, 1549. Edinb. New Phil, Journ., Vol. 48, 1850, pp. 65—68. Edinburgh. On the Metamorphic and Metalliferous Rocks of Eastern Nova Scotia. (Read March 13th, 1850.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 6, pp. 347—364- 1850. London, Eng. 1851. On the Boulder Formation and Superficial Deposits of Nova Scotia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., Vol. 2, 1851A., pp. 140—144. Notice of the Occurrence of Upright Calamites near Pictou, Nova Scotia. (Read March rath, 1851.) Quart. Journ. Geo, Soc., Vol. 7, 1851, pp. 194— 196. London, Eng. é 1852. Additional Notes on the Red Sandstones of Nova Scotia. (lllustrated.) (Read June 16th, 1852.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 8, 1852, pp. 398—400. London, Eng. Handbook of the Geography and Natural History of Nova Scotia, (Map.) Pictou and Edinburgh. On the Remains of a Reptile and of a Land Shell discovered in the interior of an Evect Tree in the Coal-Measures of Nova Scotia. (Lyell and Dawson.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, pp. 58 —63. London, Eng. ° 1853- On the Albert Mine, Hillsborough, New Brunswick. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 9, 1853, pp- 107—115. London, Eng: 1854. Notice of the Discovery of Baphetes Planiceps (Dawson and Owen.) Journl. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 10, pp. . London, Eng. On the Structure of the Albion Mines Coal Measures, Nova Scotia. (Dawson and Poole.) Quart. Journl. Geol. Soc., London, Vol. 10, pp. 42—47. London, 1852. 1857 (enlarged edition). Scientific Agriculture in Nova Scotia. Halifax. On the Coal-Measures of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 10. 1854. pp. 1-42, London, England. On Fossil Coniferous Wood, from Prince Edward Island. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil,, Vol. 7, 1854-55, pp. 62-64. Philadelphia. 282 Tue Ortawa NATURALIST. [March 1855. Acadian Geology, an account of the Geological Structure and Mineral Re- sources of Nova Scotia and portions of the neighbouring provinces of British Am- ertca. st edition, xii pp. & 388 pp. 1855, (illustrations and map.) Edinburgh, Scotland. k Notice of the Discovery of a Reptilian Skull in the Coal of Pictou. (Read Nov. rst, 1854:) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 11, pp. 8-9. London, Eng. (Issued.1855.) On a Modern Submerged Forest at Fort Lawrence, Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc., Vol. 11, 1855, pp. r19g—122. London, Eng. On the Course of Collegiate Education adapted to the circumstances of Bri- tish America. The Inaugural Discourse of the Principal of McGill College, Montreal. 29 pp. H. Ramsay, Montreal. 1855. (Canadian Pamphlets, No. 83, Library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.) 1850. Remarks on a Specimen of Fossil Wood from the Devonian Rocks ( Gaspé Sandstones) of Gaspé, Canada East. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc., 1856. Pt. 2, pp. 174—176. Mass. On the Species of Meriones and Arvicole Found in Nova Scotia. Brit. Assoc. Rep., 1855, Pt. 2, p. 110; Edinb. New Phil. Journ. II], 1856, pp. 1-—4. Remarks on a Specimen of Fossil Wood from the Devonian Rocks ( Gaspé sandstones) of Gaspé, Canada East. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1856, Pt. 2, pp. 174—176. (Boston meeting), Mass. 1857. Natural History in its Educational Aspect. Barnard’s Amer. Journ. of Education, pp. 428 —436, Art. II, June, 1857. (Extracts from the introductory Lecture of the popular course of the Natural History Society of Montreal.) Hartford, Connecticut. On the parallelism of the Rock Formations of Nova Scotia with those of other parts of America. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. Part 2, pp. 18—25. (Albany.) Cambridge, Mass. Archaia, or Studies of the Narrative of the Creation in Genesis. Mon- treal, 1857. On the Varieties and Mode of Preservation of the Fossils known as Stern- bergiae. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1857. (pt. 2) pp. 64-74; Can. Journ. 2, 1857, pp. 476—479, Toronto ; Can. Nat. and Geol., vol. 2, No. 4; Sept., 1857, pl. 5, pp. 299-305. Montreal. On the Newer Pliocene Fossils of the St. Lawrence Valley. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv, Sci., 1857. pt. 2, pp. 74-75. See also Review Can. Nat. Geol. vol, 2, No. 4, pp. 279-280, Montreal. On the Geological Structure and Mineral Deposits of the Promontory of my Prete 1900 DIX: T RESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 2 APPENDIX TO P ’s A 83 Maimanse, Lake Superior. Can. Nat. and Geol., Art,1, vol. 2, No 1, pp. 1—12, (Illustrated.) March, 1857. Montreal. The Testimony of the Rocks, by Hugh Miller. Can. Nat. and Geol. Art g, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 81—92. May 1857. Montreal. Recent Geological Discoveries. Can. Nat. and Geol.,vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 188— 195. (Review of suppl. to 5th ed., Lyell’s Manual of Geology. London. 1857.) July. 1857. Montreal. On the Newer Pliocene and Post Pliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Mon- treal, with notices of Fosstls recently discovered in them. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 2, No. 6, December, 1857, pp. 401—426. Montreal. 1858. On the Newer Pliocene and Post Pliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Mon-- treal, with notices of Fossils recently discovered in them. Can, Nat. & Geol., 1858. Issued as separate. 25 pp. Montreal. Things to be Observed in Canada, and especially in Montreal and its vicinity. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 112. Montreal. Report of the Geological Survey of Canada. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, pp. 32—39, 81—9. Montreal. Permian Fossils in Kansas and elsewhere in America. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 80. February, 1858. Montreal. Agassiz's Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. Vols. 1&2. Boston. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol 3, No. 3, Art. 22, pp. 201 —212 June, 1858. Montreal. (Concluded in) Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, No 4, Art. 24, pp. 241—260. August, 1858. Montreal. Coal tn Canada. The Bowmanville Discovery. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, No. 3, Art. 23, pp. 212—223. June, 1858. Montreal. A Week in Gaspé. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 321—331. Montreal. On Sea Anemones and Hydroid Polyps from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Can. Nat. & Geol.. Vol. 3, 1858, pp. 401--409. Montreal. | 1859. On Fossil Plants from the Devonian Rocks of Canada. Quart. Journs Geol. Soc., Vol. 15, 1859, pp- 477—488. London, Eng. On the Lower Coal Measures as developed in British America. (1858.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 15, 1859, pp. 62—76. London, Eng. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 303—305. Montreal. On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. Quart. Journ. Geol. ‘Soc., Vol. 15, 1859, pp. 626—641. Can. Journ., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 305—307. Toronto. Additional Notes on the Post Pliocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, No. 1, 1859, pp. 23—39. February. Montreal. On the Microscopic Structure of Some Canadian Limestones. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 161—169. Montreal. 284 Tue Ottawa NATURALIST. ' [March On a Specimen of Aboriginal Pottery in the Museum of the Natural History Society of Montreal, Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 186—190. Montreal. Geological Survey of Canada. Can, Nat. & Geol., Vol. 3, 1859, pp. 220— 228. Montreal. (A Review.) Recent Researches in the Devonian and Carboniferous Flora of British America. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1859, pp. 308—310. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 297-298. Montreal. Post-Tertiary of the St Lawrence Valley. Silliman’s Journal, vol. 27, 1859. PP 434—437: On a New Species of Stickleback. (Gasterosteus gvmnetes.) Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 4, 1859, pp. 321—324. Montreal. 1860. On the Fossil Plants of the Devonian Rocks of Canada, Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 1—14._ Montreal, On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. (London), pp- 626—641, (with plates 17, 18, 19, 20). February. London, Eng. Archaia, or Studies of the Cosmogony and Natural History of the Hebrew Scriptures. 400 pp. B. Dawson & Son, Montreal ; Sampson, Low, Son & Co., London, Eng. On a Terrestrial Mollusk, a Chilognathous Myriapod, and some new species of Reptiles from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 14, 1860, pp. 268—277. London, Eng. Abstract of paper Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 222-223. June, 1860. Montreal. On the Tubicolous Marine Worms of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 24—30. Montreal. Review of ‘‘ Darwin on the Origin of Species by means of Natural Selec- tion.”’ Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 1, Art. III, Feb, 1860, pp. 1o0o—120, Montreal. On the Silurian and Devonian Rocks of Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, pp. 132—143- Montreal. (Same title and subject—published as separate pamphlet, 28 pp.) Notice of Tertiary Fossils from Labrador, Maine, &c., and Remarks on the Climate of Canada, in the Newer Pliocene or Pleistocene Period. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, Art. XV, June, 1860, pp. 188—200. Montreal. Professor Hall's Report on the Geology of Jowa. Vol. 1, Pts. 1 & 2. Can, Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 213—215. June, 1860. (Review) Montreal. Paleontological Note by Dr. Dawson in Paper by Rev. D. Honeyman on new Localities of Fossiliferous Silurian Rocks in Eastern Nova Scotia, Can, Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 4, Art. 41, pp. 297—299 (printed 197—199) August, 1860. Montreal. Notes on the Coal Fields of Pictou, by Henry Poole. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 285-286 and 291-293 (printed 192-193). August, 1860. Mon- treal. (Paleontological and other notes by J. W. D. at pages indicated.) a ee we 1900] APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 285 Notes on the Earthquake of October, 1860. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, 1860, pp. 363—372. Montreal. Notes on Aboriginal Antiquities recently discovered in the Island of Mon- treal. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Dec., 1860, Art. 52, pp. 430—449. Montreal. Supplementary Chapter to Acadian Geology. 1zmo. 7o pp. Wood en- gravings of fossils. Edinburgh. On an undescribed Fossil Fern from the Lower Coal Measures of Nova Scotia. (Abstract) Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Dec., 1860, pp. 460-461. Montreal. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. 17, 1861, p. 5. London, Eng. Note on a Specimen of Neera collected by Mr. R. S. Fowler, and exhibited to the Natural History Society of Montreal. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, Dec., 1860, pp. 461-462. Montreal. Note on Relics of the Red Indian of Newfoundland collected by Mr. Smith McKay, and exhibited to the Natural History Society. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 5, No. 6, half page 462. Dec., 1860. Montreal. 1861. . Archéologie Canadienne. De quelque sépultures danciens indigenes de ? Amérique découverts a Montréal. (Traduit du “Canadian Naturalist” et annoté pour le ‘‘ Journal de I’Instruction Publique.”) 24 pp. Impr. Eusebe Senecal, Montreal, 1861. (Canadian Pamphlets, Nos. 473 & 104, Library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.) Notes on the Geology of Murray Bay, Lower St. Lawrence. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol, 6, pp. 138—151. (With list of Cambro-Silurian and Post-Ter- tiary fossils and description of Lingula Eva, by E. Billings, p. 150.) Mon- treal. On the Precarboniferous Flora of New Brunswick, Maine, and Eastern Canada. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 6, 1861, pp. 161:—180. Montreal. The Earthquake of July rz, 1861. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 6, No. 4, p- 329, August, 1861. Montreal. : On the Recent Discoveries of Gold in Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 6, 1861, pp. 417—433 Montreal. On an Erect Sigillaria from the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. Journ, Geol. Soc., Vol. 17, 1861, pp. 522—524. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 7, 1862, pp. 106— 111. Montreal. Note on a Carpolite from the Coal Formation of Cape Breton. Journ. Geol, Soc., Vol. 17, 1861 pp. 525-526. Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 7, 1862, pp. 111— 113. Montreal. 1862. Synopsis of the Course of Zoology McGill University (Montreal), Session 1862-63. 17 pp. (General view, functions and classification of the Animal Kingdom.) Montreal. —. 286 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. | [March Notice of the Discovery of Additional Remains of Land Animals in the Coal Measures of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia, Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc.,Vol. 18 1862, pp. 296—328. Silliman’s Journ., Vol. 35, 1863, pp- 311—319. Note on Mr. Leslie's Paper on the Coal Measures of Cape Breton. Proc. Phil. Soc. Amer., Vol. 9, 1862-63, pp. 165—170. ; On the Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America. Quart. Journ. Geol. Sec. vol. 18, pp. 296—330. (0, Localities; N. Y., Maine, Canada, N. Br. 2. Deseriptions of Species. 3. Conclusion.) Nov. 1862, London, Eng. (Opposite page 329 an additional ipseS or appendix, | earing date September, 1862, was inserted.) Notes on the Flora of the White salsa in its Geographical and Geolo- gical Relations. Can. Nat. & Geol. vol. 7., 1862. pp. 80—102.. Montreal. On the Erect Sigillaria a Carpolite, pe Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol. vol. 7, pp. 106-113. Montreal. On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protichnites of the Pots- dam Sandstone. Can. Nat. & Geol., vol. 7, 1862, pp. 271—277. Montreal. Zoological Classification of Celenterata and Protozoa versus Radiata. Can. Nat. & Geol. vol. 7, 1862. pp. 438—443. Montreal. On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protictinites of the Pots- dam Sandstone. (Abstract of paper in Can. Nat. and Geol.) Amer. Journ. Sc., vol. 34, scr. 2, pp. 446-447. New Haven, Conn. U.S. A. 1863. The Duties of Educated Young Men in British America. (Being the An- nual Alumni lecture of McGill University, Montreal. Session of 1863-4.) 24 pp-; John Lovell, Montreal, 1863. (Canadian pamphlets, No. 527, Library of Parliament, Ottawa, Canada.) Further Observations on the Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé and New York. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 19, 1863, pp. 458—469. Notice of a New Species of Dendrerpeton, and of the Dermal Coverings of certain Carboniferous Reptiles. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 19, 1863. pp. 469-473. On American Devonian. Silliman’s Journ. or Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 35, 1863, pp. 309-311. New Haven. Air Breathers of the Coal Period. A descriptive account of the land ani- mals found in the Coal Formations of Nova Scotia, with remarks on their bearings and theories of the formation of Coal and of the origin of species. 81 pp.; (with illustrations), June, 1863. Dawson Bros. Montreal. Further Observations on the Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé and New York. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., London, pp. 458—469, pls. 17-19. Nov., 1863. London, Eng. , The Air-breathers of the Coal Period in Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Geol. Vol. 8, 1863, pp. r—-12, 81—88, 159-160, 161—175, 268—295. Montreal. ee —= 1g00] APPENDIX TO PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 287 Synopsis of the Flora of the Carboniferous Period in Nova Scotia, Can. Nat. & Geol., Vol. 8, 1863, pp. 431—457- Montreal. 1864. On Some Points in the History and Prospects of Protestant Education in Lower Canada. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series,) vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340%54) Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal. The Earthquake of November 4, 1877. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342-345. December, 1877. Montreal. Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337—340. Montreal. Published as separate. 4 pp Montreal. ( To be continued. ) muQ “hh ‘noM ; B = CSS PF Ami— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF S1R Wm. Dawson. 295 1877. Fossil Agricultural Implements. A note on American flint hoes. By Principal Dawson. Separate, 4 pp. (Read Feb. 5, 1877). Trans. Victoria Institute, London, Eng. Plants from Quesnel (and) Plants from Blackwater. Geo. Surv. Can., Report of Progress for 1875-76, pp. 259-60. (In report of explorations in British Columbia, by George M. Dawson.) Montreal, 1877. New Facts Relating to Eozoon. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Buffalo meeting, 1876. (Printed at the Salem Press, Mass., May, 1877.) Philadelphia, Pa. on te ~-ase Cvnuctaceans from Nova Scotia (Anthrapalemon 7 DIRECTIONS FOR BINDING. ——___ This fascicle contains the balance of the « Bibli . William Dawson,’ 1 liography of Sir ’ part of which was issued in Ma : ; rch, 1900, pp. 279-294, as an ‘‘ Appendix to President’s Address deliver ‘ ed bef the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club.” Mie The Bibliography of the late E. Billings referred to in the presidential address has been withdrawn for a time EpITor. Sal: Notes on a Fossil Seal from the Leda-clay of the Ottawa Valley. (Read before the Natural History Society [Montreal] October 29, 1877.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340-341. Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal. Grand Eury on the Carboniferous Flora. (Being a review of Grand’Eury’s Flore Carbonifére du départment de la Loire et du centre de la France.) Reviewed in Amer. Journ. of Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 13, pp. 222—226. 1877. New Haven, Conn. Notes on a species of Diploxylon from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geo. Soc., vol. 33, pp. 836—-842. 1877. London, Eng. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.. vol. 20, pp. 152-153. 1877. London, Eng. Can. Nat. & -t. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 249-250. 1877. Montreal. ve so-called ‘‘ Conflict of Science and Religion.” Popular Science athly, vol. 10, pp. 72—74. 1877. Appleton & Co., New York, 204 THE OTTAWA NATURALIST. [March_ Note on the Phosphates of the Laurentian and Cambrian Rocks of Canada. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 32, pp. 282—285. 1876. London. Phil. Mag. vol. 1., pp. 558-559. 1876. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series) vol. 8, pp. 162—170. 1878. Montreal. Eozoon Canadense according to Hahn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, pp. 29—38. 1876. London, Eng. On Mr. Carter's objections to Eozoon. (1875). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 17, pp. 118-119. 1876. London, Eng. be Oe ee ee ee Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., (new series,) vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340%§4)"" Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal. The Earthquake of November 4, 1877. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342 —345. December, 1877. Montreal. Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can, Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337—340. Montreal. Published as separate. 4 pp Montreal. ( To be continued. ) muQ Vv. ‘noM i “mee <= Ami— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm.- Dawson. 295 1877. Fossil Agricultural Implements. A note on American flint hoes. By Principal Dawson. Separate, 4 pp. (Read Feb. 5, 1877). Trans. Victoria Institute, London, Eng. Plants from Quesnel (and) Plants from Blackwater. Geo. Surv. Can., Report of Progress for 1875-76, pp. 259-60. (In report of explorations in British Columbia, by George M. Dawson.) Montreal, 1877. New Facts Relating to Kozoon. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Buffalo meeting, 1876. (Printed at the Salem Press, Mass., May, 1877.) Philadelphia, Pa. Note on two Paleozoic Crustaceans from Nova Scotia (Anthrapalemon (Paleocarabus) Hillianum. new sp. & Homalonotus Dawsoni, Hall. Geol. Mag., Dec. 2, vol. 4, pp. 56—58. London, 1877. Fossil Floras and Glacial Periods. Nature, vol. 16, pp. 67-68. London. 1877. The Earthquake of November 4, 1577. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 342—345- 1877. Montreal. (Reprinted as separate, 4 pp. Montreal.) Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. I5, Pp. 321-—324. 1878. New Haven, Conn. The Origin of the World, according to Revelation and Seience. 438 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal, 1877. ( Remarks on Geology of Belwil and Vicinity.) Can, Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 9, No. 5, pp. 286 -288. July, 1877, Montreal. Annual Address to Natural History Society of Montreal ; Pleistocene History. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 293— 303. July, 1877. Montreal. Lower Carboniferous Fishes of New Brunswick. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 337-340. Montreal. Published as separate, 4 pp. al. Notes on a Fossil Seal from the Leda-clay of the Ottawa Valley. (Read before the Natural History Society [Montreal] October 29, 1877.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 8, No. 6, pp. 340-341. Montreal. Pamphlet, 1 page, issued Oct., 1877. Montreal. Cos Grand Eury on the Carboniferous Flora, (Being a review of Grand’Eury’s Flore Carbonifére du départment de la Loire et du centre de la France.) Reviewed in Amer. Journ. of Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 13, pp. 222—226. 1877. New Haven, Conn. Notes on a species of Diploxylon from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geo. Soc., vol. 33, pp. 836—842. 1877. London, Eng. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.. vol. 20, pp. 152-153. 1877. London, Eng. Can. Nat. & -t. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 249-250. 1877. Montreal. vé so-called ‘‘ Conflict of Science and Religion.” Popular Science athly, vol. 10, pp. 72—74. 1877. Appleton & Co., New York. 296 Tue OtTTawa NATURALIST. 1878. (Bibliography of John William Dawson.) Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1864-73), compiled and published by the Royal Society of London, vol. 7, pp. 497499: London, Eng. (50 titles, with references.) Evolution and the Apparition of Animal Forms. Princeton Review, vol. 1, pp. 662—675. New York. Presidential Address, Natural Hist. Soc., Montreal, delivered May 18, 1878 ; includes biographical sketches of Dr. Philip Pearsall Carpenter, Prof. Charles Frederick Hartt, and Dr. John Bell. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 8, pp. 445—450. 1878. Montreal. Stromatopora as distinguished from Millepora. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 28—30. 1878. London, Eng. On the Miscroscopic Structure of Stromatoporide and on Paleozoic Fossils, mineralized with Silicates in illustration of Eozoon. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 35, pp. 48—66, pl. 3—5. 1878. London, Eng. Supplement to the second edition of Acadian Geology, containing additional facts as to the Geological Structure, Fossil Remains and Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. 102 pp. London Issued as separate for 3d Edit. Acadian Geology. 818 pages. 1878. Dawson Bros., Montreal. The Present Rights and Duties of Science. Princeton Review, Nov. 1878, pp. 674—696. New York. Also printed separately, same year, Notes on some Scottish Devonian Plants. (Read before the Edinburgh Geol. Soc., Dec. 20, 1877.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, No. 7, pp- 379—389, pl. 4, April, 1878. Montreal. Issued as separate pamphlet, te pp., with one plate.) 1879. Genesis and Migration of Plants. Princeton Review, vol. 3, pp. 277—294- 1879. New York. Nature, vol. 20, pp. 257-258. 1879. London, Eng. Points of Contact between Science and Revelation. Princeton Review, vol. 4, pp. 579-606. New York, 1879. Moebius on Eozoon Canadense. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, vol. 17, pp. 196—202, March. New Haven, Conn. Can. Nat, & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 105—112, June, 1879. Montreal. Semi-metamorphic Fossiliferous Rocks containing Serpentine. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, ser. 3, vol. 17, pp. 327-328. 1879. New Haven, Conn. List of Tertiary Plants from localities in the Southern part of British Col- umbia, with description of a new species of Equisetum. Geol. Surv. of Can. Rep. of Progress for 1877-78, pp. 186B-187B. 1879. (Dawson Bros.) Montreal. Remarks on recent papers on the Geology of Nova Scotia. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9., No. 1, pp. 1—16, 1879. Montreal. Published as separate pamphlet, 16 pp, February, 1879. Montreal. AmI—BIBLioGRAPHY OF SiR Wm. Dawson. 297 A Canadian Pterygotus (Pterygotus Canadensis), Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 103—105. June, 1879. Montreal. Also issued as separate pamphlet. Montreal, 1879. Note on recent Controversies respecting Eozoon Canadense. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 228—240. 1879. Montreal. Published as separate pamphlet, 12 pp. Montreal, 188r, The Ouebec Group of Sir William Logan, etc. Annual Address of the Pre- sident before the Natural History Society of Montreal for May roth, 1879. Can, Nat., pp. 165—180, 1879. Issued as separate 15 pp. 1880. Lecture Notes on Geology, and Outline of the Geology of Canada for the "use of Students, with Figures of Characteristic Fossils. 96 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal, 1880. Haeckel on the Evolution of Man, Princeton Review, vol. 5, pp- 444—464. 1880. New York. Fossil Men and their Modern Representatives ; an attempt to illustrate the Characters and Conditions of pre-Historic Man in Europe by those of the American Races. 348 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal. Future of McGill University. Anuual University Lecture, session 1880. 19 pp. Montreal. (Bound with Dr. J. W. Dawson's paper ‘‘ On the Course of Collegiate Education. Peter Redpath Library, Montreal.) Notes on the Limestones from the Gneiss Formation of Brazil. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 19, p. 326. 1880. New Haven, Conn. Notes on Fossil Plants Collected by Dr. Selwyn in the Lignite Tertiary Formation of Roches Percées, Souris River, Manitoba. Geol. Surv. Can., Rep. of Progress, 1879-80. Appendix pp. 51A.--55A. Can. Nat. & Quart Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 7, pp. 447-448. 1880. Montreal. The Chain of Life in Geslogical Time. A Sketch of the Origin and Evolu- tion of Animals and Plants. 8vo., xvi pp., 272 pp-, 192 figures in the text and several landscapes. London, 188o. Revision of the Land Snails of the Paleozoic Era, with Descriptions of New Species. Amer. Journ. Sci. & Art, vol. 20, pp. 403-415, Nov., 1880. New Haven, Conn. New facts respecting the Geological Relations and Fossil Remains of the Silurian Iron Ores of Pictou, Nova Scotia. Read before Nat. Hist. Soc., Montreal, April, 1880. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 6, pp. 332—345- Montreal. Published as separate pamphlet, 15 pp. Montreal, April, 1880. Notes on the Geological Reiations of the Fossil Insects from the Devonian of New Brunswick. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Ann. Memoirs, pp. 34—41, (In- cluded in ‘‘The Devonian Insects of New Brunwick.”) By S. H. Scudder, 1880. Boston. 298 Tue Orrawa NATUuURALIST. 1881. Paleontological Notes 1. A New Species of Piloceras. 2. Saccamina? ( Calcisphera) Eriana. (An Erian rhizopod of un- certain affinities. 3. New Devonian Plants from the Bay de Chaleur. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 1—11, April, 1881. Montreal, Notes on the New Erian ( Devonian) Plants (1880). Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 37, pp- 299—308, 2 pl, (12-13). London, Eng. Noticed by Stein- mann in Bot. Centr. Bd. 8, pp. 171-172. (Abstract) Amer. Journ. Sci., 3rd series, vol. 22, p. 233. 1881. (Abstract) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 8, pp: 475-476, March 17, 1881. Montreal. Revision of Land Snails of the Paleozoic Era with Descriptions of New Species. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, No. 8, pp. 449—463, March, 1881. Montreal. Continental and Island Life. Princeton Review, vol. 8, pp. I—29. 1881. New York. Note on Specimens of Ptilophyton and Associated Fossils collected by Dr. H. S. Williams, in the Chemung Shales of Ithaca, New York. (Abstract) Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 30th Meeting, Cincinnati, vol. 30, p. 204. 1881. (Whole volume issued in 1882.) Genesis and Modern Thought. Kansas City Review, 8vo. vol, 4, pp. 170—175, 1881. Kansas City, Mo. The Antiquity of Man and the Origin of Species. WKassas City Review, 8vo. vol. 4, pp. 530—5363 595—600. 1881. Kansas City, Mo. Geological Features of Bible Lands. Kansas City Review, 8vo. vol. 4, pp- 672—674. 1881. Kansas City, Mo. The Oldest Known Insects. Nature, vol. 24, pp. 483-484. 1881. London, Eng. Note on Cretaceous Fossil Plants from the Peace River Country. Geol and Nat. Hist. Surv. Can., Report of Progress for 1879-80, pp. 120B—122B, (in- cluded in G. M, Dawson's Report on the Exploration of the Northern part of British Columbia. 1881. Montreal. Note on Spirorbis contained in an Ironstone Nodule from Mazon Creek, with Millipede. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 21, pp. 157-158, March 2, 1881. Boston. Note (by Dr. J. W. Dawson) on the Structure of a Specimen of Uphantenia from the Collection of the American Museum of Natural History, New York City. Bull, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. No. 1, pp. 12-13. 1881. New York. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 22, pp. 132-133, August, 1881. New Haven, Conn. 1881. Note on a Fern associated with Platephemera antiqua Scudder. ( Pecopteris serrulata, Hartt.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 102— 104, December, 1851. Montreal. : AmI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SiR Wm. Dawson. 299 Note on the Geology of the Peace River Region. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 21, pp. 391--364. 1881. New Haven, Conn. Additional Observations on the Superficial Geology of British Columbia and Adjacent Regions. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 37, pp. 272—285. 1881. London, Eng. (Abstract) Phil. Mag., N.S., vol. 11, pp. 539-540. Edinburgh. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 22, pp. 75 -77. 1881. New Haven, Conn. The Future of McGill University, Annual University Lecture, Session 1880-81. 19 pp. Montreal. 1881. Creative Development and Evolution. Contributed to The Expositor. 36 pp. Printed for private circulation. 1882. On the Result of Recent Explorations of Erect Trees containing Reptilian Remains in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Roy. Soc. Proc., vol 33, No. 218, pp. 254—256, Jan., 1882. London, Eng. Issued as separate, pp. I—3, also in Can. Ree. Sci., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 252—254, June 1882. Montreal. Notes on Prototaxites and Pachytheca discovered by Dr. Hicks in the Den- bighshire Grits of Corwen, N. Wales. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 38, pp. 102—106. 1882. London. Geol. Mag., N.S., vol. 9, pp. 40-41. 1882. London, Eng. Recent Discoveries in the Erian (Devonian) Floras of the United States. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 24, pp. 338—345. 1882. New Haven, Conn. Facts and Fancies in Modern Science. 238 pp. American Baptist Publica- tion Society, Philadelphia, Pa. 1882. — Comparative View of the Successive Paleozoic Floras of Canada. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 31, pp. 415-416, Aug. 1882. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, pp. 372—377, 1882. Montreal. Recent History of McGill University, being the Annual University Lecture, 1882-83. Montreal, 1882. 19 pp. Communication on a Paper by Dr. Southall on ‘* Pliocene Man.” Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 15, pp. 205—208. London, 1882. Report on the Peter Redpath Museum McGill University. No. 1, April, 1882. Montreal. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ., Sci., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 185— 190, April 1882, Montreal. 188 3. On Two Paleozoic Rhizocarps: Sporangites Braziliensis and S. bilobata (Protosalvinia. ) Paper read at Minneapolis meeting Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1883. Amer. Nat., vol. 17, p. 1168, Nov., 1883. Annual Report of the McGill University, Montreal, for the year 1882. (Printed by permission of His Excellency the Governor-General, Visitor of the University.) 7 pp. (Signed by J. W. 1. as Vice-Chancellor.) (Opening Address of the President.) Royal Society of Canada, Proceed- ings and Transactions, vol. 1, pp. vi—xi, published 1883. Montreal. 300 THe Orrawa NATURALIST. The Presidential Address. (Being a summary of arguments for the need, and basis for establishment, of a Society with a national character to encourage science and literature in Canada,) Roy. Soc. Can. Proc. & Trans., vol. 1 ; proceedings, pp. lii—lvii. 1883. Montreal. On the Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras of British Columbia and the North- West Territory. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Sec. 4, vol. 1, pp. 15—34. 1883. Montreal. The Quebec Group. Appendix A. (Life of Sir William E. Logan, Kt., by B. J. Harrington, B.A., Ph.D.) pp. 403—418. Dawson Bros., Montreal. Canadian Pleistocene. Geol. Mag., Dec. 2, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 111—113. March, 1883. London, Eng. Issued as separate pamphlet 3 pp. On portions of the skeleton of a whale from gravel on the line of the Cana- dian Pacific Railway near Smith's Falls, Ont. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 7, pp. 385—387. March, 1883, Montreal. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 25, pp. 200—202. 1883. New Haven, Conn. Preliminary notice of new fossils from the Lower Carboniferous Limestones of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 7, pp. 411—416. March, 1883. Montreal. Notice of Graptolites of the Quebec group, collected by Mr. James Richardson Jor the Peter Redpath Museum. Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, No. 8, pp. 461—463, July, 1883. Montreal. On the Geological relation and mode of preservation of Eozoon Canadeiise. Brit. Assoc. Report, 1883, p. 494. London. Comparative view of the successive Paleozoic Floras of Canada. (1882.) Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc., vol. 31, pp. 415-416. 1883. Salem, Mass. On some unsolved problems in Geology. Extr. Presidential Address. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc., Minneapolis meeting. 29 pp., I—29. 1883. Salem Press, Mass. Nature, vol. 28, pp. 449—455. 1883. London. Some unsolved problems in Geology, Popular Science Monthly, New York, D. Appleton. 8vo. vol. 23, pp. 827—837. 1883. Parts 1 and 2 also issued as separate from above, pp. 827—837. Impressions on Potsdam Sandstone. Science, vol. 1, p. 177, 1883. New York. Appendix to Report on Peter Redpath Museum of McGill University, No. 2. January, 1883. 22 pp. Montreal. (Report: pp. 1—6;) Contains :— 1. On portions of the skeleton of a whale from gravel on the line of the Cana- dian Pacific Railway near Smith's Falls, Ontario. pp. 7 -9. to . Preliminary notice of new Fossils from the Lower Carbonizerous Lime- stone of Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. pp. 10—15. 3. Graptolites of the Quebec group. pp, 15—17. 4. Notice of collections. Logan Memorial Collection. pp. 18—20. January 1883. Montreal. AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 301 1884. Notes on Prehistoric Man in Egypt and the Lebanon. (Author's copy.) Read and distributed May 6, 1884, before Victoria Institute, London, Eng. 15 pp., 2 pls. ‘ Observations on the Geology of the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., London. vol. 40, pp. 376--388, August, 1884. London, Eng. (Read April 23rd, 1884.) Address on some unsolved problems in Geology. Amer. Asso. Adv. Sci. Proc., 32nd meeting, Minneapolis. 1883. Salem. 8vo., pp. 1—27. Whole volume issued 1884. Notes on the Geology of Egypt. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3, vol. 1, PP- 385—393 3 PP- 439442; pp. 481— 484, and p. 576. London, 1884. Notes on the Geology of the Nile Valley. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3, vol. 1, pp. 289—292, July, 1884. London, Eng. On the more ancient Land Floras of the Old and New Worlds. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3, vol. 1, pp. 469-470, Oct., 1884. London, Eng. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Montreal meeting) 1 p. (Abstract of paper.) Brit. Assoc. Rep., pp. 238-239; Spottiswood & Co., 1884. London, Eng. Comparisons of the Icebergs of Belle Isle with the Glaciers of Mont Blanc, with reference to the boulder clays of Canada. pp. 1—14. Edinburgh, On Rhizocarps in the Paleozoic period. Abstract. 1883 meeting. Amer, Assoc. Edv. Sci. Proceedings, vol. 32, pp. 260—z264. 1884. Salem. Published as separate pamphlet, 8 pp.; proof copy distributed at meeting. ‘Remarks on Sir G. Stoke's paper on the absence of opposition between Science and Revelation. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 17 pp. 219-220. London, 1884. Man in Nature. Princeton Review, vol. 4, pp. 219—232. New York. Report on the Higher Education of Women. (Presented to the Corpora- tion of McGill University, Oct., 1884.) 14 pp. Montreal, 1884. The Higher Education of Women in connection with McGill University. Pamphlet, 12 pp. Dec., 1884. Montreal. (Reprinted from Gazette.) Annual University Lecture, Session 1884-85. 8 pp. (Gazette, Nov. 8, 1884, Montreal.) Canadian and Scottish Geology. An address delivered before the Edin- burgh Geological Society, delivered May 26th, 1884. The late T. Gwyn Jeffreys, M.D., F.R.S. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 12t—122, 1884. 1885. On the Mesozoic Floras of the Rocky Mountain region of Canada. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 3, sect. 4, pp. 1—22, 4 pls. 1885. Montreal. (Whole volume issued 1886.) 302 THE Otrawa NATURALIST. Ancient Insects and Scorpions. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 207-208, 1885. Montreal. Mesozoic Floras, Rocky Mountain region of Canada. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 141—45. 1885. Montreal. Canadian and Scottish Geology. (An address delivered May 26th, 1884, before the Edinburgh Geological Society at the close of the session, 1883-84, Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc., vol. 5, p. 112—122. 1885. Edinburgh. Egypt and Syria, their physical features in relation to Bible History. (By- paths of Bible Knowledge series) No. 6, 192 pp. Publishers: The Religious Tract Society, London, Eng. (Printed in Oxford, 1835.) Notes on Prehistoric Man in Egypt and the Lebanon, Trans, Victoria Institute, vol. 18, pp. 287—313. London, 1885. (Read and advance sheets distributed May 6th, 1884; published 1885.) ts A modern type of plant in the Cretaceous. Science, vol. 5, June 26th, 1885, p- 514. On a Jurasso-Cretaceous Flora in the Rocky Mountains. Science, vol. 5, June 26th, 1385, pp. 531-532. The Chain of Life in Geological Time. A sketch of the succession of Animals and Plants. Second revised edition London, 1885. The Cretaceous Floras of Canada. Nature, Nov. 12, 1885, pp. 32—34- (From advance sheets of Trans. Roy. Soc. Can.) Appendix to Modern Science in Bible Lands. With map. pp. 537—599- Hodder & Stoughton, London, Eng. 1885. Notes on the Geology and Fossil Floras of Prince Edward Island by J. W. D. & Francis Bain. Communicated to the Royal Society of Canada at its meeting in Ottawa, May, 1885. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 1, No. 3, July, 1885, pp- 154161. (Illustrated.) Issued as separate. Montreal. Guide to Visitors to the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill University. 14 pp. Montreal, 1885. 1886. The Origin of the World according to Revelation and Science. Fourth edi- tion, with corrections and additions. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 27 Paternoster Row. 1886. 8vo. 2 pls., 438 pp. On Rhizocarps in the Evian ( Devonian ) period in America. Bull. Chicago Acad. of Sci., vol. 1, No. 9, 13 pp-, 1 pl. 8vo. pp. 105—118. Review by Weiss in N. Jahrb, f. Min., 1888, vol. 1, Heft., 3, p. 478. On Canadian examples of supposed Fossil Alge. Geol. Mag., new series, Dec. 3, vol. 3, pp. 503—505- 1886. Also Rep. 56th meeting Brit, Assoc. Ady. Sci., pp. 551—553- London, Eng. AmI- -BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. DAwson. 303 On the Fossil Flora of the Laramie series of Western Canada. Amer. Journ. Sci., 3rd series, vol. 32, 1886, pp. 242-243. New Haven. Amer. Nat., vol. 20, pp- 157-158. Feb., 1886. Philadelphia. The Fossil Plants of the Erian ( Devonian) and Upper Silurian formations of Canada. Pt. 2. Montreal, 1882. Reviewed by Weiss in Neues Jahrbuch f. Min., &c., 1886. vol. 1, Heft. 1, pp. 131— 133. Handbook of Zoology with examples from Canadian species, recent and fossil, by Sir J. W. Dawson. 3rd edition, revised and enlarged. Montreal; Dawson Bros. 1886. 12mo., 304 pp. & 19 pls. The Geological History of the North Atlantic. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Birmingham meeting, Sept., 1886. Montreal, 1886. 50 pp. 8vo. separate. Notes on the Geological relations of Rocks from Assouan and its neighbour- hood. Geol. Mag., March, 1886. Dec. 3, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 101—103. March, 1886. Montreal. Notes on Pleistocene Fossils from Anticosti. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 1, Jan., 1886. Montreal, pp. 49 -48. Issued as separate, pp. 46-47. (By J. W. Dew Lt. Colt C: C. Grant.) Address of the President, Sir William Dawson, at the Association of Protestant Teachers of the Province of Quebec, Montreal meeting, 1886. 12 pp. 1886. Montreal. ; Recent discussions ef the First chapter of Genesis. The Expositor, 3rd series, No. XVI. April, 1886, pp. 284 —301. London : Hodder & Stoughton. The present status of the Darwinian theory of Evolution... Homiletic Review, Vol. XI, No. 5, p. 373. 1887. 1887. Address of the President. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 56th Meeting, Birming- ham, Eng. 1886, pp. 1-—16, London. Presidential Address : Some points in which American * Geological Science is indebted 10 Canada. Trans. ‘Roy. Soc., vol. 4, Sect. 4, pp; 1—8, 1887. Montreal. The University in relation to Professional Education ; being the Annual University Lecture. 1887-88. 12 pp. Montreal, 1887. Relation of McGill University to Legal Education. (Letter to Montrea Gazette, April 19, 1887.) 8vo. Reprint. Montreal. 4 pp. The Story of the Earth and Man. gth edition. London, 1887. 8vo. pp x1 and 1—411, with numerous illustrations. Fossil Wood from the Western Territories of Canada. Nature, vol. 36, 1887, No. 925, pp. 274-275. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 2, No. 8, 1887, pp. 499—-502. Montreal. Gold, Bedolach and Shoham Stone, a Geographical and Mineralogical “ Study of Genesis II, vv. 10--14.” The Expositor, No. 27, pp. 201—215, March, 1887. 304. Tue Otrawa NATURALIST. 1888. The Geological History of Plants. (Manual for use of students ; and bringing the studies of Sir William to date in one memoir.) The International Scientific series, vol. 61, (with illustrations,) 294 pp. Appleton & Co. 1888. New York. pp. 1—294, 8vo. (Note to chap. 2 on Prototaxites by Prof, Penhallow, pp. 42—44, Many woodcuts; some new species.) Reviewed : (1) Public Opinion, vol. 4. No. 47, pp. 514-515. (2) Bot. Gazette, vol. 13, No. 6, vol. 13, pp. 167-168. Also reviewed in (3) Appleton’s Literary Bull., New York, July, 1888, pp. 17-18. (4) Science, vol. 11, No. 273, p. 203. April, 1888, On the Mesozoic Floras of the Rocky Mountains of Canada. Reviewed in Neues Jahrbuch f. Min. Geol. Pal., 1888, vol. 1, Heft 3, p. 480. Remarks on a paper on Caves by Prof. Hughes, F. R.S. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 21, pp. 97-98. 1888. London. Remarks on a paper on Evolution. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 21, pp. 299. 1888. London. Notes on Fossil Wood and other Plant remains from the Cretaceous and Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 5, sect. 4, art. 3, pp. 31—37. 1888. Montreal. Note on Fossil Wood and other Plant Remains from the Cretaceous and Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Reviewed in Amer. Geol., vol. 1, No. 3, March, 1888, pp. 195—197. Review by Knowlton. in Bot. Gazette, vol. 13, No. 6, June, 1888. On the use of the term ‘‘ Taconic.” International Congress of Geology, American Committee report B, p. 17, 1888. Also American Geologist, vol. 2, p. 207, 1888. Minneapolis. On nomenclature, subdivisions, characteristics, evidence of life, origin of some members of the Archean, origin of serpentines, classification of Archean eruptives, and nomenclature of Lower Paleozoic. International Congress of Geology, Amer. Com. reports, 1888, I. p. 71. 1888, . On the Eozooic and Paleozoic Rocks of the Atlantic Coast of Canada, in comparison with those of Western Europe and the Interior of America. Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc., vol. 44. pp. 797—817. 1888. London. Also in Proc. Geol. Soc. London for May 23rd, 1888, with discussion. Abstracts. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 5, pp. 331-332. 1888. London. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 182-183; vol. 3, No. 4, 230-231 (being a duplicate of Abstract on pages 182-183, without discussion). 1888, Montreal. Nature, vol. 38, p. 142. Lon-, don. Popular Science Monthly, vol. 36, p. 267. 1889. Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. 606 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal. The Historical Deluge in its relation to Scientific discovery and to present day questions. With appendix. Present Day Tracts. 56 pp. The Religious Tract Society, London, Eng. No. 76. 1888, AmI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm Dawson. 305 The Earliest Plants. (From Geological History of Plants.) Popular Science Monthly, vol. 32, No. 6, April, 1888, pp. 787—795, 6 woodcuts. Notes on new facts relating to Eozoon Canadense. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 49—54, Feb. 1888, plate iv. The Constitution of McGill University. Being the annual University lecture of the session 1888-1889. 11 pp. Reprinted from Gazette, Montreal, Nov. 16, 1888. On the correlation of the Geological Structure of the Maritime Provinces of Canada with that of Western Europe. Abstract. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 2, No. 7, July, 1887, pp. 404—406. Montreal. New species of Fossil Sponges from Little Metis, Province of Quebec, Canada. (Reprintea from Can. Rec. Sci.) Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal, Notes on specimens. Bulletin. April 1888, pp. 49-59 (by J. W. D.). On specimens of Eozoon Canadense and their geological and other relations, Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal, Notes on specimens, 1888. (106 pages, plus 1, illustrated.) 1889. Ueber Einige devonische Pflanzen. (Z. D. G, G. Forme 41, pp. 533—554-) Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. New York, Harper Bros. 1889. 12mo. vol. 15, 606 pp. including 12 pl. and 1 map. Thoughts on Hospital Site. Letters to the Montreal Gazette, by ‘“‘An On- looker.” 16 pp. Montreal, 1889. Educated Women. An address before the Delta Sigma Society of McGill University. 14 pp. Montreal, 1888. (Bound with paper on the Course of Collegiate Education (1885) in Peter Redpath Library.) Discipline in American Colleges. North American Review, July, 1889, pp. 22— 26. Genesis and some of its critics. The Contemporary Review, June, 1899, pp. 900—909. A new Evian (Devonian) Plant allied to Cordaites. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 38. July, 1889. Issued as separate pp, Inauguration of Hon. Sir Donald A. Smith, K.C.M.G., LL.D., as Chan- cellor, and Annual Address by the Principal. pp. 13—21. Report of the Gov- ernors, etc. Montreal, 1889. Notes on Fossil Wood and other plant remains from the Cretaceous and Laramie formations of the Western Territories of Canada. Reviewed by Amer. Geol., Vol. 1, No.3, March, 1888, pp. 195—197. Reviewed by Knowlton in Bot. Gazette, Vol. 13, No. 6, 1888. Note on Balanus Hameri in the pleistoceno of Riviere Beaudette, and on the occurrence of peculiar varieties of the Mya areanaria and M., truncata in the 306 THe Ortawa NATURALIST. modern sea and the Pleistocene. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 5, pp. 287—292, 1889. Montreal. On Fossil Sponges from beds of the Quebec Group of Sir William Logan at Little Metis. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 7. pp. 429-430. 1889, Montreal. Review in Ottawa Naturalist vol. 3, 1889 (Ami) Ottawa. Handbook of Geology for the use of Canadian Students. 250 pp. Dawson Bros., Montreal. Saccamina Eriana (communicated). Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 37, p. 318, April, 1889. New Haven, Conn. Introductory Notes on Nematophyton and allied forms from the Devonian ( Erian ) of Gaspé and Baie de Chaleur by D. R. Penhallow. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. vol. 6, sect. 4, Art. 3, pp. 27—36 Pl. 1 and 2. Read May 25, 1888). Whole volume issued 1889, Montreal. On Cretaceous Plants from Port McNeill, Vancouver Island. (By J.W.D. and Dr. G. M. Dawson). Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 6, sect. 4, pp. 71-72. Montreal. (Abstract of same by J. W. Dawson in Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 3, No. 3, page 167, 1888, Montreal. Fossil Rhizocarps. ‘‘Nature,”’ vol. 41, page 10. London, Eng. Determination of Fossil Plants from Rink Rapids, Lewis Valley, Yukon District, collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1897 ( Note). Geol. and Nat. Hist. Sur, Can. (annual report) vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 146B—147B—149B. Montreal. Supplementary Note to a paper on the Rocks of the Atlantic Coast of Canada. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 45, pt. 3, No. 179, p. 80. August, 1899. 1890. Nature as an Educator. Reprint from the Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1890. Montreal. 8vo. pp. 171—182. Montreal. Memoranda prepared for the information of the Board of Governors, Dec. 3, 1890. 8 pp. Montreal, 1890. (Bound with Dawson’s ‘‘On the Course of Collegiate Education, 1885.” in Peter Redpath Library.) On Certain Devonian Plants from Scotland. Nature, vol. 41, No. 23, p- 537- London, April 10, 1890. Note on the Geological Relations of the Fossil Plants from the Devonian of New Brunswick. In Scudder’s ‘‘ The Fossil Plants of North America, with notes of some European species.” pp. 186—193. 1890. On certain remarkable new Fossil Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous and on the characters and affirities of Paleozoic gymnosperms. Abstract. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 38th (Toronto) meeting, 1889. Published 1890. On new Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous and on the characters and affinities of Paleozoic Gymnosperms. Peter Redpath Museum, McGill Uni- versity, Montreal. Note on specimens, 1890. (Reprinted from Can. Rec. Sci., Jan., 1890, pp. 1—28.) 28 pp. : AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SiR Wm.- Dawson. 307 On Fossil Plants collected by Mr. R. G. McConnell on Mackenzie River and by Mr. T. C. Weston on Bow River. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. '7, sect. 4, art. 5, pp. 69—74, pls. 10-11. 1890. Montreal. Note on a Fossil Fish and Marine Worm found in the Pleistocene nodules of Green’s Creek on the Ottawa. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 86—88, N.H.S. Montreal, April, 1890. On New Species of Fossil Sponges from the Siluro-Cambrian at Little Metis, on the Lower St. Lawrence. (Including Notes on Specimens by Dr. G. J. Hinde, F.G.S.) Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 7, sect. 4, pp. 31--35. 1890. Montreal. On the Pleistocene Flora of Canada. 1. Geology of the Deposits ( Dawson ). 2. Note on the Pleistocene Plants ( Penhallow). Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 1, pp. 411—434. 1890. Rochester, N.Y. (Conjointly with Prof. D. P. Penhallow.) Modern Ideas in Evolution as related to Revelation and Science. 244 pp. Religious Tract Society, London, Eng. The Quebec Group of Logan. Reprinted from Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, No. 3, July, 1890, pp. 133—143. Montreal. Issued as separate. On Burrows and Trails of Invertebrate Animals in Paleozoic Rocks and other markings. Quart. Journ. Geol. Sci. for Nov., 1890, vol. 46, pp.595—617. Discussion on same, p. 618. London. ; 1891. On Burrows and Trails of Vertebrate Animals in Paleozoic Rocks and other markings. Reviewed by Danain Amer. Journ. Sci., (3) vol. 41, pp. 245-246. 1891. The Geology of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, or Acadian Geology. By Sir J. William Dawson, LL.D. (etc., 7 lines). Fourth edition, witha map, illustrations and two supplements. London, MacMillan & Co.; Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd; Montreal, Dawson Bros.; Halifax, A. & W. McKinley; New York, Van Nostrand. 1891. 8vo., 14 (2) 27, 694, 103, 37 pp- including 22 pts., 11 pl. Supplements are those to 2nd edition, 1878, and 4th edition, 1891. 1 map. Bibliography of Sir William Dawson. Catalogue and index of contribu- tors to North American Geology, 1739—1891, by N. H. Darton. Bull. (U.S.A.) Geol. Surv., No. 127, pp. 324—-330. Washington. Note on Hylonomus Lyelli. With photographic reproduction of skeleton. Plate 8. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 8, No. 324, pp. 258-259. June, 1891. Lon- don. On new specimens of Dendrerpeton Acadianum, with remarks on other Car- boniferous amphibians. Geol. Mag., Dec. 3, vol. 8, No. 324, pp. 145—156. Illustrated. London. Issued as separate April, 1891. Note on specimens of Fossil Wood from the Erian ( Devonian ) of New York and Kentucky. (By J. W. D. & Prof. D. P. Penhallow.) Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, Jan., 1891, pp. 242—247, pl. 1, fig. 1 -4. Montreal. 308 THE Ottawa NATURALIST. Note on a Shark and Ray obtained at Little Metis, in the Lower St. Law- rence. Plate 4. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., April, 1891, pp. 303—309. The Canadian Student. Annual University lecture, McGill University, Session 1891-92. Montreal. Nature and Revelation as related to each other. Ex. Homiletic Review, Jan., 1891. Ex. Public Opinion, Dec., 1891. Carboniferous Fossils from Newfoundland. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 2, pp. 529—540. Plates 21 and 22. May 27th, 1891. Rochester, N.Y. The age of the Catskill Flora. Amer. Geol., vol. 7, p. 363. 1891. Minne- apolis. 1892. Memoranda and statement relating to benefactors exemptions and free tuition to theological students in McGill University. Montreal. 1892. 8 pp. Remarks on a paper by Mr. Rassam on the Garden of Eden locality. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 25, p. 127. London. 1892. Note on Fossil Sponges from the Quebec group of Lower Cambrian-Silurian age at Little Metis, Canada. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., pp. 409-410, vol. 4. 1892. Supplementary report on explorations of erect trees containing animal remains in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. 54, pp- 4-5. 1892. London. Reviewed April 25, 1892. Modern Science in Bible Lands. With maps and illustrations. Popular edition revised. Stoughton & Hodder, London. 400 pp. Pre-historic times in Egypt and Palestine. North American Review, vol. 154, No. 6, pp. 672—683. 1892. New York. Jb7d, vol. 155, No. 1, pp. 69—83. July, 1592. New York. On mode of occurrence of remains of land animals in erect trees at the South Joggins. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 9, sect. 4, (Read May 2oth, 1891) pp- 127-128. 1892. Montreal. Parka dicipiens. Notes on specimens from the collection of James Reid, isq., Allan House, Blairgowrie, Scotland. Part I, Historical and Geographi- cal. Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can., vol. 9, sect. 4, (1899,) pp. 3—8. Whole volume issued 1892. Montreal. Thomas Sterry Hunt, LL.D., F.R.S. (By Sir J. W. Dawson.) Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 145—149, with portrait. 1892, Montreal. 1893. Notes on ornamental stones of Ancient Egypt. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 26, pp. 265—282. London. 1893. Causes of climatic changes. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 26, pp. 289—291. London. 1893. AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 309 The Canadian Ice Age, being notes on the Pleistocene geology of Canada with especial reference to the life of the period, and its climatic conditions (and lists of the specimens in the Museum). 301 pp.; pls. 8vo. Peter Redpath Museum, McGill University, Montreal. William V. Dawson. Oct., 1893. Lhe late Dr. John Strong Newberry. Can. Rec. Sci,, vol. 5, No. 6, p. 340. 8vo. Montreal. 1893. Fossil Plants from Nanaimo and Queen Charlotte Islands. Paper read at 12th Annual Meeting of the Royal Soc. Can., May 22—25, 1893. Reported in Science, June 9th, 1893, p. 315. Geological Notes. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1893, pp. 386—393. Montreal. (J. W. D. Preliminary note on recent [Jan,, 1894] specimens of Batrachians and other air-breathers in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.) Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., 7 pp. [Separate.] Jan., 1894. Some salient points in the Science of the Earth. 499 pages, 46 illustrations. Hodder & Stoughton, 27 Paternoster Row, London. 1893. The Origin of the World according to Revelation and Science. 6th edition. Hodder & Stoughton, London, 1893. 452 pp. The Study of Fossil Plants. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 5, 5 pp. 1893. Rochester. Loyalty. A letter to McGill students frém the Principal. Separate pamphlet. 4 pp. Montreal. 1893. Thirty-eight years of McGili, being the Annual University Lecture 1893-4. 12 pp. 1893. Montreal. (Reprinted from Montreal Medical Journal, 1894.) On the correlation of early Cretaceous Floras in Canada and the United States, and on some new plants of the period. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 10, sect. 4 (Read June 2nd, 1892) pp. 79—83. Whole volume issued 1893. Ottawa. 1894. Syme salient points in the Science of the Earth. With 46 illustrations. 12mo. 5 pl., 496 pp. including go pl. Harper Bros., New York. 1894. The Canadian Ice Age, being notes on the Pleistocene geology of Canada, with especial reference to the life of the period, and tts climatic conditions. Montreal, William V. Dawson. New York and London, The Scientific Pub- lishing Company. 1894. 8vo. (11) 301 pp. including 6 pl. Fossil Plants of Canada and tests of Climate, etc. Natural Science, vol. 4, pp- 177--182. 1894. Thoughts on an Ideal College for Women. An address delivered before the Delta Ligma Society of McGill University. Dec, 13th, 1894. 16 pp. Montreal, 1894. Remarks on Prestwich’s paper: Causes for the origin of the tradition of the flood. Trans, Victoria Institute, vol. 27, p. 285. London, 1894. 310 Tue OTTawa NATURALIST. Note on the genus Naiadites, as occurring in the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. With an appendix by Whitton Hind, M.D. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Aug., 1894, vol. 1, pl. 20, pp. 435—442.- Bivalve Mollusks of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Rep. Can. Rec. Sci., Oct., 1894. 18 pp. Separate. Illustrated. Our record of Canadian Earthquakes. Ex. Can. Rec. Sci., Jan., 1894. pp. 8—16. Note on a paper on ‘‘ Eozoonal structure of the ejected blocks of Monte Somma.” (Publication not indicated.) 4 pp. March, 1894. Montreal. Address to the graduating class of the Presbyterian College, Montreal. ‘« Presbyterian Record,” vol. 19, No. 5, p. 116, Montreal, 1894. Peter Redpath, Governor and Benefactor of McGill University and founder of the Museum, Library, and Chair of Mathematics which bears his name, with Historical Sketch of the Peter Redpath Museum. 39 pp. For the University. “Witness” Printing House, Montreal. Revision of the Bivalve Mollusks of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. Peter Redpath Museum Bulletin. Notes on Specimens. pp. 1—18. Montreal. Biographical Sketch of John William Dawson. The Century Cyclopedia of Names. By Benjamin E. Smith. p. 312. The Century Co., New York, Chicago, Toronto. The Meeting Place of Geology and History. 223 pp. Fleming H. Revell Co., New York, Chicago, Toronto. On new species of Cretaceous Plants from Vancouver Island. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 11, sect. 4, (read May 25, 1893,) pp. 53—73, pl. 5—14. Issued 1894. Ottawa. 1895. (Bibliography of Sir William Dawson.) Index of Transactions, vols. 1—12 inclusive. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 12. Index, p. 4. Montreal. 1895. ( Bibliography of Sir William Dawson.) Bibliography of the members of the Royal Society of Canada, by John George Bourniot. Proc. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 12, pp. 27—30. Whole volume issued in 1895. Montreal. Note on a specimen of Beluga Catoden from the Leda-clay. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 351—354, April, 1895. Montreal. Obituary. Gaston, Marquis de Saporta. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 6, No. 9, pp. 367—369, April, 1895. Reprint for author, pp. 1-3. 8vo. April, 1895. Review of the evidence for the animal nature of Eozoon Canadense. Geol. Mag., Dec. 4, vol. 2, Oct., Nov., Dec., 1895. 17 pp. Issued as separate. The Natural and the Spiritual as presented to us in Science and Revelation. (For private circulation.) Rep. in pamphlet form in Christian Work. 12 pp, AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 311 Synopsis of the Air Breathing Animals of the Paleozoic in Canada up to 1594. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., vol. 12, sec. 4, art. 5. (Read May 23rd, 1894). pp. 71-88. Ottawa. 1896. The Primeval Flora. (A lecture giver in 1868, by Dawson in New York.) Nat. Sci. News, vol. 2, No. 8, 1896, pp. 29—32. March, 1896. James McGill and the Origin of his University. With engravings. Mon- treal. 14 pp. (Bound with Dawson's ‘‘On the Course of Collegiate Educa- tion, 1895’ Peter Redpath Library.) 1896. Science as the Handmaid of Religion. Evangelical Christendom, vol. 50, No. 598 (new series, vol. 37) Oct., 1896, pp. 303—305. Pre-Cambrian Fossils, especially in Canada. (Read in Geol. Sec. Brit. Association, Liverpool meeting, Sept. 1896.) Can. Rec. Sci., July, 1896, pp. 157—162. Montreal. Eden Lost and Won. 226 pp. Fleming H. Revell Co., New York, Chicago, and Toronto, 1896. Science the ally of Religion. (Substance of an address at the Jubilee Con- " ference of the Evangelical Alliance, Mildmay Park, London, July 1, 1896. 8 pp. Montreal. - 1897. On the genus Lepidophiloios, as illustrated by specimens from the Coal For- mation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., 2nd series, vol. 3, sect. 4, pp. 57—78, pls. 1—14. Whole volume issued 1898. Montreal. On specimens in the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill College, Montreal, tlustiating the physical characters and affinities of the Guanches. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 29, pp. 239-258. London. 1897. First lessons in thie scientific principles of Agriculture, for schools and private instruction. (By J. W. D. & S. P. Robins) New edition, revised and enlarged, with permission of the author, by S. P. Robins, Montreal. W. Drysdale & Co., Montreal, 1897. 323 pp. Note of a Carboniferous Entomontraca from Nova Scotia in the Peter Red- path Museum, determined and described by Prof. T. Rupert Jones and Mr. Kirby by Sir J. William Dawson. Reprinted from the Canadian Record of Science, Jan., 1897. Montreal. 8vo. pp 316—323. (McGill University, Mon- treal, paper from the department of Geology, No. 7.) The historical relation of the Book of Genesis to the exodus from Egypt. Homiletic Review, vol. 33, Jan., 1897, No. 1, p. Note on Cryptozoon and other ancient fossils. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 203—219. 1 pl. Montreal. April 1897. Relics of Primeval Life. 335 pp. Fleming H. Revell Co., New York, Chicago and Toronto. 342 THe Ottawa NATURALIST. 1898. Addendum to note of Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomontraca in number for January, 1897. Can. Rec. of Sci., vol. 7, p. 396, July, 1897. Issued July, 1898. Montreal. 1808. Testimony of the Holy Scriptures respecting wine and strong drink. 3rd edition, revised. Montreal, 1898. 52 pp. The Seer of Patmos and the Twentieth Century. Reprinted from the Homiletic Review for June and July, 1898. Funk & Wagnalls Co., New York and London. 18908. The Case against Evolution. The Independent, January, 27th, 1898, pp. 3-4 (107-108). Points of contact between Revelation and Natural Science. Present Day ‘Tracts, No. 42, 64 pp., 2nd series. London, Eng. f Communication on Mr. Mello’s paper on Primitive Man. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 30, pp. 298-299. 1898. London. Communication on Mr. Mello’s paper on Neolithic Man. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 30, pp- 298-299. 1898. London. Pre-historic Man. Sunday at Home, vol. , No. , pp. 481, 582, 628, 695, a | sy] ty 1899. Note on an Echinoderm collected by Dr. Ami at Besserers, Ottawa River, in the Pleistocene ( Leda-Clay). Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 13, No. 9, pp. 201-202 December, 1899. Ottawa. 5 Sir William Dawson, Biographical sketch of. By Prof. Frank D. Adams, of McGill University. With portrait. Science, new series, vol. 10, pp. 905 — git. Dec. 22, 1899. The substance of this sketch also appeared in The McGill Outlook for December, 1899. Montreal. Index to papers, pamphlets and books in the Library of Sir William Dawson. MS. 226 pp. (In Peter Redpath Library.) AMI— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 313 ADDENDA. 1851. Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1850, by the Superintendent of Education. Halifax, N.S. 128 pp. Published 1851, 1852. Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1851, by the Superintendent of Education. Halifax, R. Urquhart. 1852. Svo. 7o pp. Published 1852. 1853. Report on the Schools of Nova Scotia for the year 1853, by the Superintendent of Education, Halifax. 58 pp. 1853. 1859. Catalogue of Animals and Plants collected and observed on the south-east side of the St. Lawrence from Quebec to Gaspé, and in the Counties of Rimouski, Gaspé and Bonaventure. By Mr. Robert Bell, Jr... Assistant to Mr. James Richardson, Geological Explorer under Sir W. G. Logan, in 1858. Geol. Surv. of Canada, Report of Progress for the year 1858. Montreal, 1859. Appendix V, p. 251 and pp. 255—257. ‘‘ Class Annulata” and ‘‘ Class Polyzoa,” (Deter- minations of Marine Worms and Polyzoa, by J. W. Dawson) incorporated in the above catalogue. 1860. Supplementary Chapter to ‘‘ Acadian Geology.” Issued as separate pam- phlet. 7o pp. (Illustrated.) Edinburgh, London, Pictou. 1862. Proceedings at the Inauguration of the William Molson Hall of McGill University by His Excellency the Right Honourable Viscount Monck, Oct. 10, z862. pp. 31—59. Adden. J. W. D. Alpine and Arctic Plants. A Lecture delivered before the Young Men's Christian Association of Montreal, February, 1862. 25 pp. John Lovell Montreal. 1862. Fossil Plants discovered at Perry, Me. Letter addressed to C. H. Hitch- cock, Nov. 26th, 1862. Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, part 2, pp. 99-100, pl. z. 1862. Portland, 1864. Addresses of Principal Dawson and Rev. D. H. McVicar delivered at the ~ Bible Society meeting, January 27th, 1864... Montreal, 1864. John Lovell. (Principal Dawson, pp. 3—6.) First Lessons in Scientific Agriculture, for Schools and Private Instruction. Montreal and Toronto. 1864. 208 pp. Several editions. 314 THE OtTrawaA NATURALIST. 1865. Notes on the meeting of the British Association at Birmingham, 1565. Ex. Can. Nat. for Dec., 1865. 16 pp. Issued as separate. 1870. James McGill and the origin of his University. New Dominion Monthly, pp. 37—40, March, 1870. Montreal. ; The Bakerian Lecture ‘‘ On the pre-Carboniferous Floras of North-Eastern America, with especial reference to that of the Erian ( Devonian ) Period. Ab- stract in Proc. Roy. Soc. Can., No, 119, 1870. 1 page. 1871. Lecture Notes on Minerals. Ladies’ Association Class, 1871-72. 25 pages. Published as separate pamphlet. Montreal. Sketches of the Geological Periods as they appear in 1871. The ‘‘ Leisure Hour razr. 1873. The Story of the Earth and Man. (Illustrated.) 403 pp. Toronto, Copp, Clark & Co.; Montreal, Dawson Bros. 1873. A Manual of Paleontology. By H. A. Nicholson. (A Review.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., vol 7, No. 2, pp. 123-124. 1573. Montreal. 1874. Eozoon Canadense. Nature, vol. 10, June 11, p. 102. 1874. London, Eng. Note on a new Sigillaria showing signs of fructification. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (Abstract), 22nd meeting, Portland, pt. 2, pp. 75-76. 1874. Salem, Mass. ( Review of Dr. Dawson's paper on Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Permian plants from Canada.) Botanisher Jahresbericht System. Geord Reportorium der Bot: Liter. aller Lander, von Leopold Just. Erster Jahrgang (1873) pp. 426, 429, 430, 431, 435, 453- 1874. Berlin, Germany. 1882. The fossil plants of the Erian ( Devonian) and Upper Silurian formations of Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, pt. 2, pp. 9i1—142. Printed by authority of Parliament. 1882. Montreal. The successive Paleozoic floras of Canada. (Read before the Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Montreal meeting, 1882.) Can. Nat. & Quart. Journ. Sci., new series, vol. 10, .No. 6, pp. 372— 378, November, 1882. Montreal. volution in Education. Princeton Review, vol. 9, pp. 233—248. Notice of a Memoir on Glaciers and Icebergs in relation to Climate, by Dr. A. J. VonWickoff, in Proc. of the Geol. Soc. of Berlin, r88r._ (Review.) Can. AMI—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIR Wm. Dawson. 315 Nat. & Quart. Journ. of Sci., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 181—184. Montreal. (Issued as separate, pp. I—4.) DATE UNCERTAIN. Recollections of Sir Charles Lyell. Being the annual Presidential Address of the Natural History Society of Montreal for 1875, delivered by Principal Dawson. 8 pp. Issued as separate. School Architecture, abridged from Brainard’s School Architecture, with note by the Superintendent of Education of Nova Scotia. 16 pp. : Points of contact between Revelation and Natural Science. Present Day Tracts, No. 22, 64 pp., 2nd series. London, England. Natural Facts Illustrative of the Biblical account of the Deluge. Homiletic Review,” vol. 31, No. 5, p. 387; vol. 31, No. 6, p. 438; vol. 32, No. 1, p. 3; vol. 32, No. 2, p. 99. vumens DOS Lenlecigurs | twang eb: i) : : ee Et? tes Beeps onda SI sih There Sh ER ae er ft) ad Axper At oo , “\ te pale yore? Sidi Oe CP aie Co. Re AA shivacn* ENO ——_ ~~ a, INE i eS. Apatite to. Afternoon Lectures APC EOMNOELDLUACE ETO! ok eh Pee in Alaska plants..... Ami, H. M., Afternoon Lecture.... Articles, ete) by: 52, 116; TAR ee hs) 207 2LO, -2355 240, 247; ahs ee Binal IM CEtiNngac «0 -asescn Annual Report....... ~odius prodromus LULL TUN tn PR ene ARAN SO toe wa gquinguefolia dgamisus FuUllert ois. he a 8 Archeology, Lake Deschénes. Arnold Arboretum ........ Asbestus. >... Aylmer sub- ~excursion...... Batrachia of Gaspé ae Beechwood, sub-excursion....... . Bellinurus grandevus............ 7 Bellinurus, notes on Bermuda Lily ae Bibliography, Sir Wm. Dawson Billings, E., Tribute fpr. eet ox Bird Notes. Si PS ot ae ot Pe Birds of a arden By ea eo a Pipeisy Study Of... 6 6 sc cee ee 8 2 BRCIS eR VVITILED? o 2-2, cn Bo oe Soe ewe Botanical Notes .......... 22 ess BotamecGardens 50.655 cs. 2 ed he Botany, Afternoon Lecture ...... Botany. Ganadian a... ost 2 British Columbia Deer >......... Brooks, Allan, Article by ........ Bryanthus taxifolius ........-..- BSULG LY MOOG pa chore sess so she se ee all « Caribou, New .. ... Carpocapsa pomonella dees ... : 274 Sponges of Hudson Bay, ........ ALT. Stromatoporoid, Notes on.. ..... 170 INCL OLUSNTEYECHISOMUL: 5 Sas Rass Stave at 123. Sturgeon, Paddle-nosed..... 153 IVCVIEQH AIST LOCS LIN Re (Bie OS tare) se Ah 123. Sub-Excursions..... 2 eee 24, 84, 146 Newfoundland fossils........... 242. Symplocarpus faetidus “<2. 47 New York Bot. Garden.......... 191 Tait; Jj A. Article, byet-oea eee ee 47 Odell. W. S. Afternoon lecture... S83 ‘Raylor(G. Wie rticle) bys 202 AATUICIE DY aes temertete LO7 breastrers) Report «4 saa ee 12 OTicerstibisttotwrs snes. aaa ce 3. Trees.and Shrubs Ex, Farm ..... 200 Okanagan Winter Birds......... 143 ‘Trees, Planting and Care ......., 84 Ornithological Notes, 126........ 195 Trillium grandiflorum....... 77 Onpnitholosy nits ae See ees 50 173 2 Byrrell)-. Bu; Plants collected . 209 OnOleshey. = een ten, sts cose eee 86 = Tyndall, Miss A.G., Articles: by Paddle-nosed Sturgeon .......... 153 137, 188 Paleontological Notes ...... 116, 240 : Paludicella Ehrenbergii ....,..... III Verbascum blatlaria..... ........ 22 Pectinatella magnifica. ........... 112 Vicla-b1flora sa ee eee SES LAG PETC MUOTUSULSUL Ee es aioe faye ae 149 ©Viola cuculata , ¥e Arenas eS} POTS HIED Co AR eee put Rea ee aay sh 120 Weston, T. C., Aiticle by. Tee 177 Rilants:- frome Alaska ee ne. 149 ©6©°Wild Flowers, ‘Guide oe Oe! 77 Plants from Hudson Bay ........ 147. Whyte, R. B., Afternoon Lecture. 82 Plants. from Klondike...) 72 209 : : Plumatella repens...... 2. 169 -~ Young, C.-J5 Article: by e224, e204 Poly donespathiilas ind er. aioe age ee 153 le (ek ae — ates A 107. Zoology, Afternoon Lecture ..... 83 , . — QH The Canadian field-naturalist 1 C1515 5 ge Biological & Medi a H Seri ats PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY